Introduction
It was here that he began his project, filling the world with plants, creatures of the air and sea and those that crawled upon the earth. Then he made two that were different from all the others. These he gave the ability to reason and love. The first mortals had been born. As soon as these mortals came from the dust, a divine seed sprung up. The first god had been born.
Seeing these mortals, the first god was filled with jealousy. Misunderstanding his own birth he wondered, why had the All Father made them first? So, this god went over to them and began to corrupt them. When they had fully fallen sway to the god, they worshiped him and not the All Father. When the All Father came to them, they attacked him. In his sadness, he destroyed the pitiful creatures and looked at the Corruptor.
He saw only malice in the god's eyes and knew then that this god did not belong in this universe. Something of evil this pure would only corrupt the other divine seeds. So the All Father took the Corruptor away to a restart in a new universe that this world might remain in balance.
The divine sparks remained in the world, untapped potential for creation and power. Would these grow into more creatures of malice and chaos? or would they become champions of good and love? Only time would tell.
Pantheon is a game about gods. The point is to be creative and join in making a story in an open world with other people. You can make a character that is a god, there are no stipulations on what you can be. However, there are stipulation on what you can do.
All gods have portfolios. These are the fabric of that god's personality and will. Each portfolio can have up to three topics, each can overlap or be separate. 'Larger' topics take up more of a portfolio than 'smaller' ones do. A god can only create or destroy the things that are parts of their portfolio. Any god that wants to act on another god's portfolio must do it through intermediaries like mortals.
* A large topic would be something like Good, Evil, or Nuetrality. These topics take up the place of two or three spaces on the portfolio list.
* A small topic would be something like, Music, War, or Fish. These topics only take up one space.
* Extremely specific topics might take only half a space on the portfolio (GM's choice.)
All gods can travel to any of the three realms at will. While in the realms they can continue working towards their portfolio only if the laws of that realm are not broken by their actions.
1. The upper realm, Paradise, is completely good. No evil can be done there. This a place where only good exists and all mortals who are good end up here when they die. If an evil god comes here he is restricted from doing anything that might harm others, even mortals.
2. The lower realm, The Inferno, is completely evil. No good can be done there. This is a place where only evil exists and all mortals who are evil end up here when they die. If a good god comes here he is restricted from doing anything that might help others, even mortals.
3. The middle realm is completely open to everything. Here all is free and gods can act however they want according to their portfolios. This is where living creatures exist.
Current gods:
1. The god of Magic and Wisdom, Acanthus (played by Midnightclub)
2. The god of Wild and Change, Cragin (played CussingChild)
3. The goddess of The Hunt, Womanhood, and Children, Lyandra (played by blondegamer)
4. The god of Madness and Music, Trelàs (played by Fencer)
5. The god of Justice and Civilization, Mathias (played by Seveneleven)
6. The god of Corruption and Children, Kreios (played by tigerking1292)
7. The god/goddess of Indulgence, Expression, and Unification, Sanguine (played by Oborosen)
8. The god of Heroism, Ingenuity, and Light, Kylian (played by Drogyn)
9. The god of of Travel, Freedom, and Craft, Miurcrost (played by Vinno1234)
10. The god of War, Violence and Revolution, Genocide (played by FollowerOfDarkPaths)
11. The goddess of Love, Healing, and Fertility, Adarani (played by ZacharyTC)
12. The god of Fire, Destruction, and Natural Predators, Malus Dou Makakhan (played by NeonWingedPhoenix)
13. The god of the Sea and its Creatures, Ulmo (played by almostinsane)
14. The goddess of Deception, Greed, and Malice, Jute (played by Midnightclub)
15. The goddess of Embers, Metals, and Inspiration, Foteea (played by Laerodon)
16. The goddess of Manipulation, Revenge, and Seduction, Nylia (played by Jadebud98)
17. The god of The Mind, Potential, Philosophy, Ego (played by DESTROYTHEORCS)
18. The god of Fear, Illusion, and Labyrinth, Korterra (played by ArhaHitomi888)
19. The god of Brotherhood, Strength, and Conquest, Braun (played by Bromander Shepard)
20. The god of Illness, Despair, and Suffering, Aspestis (Played by Gypsy)
Threads
No threads found.
The Story
He marveled at the mysteries of his own power for a time, devising new magics and spells of all sorts. Then he thought of a way to give this power to others. He sent out a pulse of magic into the world. After hundreds of years of quiet contemplation, he had never thought to feel what he had now. Divine power, spread throughout the word and condensed into small seeds. He realized that he was but one of many, he had brethren.
In his joy he filled the world with new power and vigor. Some creatures absorbed this into themselves and changed. Some animals became intelligent, some creatures grew to be a hundred times their old size. These creatures, though rare and far between were amazing and powerful. These magical beasts were the first creatures to be changed by a god and the intelligent ones worshipped Acanthus for the magic that had changed them.
Acanthus began to prepare the world for the new gods. He created many places that held great and powerful magic items and relics of all sorts. He created tomes filled with the knowledge and wisdom he had gained over time and scattered them around the middle realm. After all this was complete he sat back down upon his stump and waited for his brothers and sisters to wake up.
And then he felt it, a strange flare of power. He had felt dead, a part of the wild, part of the world before this, this rejuvenation. This revival that made him feel not as part of the innocence itself but a creation with domain over it. He felt the change of the creatures and beasts and nothing was alike it was before in his now opened eyes. He took his branch and the carvings of it were no longer without purpose, now radiating a pale green.
In his enlightenment he felt that his purpose was beyond just the wilderness and staring at the branch he created a creature before him in the shape of a wolf, but different it was seven feet in height and stood on two legs. It rippled with muscle and bristled black fur, it's hands, elongated and clawed. A tail forming at it's lower back. It's jaws long in length and it's eyes cold, yet with a gleam of care and loyalty. He made this beast able to change, to fit into a mortal being, to talk and reason. He created a handful of these creatures and gave them great strength and speed, he colored them all differently and then set them to the task of protecting his wilderness.
Then set to his own task of finding the source of this great change.
She stood, allowing for all to see her perfect form, white wings stretched for all to see. Her beautiful body glowed in the dampness of the trees. It beckoned the life of the forest to come to her, lulled them in close. When nothing came to bask in her beauty, she realized how lonely the woods were.
'Something must be done about this'. It was a decision. She willed them into being, small animals to feed on the greenery that grove contained. They loved her and stayed close to her, keeping her warm.
She loved the animals in return, but they were not enough for companionship. They could not think or reason. She wanted something more to fill her time.
She pondered on the solution to such a problem, making herself comfortable in bed of grass, surrounded by her new found furry friends. She felt at home in this magical place.
Understanding the emptiness Mathias longed for more. What more could their be though? Even if he entered all of the forests and all of the plains he found nothing satisfying. Mathias continued to wander until he found a tall structure in the distance. It was a huge piece of earth that jutted from the land and came to a point. Mathias felt alleviated to see a new sight as he walked closer to the structure. It was larger than anything else he's seen and it appears to be very proud and majestic. Mathias liked the piece of earth but still hasn't fulfilled his desires. There was more that should be but what? Mathias pondered at his dilemma as he moved away from the mountain.
The setting changes from The Middle Realm to The Inferno
That was the energy left over from the old world. When the traitorous fallen son betrayed the All Father, he corrupted the world with the concepts of malice, greed, hate and self entitlement. These concepts twisted the minds of the first mortals and turned them against the all father, and he was forced to vanquish the wicked creatures they had become. Yet still their rage and blood lust lingered on, a phantom reminder of the old world.
When the first specks of thought were reborn into the world, this rage was also effected like other concepts that lay dormant in the world. This rage, no longer content to stew silently in the abyss it was banished too, latched onto the concepts of thought and take form as something new.
It contorted, twisted, and thrashed like a wild beast in the abyss. It sprouted bone and cloaked it in flesh. It grew limbs that clawed and pounded upon the prison of its birth place. With a wild frenzy, it sputtered and crawled up from the depths of the abyss, with fire burning upon it's skin and sharp rocks scratching it's flesh. Slowly it raised itself, breaking free from the prison it had been left to stew within. Finally, after ages of straining against the elements that bound the beast for so long, it was free. Though it was only half-formed, it was now it's own self. And with the new sense of reason it knew what it was.
It was battle. It was blood shed. It was conflict. It was ferocity. It was the claws and fangs of beast. It bleeding wounds and broken bones. It was rage. It was violence incarnate.
With a new mouth that formed from it's lips the beast raised its head and roared. A thunderous boom, echoing with the sheiks of promised death and pain emerged from it's great jaws. It sounded around the world and across the plains. Animals of the wilds quaked with fear and terror, trembling before the might of this great behemoths wrath; a challenge to contest of strength that none dared answer.
Seething with this rage, but with no way to vent it, the beast broke away from the fiery pit and up into the neutral realm to seek what could satisfy it's lust for violence.
The setting changes from The Inferno to The Middle Realm
Acanthus stroked his mighty grey beard and waited for the one who was searching for him. That one had been the most receptive to the change that his magic had provoked. As he waited with the unsurmountable patience of one who had been born to wait, he heard an unearthly roar. He looked towards the sound and reached out with his mind. What he found was something he had never felt, pain.
As his mind came closer to the owner of the roar visions coarsed through him. He saw thunder and lighting, blood flowing as if from a river, screams and fire as weapons clashed and bones were broken. Shaken, he released the image and fell back into himself. This was truly a monster. The others had felt more like his own mind did, calm, inquisitive, lonely, creative, but this once was only violence.
Acanthus cleared his mind and began to calculate, already there were four others. He could feel more coming. It would be unwise for him to seek all of them out, and clearly not all of them would seek him out. However, he could create messagers and holders of wisdom, that the other gods might see parts of Him in his creations and in turn seek him out. He longed to know his kin, even the violent one, for he knew that there must be more beyond that.
So, Acanthus set about creating. He took a handful of black powder and out of it sculpted a body. This new creature, standing on two legs, had skin as dark as coal and it was devoid of any fur or eyes. He shaped it to look like himself though it was shorter and less defined, more like a pillar of sand than an actual creature. Acanthus drew into the flesh of the creature many magical runes, giving it speed and many spells to cast at will. When he had finished he breathed life into the creature and it dropped to its knees.
"My lord," the creature spoke telepathically as it had no mouth."How may I serve?"
Acanthus nodded at his new creation, pleased with himself. "You are the first of many. I will give you very long lives and a wisdom like no other mortal might have. You will be my messengers and the soothesayers to many generations of mortals to come after you. I will give you magic that you may add to your ranks willing creatures of any species that you deem worthy of your position. I name you Prachians. Go out and find my brothers." With that he brought up seven others and sent them out as well.
When he finished he returned to his seat, content in his work, and contemplated the structure of life.
"My lord, I am one of the Prachians. I come with a message from my master." Lyandra was puzzled by how the thing was speaking, since it had no voice or vocal cords, she could hear it speaking directly to her mind. She felt a little violated by the intrusion into her consciousness.
"Go on," she commanded reluctantly. Her voice was they way beauty would sound. It was like what music would be crafted to sound like. IT was also strong, filled with a ferocity that was unmatched.
"He wishes me to tell you that he wants to meet with you," he flashed a mental image of Acanthus' location in her mind. "and to find him out if you so wish." With it's message told, it quickly bounded off to find it's next target.
Lyandra thought about it for a moment, it was as good a plan as any, perhaps it would shed some light on the changes the world was undergoing, and her birth which remained a mystery to her. She stretched her white feathery wings and used them to ascend into the sky. It felt good to soar. Her wings catching the air and allowing her to travel quickly. She wanted others to feel this sensation, and as she thought it, so it was. Some of the clouds around her began to form and make shape. Soon feathered friends joined in her flight. It was peaceful, other than the sensation of malice that she could not shake.
She saw the old man on the stump through the trees and landed gracefully in front of him. His face was inquisitive and she knew that he contained much knowledge. She felt a bond with him, although she was not sure what kind.
"I have responded to your request old man." She greeted. Her body glowed in the darkness of the forest with a golden light.
The Asymmetric God felt the energy wave that engulfed the world, one of his eyes was able to see as his maniacal laughter echoed through the lands intoxicated by the excitement, there were more like Him remnants of the old world or maybe newborn, interesting, he headed towards the source of the wave but stopped, here in the land of fog, where what you see doesn't exist and what exist can't be seen, there was a rock that looked far more interesting, it was large, gray and had no regular surface .
He extended his left hand, if that limb covered with eyes and some teeth could be called hand and from his fingers emerged strings that stuck on his shoulder, that was the moment that world met the music, the melodies with which Trelàs delighted the lifeless and soulless rock varied alongside with his emotions, sometimes exuberant and fast, sometimes slow and melancholic, many years passed before the concert ended.
The God began to feel the thoughts of many beings, minds, someone created thinking beings, What a wonderful idea! Trelàs thought with a smile but soon was filled with envy and decided to create his own race and the rock that accompanied him during the years would be perfect to meet that purpose , With his bladed right hand ripped off an eye of his left arm and squeezed it on the rock.
In the center of the boulder surged a great eye and cracked something like a mouth, without limbs it couldn't move so just made meaningless grunts, Trelàs observed his unfinished creation and change his mind, didn't really want a race of one-eye stone beings, it had proven to be very noisy so he decided to leave it to his fate, at least until He felt something he hadn't felt in this world, Rage, someone was willing to bring chaos to this structured world, THAT was interesting.
Once again turned his attention to the stone with the eye, the mouth on his left hand began to suck the fog that surrounded them and his right hand lifted the limbless being and tossed into a group of rocks then spitted the mist in the form of a sphere,
"Stand up, Amentia"
The stone being stood there surrounded by the mist that hid his appearance of over six feet, in the center the great eye, capable bring madness, was clearly seen glowing with a yellow tone, his steps were earth-shaking and Trelàs was delighted with his work.
His shoulder saw a black and uninteresting figure, his crooked smile reappeared on his face "My lord, I come to-" the God heard enough "Look Amentia a voice in my head but I have enough of those" Amentia took its first steps and attacked but the black thing was too nimble for the newborn "Tell me, tell me, Why were you born?, Can you see?, what does it feel to be a puppet of your creator?" his smile widened "We are all puppets in some way or another but at least some of us have the illusion of freedom" the creature was gone before he could finish questioning.
Trelàs jumped over Amentia and began to play his music hidden in the fog while his many eyes glowed with many colors and the stone monster walked aimlessly.
The creature itself was completely black and had no facial features. The only thing notable about was the strange aura of power emanating from the creature. Soon Mathias would hear a voice. "My Lord, I am one of the Prachians and I was sent to give you a message." The voice spoke.Mathias looked at the creature and understood the voice was indeed created by this, Prachian. Mathias stared at it intently and then gave a single nod to the creature allowing it to continue speaking.
"My Lord I was sent by my creator to give you the message that he would like to meet you." "I shall impart the whereabouts of his current location." The Prachian spoke as he telepathically sent him an image of an Old Man on a stump further behind Mathias. Mathias saw the image fade as he knew exactly where the old man is in this world. "I hope you will meet him soon as for now I must leave to continue my task." With that the Prachian left nearly instantaneously disappearing from Mathias' sight.
Mathias now felt torn from this new development. Mathias oh so desires to learn more about where he is and what he is doing here from the Old Man who is undoubtedly wise. Perhaps, he can even reveal a purpose for him but the roar still weighed heavily on his mind. He felt a need to still discover the roar but at the same time his questions could be answered. What should he do? Mathias conflicted look back and forth, form the point where the Old Man is and the general direction the roar originated. Mathias reached a compromise, while the roar should still be a priority perhaps the Old Man could give him information on both the roar and issues concerning himself. Mathias reluctantly turned around and headed for the location the Prachian showed him.
Suddenly a creature of odd sights would be before him, creeping through the trees as if in search, though it would seem no vision, no sense of sound. He would marvel at it a while as it picked it's way towards him. Something within his chest that he knew not to be there would ache at the sight. Could he not behold the beauty of the world in which they lived? And he felt pity, and loved the creature for it's difficulties.
"My lord, he sends to you a request of meeting." The voice would sound distorted in the depths of Cragin's ever brooding mind, and it would be strange to him to hear it, a sudden stone in the way of a flowing river of thought process, never stopping it, but splitting it into two separate streams, meeting at a point beyond it. He would look at the creature, his pale gaze quizzical. Then he would nod curtly, beginning a heavy trot until suddenly he was upon a clearing. Coming to a stop at the sight of a powerful being at a stump.
The trip to the playmate was very boring to him until he found a flying beast of pure white, Kreios sent his toy the Kreiochain to catch it, the more the beast struggled the tighter the weed choked it and till it died Kreios tried to change it, but it would not change or wake up. And he threw a tantrum, until he saw another of the beasts and made sure the Kreiochain got it, and brought it to him alive, and since he thought that the dead beast was a waste he decided that his new beast would eat the things he could not change, and made it black as night, he finished it and brought it along to show to this new playmate. When he saw the playmate he like its form so much that he copied it, but he changed the color of the hair, and got rid of the wrinkles, because he didn’t like those features of his playmate; but he was really really happy when he saw there was another playmate here also. He sent his thoughts out to his new playmates while showing off his new toys“look I made these toys better, even the toy you sent to me is better. Do you have any other toys to play with, I love new toys?”
"Guard the high places and artifacts from the foolish, bow down before any of my brothers who would pass you."
He sent them off with the flick of his hands and they went obediently. After a time he heard the flapping of a great many wings coming from afar. New, flying creatures touched down in the trees around him and wild animals filled the woods outside the clearing. He felt her approaching, his entire essence quivered with the coming of one who was like him.
"I have responded to your request old man." She said as she touched down. The animals around the clearing began to be filled with excitement, some making noises that Acanthos had never heard before. He looked up, and saw the most beautiful creation he had ever seen. Long white wings filled most of the clearing and in the center was a young woman. Her blonde hair and bronzed skin seem to glow golden and fill the woods with grace and beauty. Tears came to his eyes as unspeakable joy flowed from him. He had never felt the presense of another god and he relished in it.
Acanthus stood. "Welcome child!" He said with delight. "I have waited countless centuries for another, and you are the first I have seen. What a delight! For I belive that there might be nothing as beautiful as you in the two and one realms. Tell me, are the winged ones your creations?"
After he asked his question he felt the presence of another. This one was more like a turbulent river or driving rainstorm than a god. He looked across the small clearing and saw another god. This one cloaked in black and hooded. He wore on his waist a weapon that glowed with Acanthus' magic. Even happier was he, because he was now in the presence of two of his kin.
"And here is another already! Welcome to you too. Come closer if you please! I have spent such a long time in solitude it is hard to remain calm when there are two other gods here with me!"
A third creature entered then, talking about toys and changing shape to look like a younger Acanthus. This one dribbled with nonsense and chaos came from its center. He saw the changed Prachian and was saddened over it's loss of self and wisdom. The bird that it had changed was even scarier.
"You are of my kin as well. Do you think that those creatures were not good toys in their old shapes? Do you find the creations of your brethren to be so boring that you must change them?"
Mathias stood before Acanthus with inquisitive, yet determined eyes as he spoke. "I feel for you, that you are glad to see us." Mathias spoke in a respectful tone. "Yet, I must ask questions of you, wise man." "Who am I?" "What is this place?" "Why am I here?" "Who are these other beings?" "What purpose do they serve?" "What purpose do I serve?" Mathias bombarded Acanthus with questions hoping to get answers for most of them. Mathias doesn't mean to be so forthright but his curiosity is so compelling. Once Mathias has obtained everything he needs then he will leave the man in peace and continue onward to his next priority. Which also reminds him that he must ask about the roar as well.
Mathias stood there as he felt the power coming from the man is astronomical. He could feel that Acanthus is everywhere as it seems the world took some of Acanthus' power. Such might, it's nearly unbelievable. The other beings though are also mighty as well. He could feel power coming from the woman, the hooded one, and the suspicious one. Mathias wondered if he had powers as well? He felt connected to them in some way so he might be like them. He hoped he was like them and then again not completely like them. His thoughts were all rather confusing and he felt the Old Man wants to help him. Mathias silently stood there as he awaited the answers.
Before knowing exactly what he was doing his own voice would sound, distant and alien to him he would then take another step back with the horror, "I would like answers as well." And he did want answers, through his own horror. Despite his apparent discomfort the voice would be sincere and pleasant, the voice of a young man, proud and assertive. He would look to the wise old man before him, his gaze slackening as he felt a sensation of purpose. Of trust.
"Welcome child!" He said with delight. "I have waited countless centuries for another, and you are the first I have seen. What a delight! For I believe that there might be nothing as beautiful as you in the two and one realms. Tell me, are the winged ones your creations?"
“You are kind old one,” Her voice was soft and sweet, the bond she already felt lowering her guard. “Do you like them?” She asked, stroking one of her creations. “I couldn't bare the idea of no one else knowing the feeling of flight.” Before she could get to the real questions she had, she felt others appearing.
She felt the gaze of another and turned to face him. He seemed to be made of the wood itself, it put Lyandra at ease. She loved the woods and the aura they contained. He radiated it. He looked at her in a way similar to the way the old man did, looking over her form. This felt different, causing something to stir inside her that had not happened with the elderly man.
"And here is another already! Welcome to you too. Come closer if you please! I have spent such a long time in solitude it is hard to remain calm when there are two other gods here with me!" The old man was filled with so much excitement it was contagious. As if they were all destined to arrive here together, another being was soon entering the clearing. His image bother Lyandra, the way he morphed and changed was unnatural. She was suddenly very guarded. When she saw what he had done to one of her white fliers, she was outraged. She did something very womanly then and did not react, but stewed in her anger. It was easy to see despite her attempts to hide it, almost seeming to hang in the air.
You are of my kin as well. Do you think that those creatures were not good toys in their old shapes? Do you find the creations of your brethren to be so boring that you must change them?"
“Yes,” Lyandra added. “..especially 'toys' that aren't yours to mess with.” A fourth presence interrupted her. He came into the clearing with much authority. He was strong looking and had a sense of bravery around him.
"I feel for you, that you are glad to see us." Mathias spoke in a respectful tone. "Yet, I must ask questions of you, wise man." "Who am I?" "What is this place?" "Why am I here?" "Who are these other beings?" "What purpose do they serve?" "What purpose do I serve?" As he asked the questions Lyandra was filled with her own. Who was she, and did she have a purpose of her own?
"I would like answers as well." spoke the hooded man.
Lyandra grew furious watching the monstrosity, but kept her anger at bay.
“Tell us what you know wise one, we are hungry for the knowledge you have to share.” she said in her lulling voice.
"I would like answers as well."
“Tell us what you know wise one, we are hungry for the knowledge you have to share.”
Acanthus chuckled. So many questions, and these the very questions that he had pondered himself for such a long time. He motioned the others to sit and then sat back down on the stump.
"I will do my best to answer your questions young ones. But first..." He raised up his old weathered satff into the air and created a glowing rod. It sparkled and shined in the sunlight and would give off a light of its own at night. He floated it towards the child-like god asking to trade for a shiny. "This is for you. It is a shiny like no other, and I do not even want to trade. It's a gift!"
"Now," He said turning to the others, "Let me tell you a story. Once, There was a powerful being. More powerful than any that has ever come into existence. He created children, giving them powers like his and letting them lay dormant in the world for a time. Then he left to create more and watch over his children from a distance.
You and I are these children. We are gods, born of The God. The All Father created us to be like him. This much I have been able to tell from his creation and from studying myself."
He looked at them for a few seconds, admiring the perfection and power that these beings possessed. Then he continued, "This world that we are on is one of three realms. This is the middle where good and evil, law and chaos combine. The one above us is Paradise and below us is Unspeakable horror."
He shuddered, remembering the brief period he had spent there to understand what it was. "As for our purpose, alas that is something even I do not know, though I am full of ideas. Perhaps we are an experiment, or perhaps we were meant to govern this world, or perhaps we are here to fill it with creatures and structures. Of this I cannot be sure unless the All Father would come and tell me himself. Even I have my limits." He finished speaking then and waited for them to respond. He had given them three hundred years worth of self contemplation in all but a few blinks of the eye. It must be a lot to take in.
Sanguine awoke for the first time amidst the mountains of the world and for the first time could peer through eyes of its own. Its body lay motionless lying on the rocks and sand of a high mesa overlooking the valleys below and in that instant a thought filled the young gods mind.
~Uncomfortable~
In small jittery motions the god lifted itself upon arms it newly discovered and brought its body from the earth and in doing so left a large red impression from where it awoke. Sanguine's body was covered in a thin sheer of translucent red flesh that could barely make its form recognizable as something normally seen on this world and as the child took as step forward the rocks underfoot struck Sanguine's mind with that same word.
Then in that moment of wishing to be rid of that feeling raised one long red arm and swung it down towards the ground, as if to wipe away that which was displeasing it and in a great collision the mountain shook beneath it. The ground hand been shaped through its action from a dotted spiked mass of rocks, to an almost marble smooth dip in the side of the mesa. Sanguine stood upright one more and ran its toes back and forth along the smooth surface as a coo of delight came from a mouth less face.
~Much better..~
Sanguine was pleased with the outcome of such an action and for the first time of using its godly might was even more pleased at what it could do to shape this world. This was a new sensation for Sanguine to experience and in that method it did so again by striking the earth several more time and with each strike turning the land it stood upon into a flat separation from the mountain all together. But Sanguine did stop, because a wind coming from the valley below struck up the side of the mesa and went flowing around Sanguine itself. The feeling of the air made Sanguine arch its back and almost fall directly onto its back with such a new feeling, even realizing so much as to turn in place as so the wind brushed against the face and chest.
Even the sound was intoxicating to Sanguine as the echoing and hauntingly soft sound cut through the cracks in the earth and made a small symphony all their own for only Sanguine to hear.
It was in the moment that all the wind had stopped that Sanguine felt a deep stirring inside and was driven by a sharp desire pouring out from the back of its mind.. ~More...~
Looking far down into the vast valley below Sanguine could feel the urge to head down to where such a delightful sensation could have come from and maybe.. just maybe there where more sweet sensations to be found from that place. The valley from here was covered in large plush fields of grass and large patches of sprawling trees that at the time Sanguine could only interpret as sheer color and even in that tone they where tantalizing to look at.
So in that moment Sanguine's mind was made clear to search out new and more glorious feelings and sensations in that place below, something that could feed its mind the ultimate delight and maybe even find something better then that.
Sanguine walked toward the side of the mesa and looked down into the edge of the valley below the mountainside and the only way down was the one way Sanguine could see. So in that same spirit Sanguine leaped from the top of the mesa and fell fast towards the earth below waiting for such a new adventure to come.
"..You and I are these children. We are gods, born of The God. The All Father created us to be like him. This much I have been able to tell from his creation and from studying myself." His grip would tighten in shame, perhaps he wasn't like these beings at all, perhaps these were only threats and the All God did not mean for them to be, and perhaps he wasn't meant to think. If he were the tool he once was, unbroken and bowed, perhaps he would have attacked them all already. He would glance around briefly summing the group up once more. Though, he felt others, he knew there were others. In the vast wilderness, their energies undisguised and loud. He would turn pacing suddenly.
"This world that we are on is one of three realms. This is the middle where good and evil, law and chaos combine. The one above us is Paradise and below us is Unspeakable horror." He would perk beneath the hood to hear it, to re-hear it, and to hear it once more. Something clicked inside of him and at that he would go about a small pace, his movements silent and powerful, his mind drifting from one place to another, and yet, never leaving this clearing. And then he would stop, turning suddenly with a big sweep he would go about twirling the branch in his right hand contempt to stay and watch the other's react to the knowledge they had been presented with.
Before voicing any opinions the Old Man told them to gather round and hear his story. Mathias sat and listened intently as if the rest of the world only existed in the man's words. He listened and he pondered at each bit of information, each more revealing than the next. Upon hearing The Old Man's words he came to realize them and accept them as truth. The reason being he felt that the Old Man is the authority now that the old leader the All Father, their creator is now gone. As child of the All Father, Mathias came to understand why he felt these feelings of power all around him. The All Father was all mighty and now they are the mightiest they are now gods. Mathias felt great sense of enlightenment that he understands he has power but what to do with power? He wonders what can power be used for? Mathias thought about asking more questions but the Three Realms also brought interest to Mathias. They are in the Middle Realm it would seem by what the Old Man speaks of. Then there is the Upper Realm, Paradise, it sounds wonderful and then the Lower Realm, Unspeakable Horror. Mathias shutters at thinking what could be Unspeakable Horror be like? Whatever it is, there can be no good can come from that place.
Then the moment Mathias awaited was met with even more a quandary. Even The Old Man knew not what their purpose is. Mathias felt disappointed but understood that such a question is rather vast to consider. Mathias listened to the Old Man's ideas on what they are supposed to do but one caught interest.
"or perhaps we were meant to govern this world,"
"Govern?" Mathias thought. He felt that perhaps they are meant to be the new authority of the Realms since the All Father left. It's probably why he left, he felt comfortable that we can take care of things on our own. After all we have his power, we are his children, and by birthright we do own the Realms. Mathias looked around to see his siblings and each of them were different and yet similar as well. Mathias saw the Hooded One speak to himself and then suddenly paced about. His movements swift and subtle, such a skill Mathias sees as very useful maybe even threatening. He felt a slight twinge as he stared at the Hooded God and felt some sort of sensation of uneasiness between them. Still they are his siblings and perhaps he should make connections, even with the temperamental even though it seemed to go against his better judgement. Mathias stood an spoke to Acanthus.
"I appreciate your time and words, wise one, but may I ask, what shall we call you?" Mathias asked interested in an introduction. For some reason it felt right to exchange names as a means of connecting to one another. Thinking about it he should he call it a meeting? No, that doesn't sound right. Should he call it a connector? No, sounds even worse. Perhaps he should leave it at introduction but he was unsatisfied with that. He went back to meeting and though of a word similar but different. Where a meeting is people coming together, where people wish to introduce themselves it should be called a...greeting.
He then saw the Kreiochain it had caught another pre crow and it had a tangle weed vine around a forest creature’s neck and was leading it to him. He took the vine off the beast’s neck and started to change it he stuck his hands in head and pulled out bone horns he liked trees so he made the horns have branches, when he heard a howl and for the second he was distracted it ran before he could do anything else. He got so mad at this that he changed into his true form, the ball of mud, for a few seconds.
He had lost interest in this meeting but he was not ready to head back to his forest, he decided that he would go towards where the shy playmate had come from maybe he was hiding toys. “Bye bye I’m gonna look for more toys” and took the pre-crow to start changing it. he stopped "bye bye pretty lady, bye bye old man, bye bye shiny man" he stopped and looked at the man in the hood. His face turned more serious "you are like me an echo of corruption" then his face took the stupid look again "bye bye echo, I’ll play with you next time."
Cragin would follow the child with his gaze, never faltering, the branch dipping down and coming up suddenly just to be grabbed with another long, finger. His voice would be inquisitive and it would still shock him, but he would stand firm against his fear this time. "Corruption will sound in everything. If just the faintest whispers, or the loudest cries of pain." He wasn't sure exactly what the man meant by 'playing' and so he would stay silent, turning back to the rest of them. For a moment the winged beauty would catch his eye and his gaze would drift haltingly down her body, and he knew there was great danger in the curves of her bodice, the look in the pits of her most lovely eyes.
He would pry his eyes away to look to the armored man and he would vaguely recall the man's proclamation of titles. Then his mind would drift much farther into it's own depths as he came to realize he had no title to extend to them. He would look at the being set in his gaze, how was it this man's image was so different than his own, all of them so different. The branch would stop suddenly as he grabbed it holding it still, his nervous tick dispersed. This man reeked of some uniformity, some headstrong air of power. Cragin would pull the branch up, the faint glow growing stronger and he would stare at the man and then to the wise one. He would slide silently to the ground the branch seeming to vanish, sprawling out and linking his fingers together he would use them to prop his head up. Staring up, the trees creeping into his view but the gentle blue sky centered. He would seem to blend with the Earth, still only vaguely tuned to the three around him.
With that comment of nowhere Trelàs stopped playing his music and started looking for some trace of the strange creature, Amentia didn't care and walked aimlessly "Help me search it" the Stone being grunted and after hitting the floor a couple of times he keep walking, Trelàs instead started playing again using his arm as a musical instrument until he saw beings who flew through the sky, it was beautiful and attracted his interest.
"Fly Amentia!" The one surrounded by mist jumped just to fall precipitously to the ground making everything shake and then groaned.
"Don't give up, if you want it you can do it" Trelàs began to laugh and kick him a a few times in his rock body, Amentia hit back without hesitation and the God went flying several meters still laughing.
"WHO DO YOU THINK YOU ARE!?" he shout in a fit of rage, his left side began to move viciously especially his arm and almost all his eyes were on Amentia who hit the floor and grunted to show he wasn't daunted.
"Look there's the black thing" even though his appearance was somewhat different, no doubt, his eyes never deceive him though some of them saw things that didn't exist or contradicted each other but even so Trelàs walked in that direction followed by Amentia who forgot the conflict as quickly as the god.
Trelàs walked between the trees and Amentia just tossed them as he passed, suddenly came near the strange group and overhear a few words but didn't care, the black thing disappeared completely from his mind and his face had a twisted smile, his eyes rolled with excitement while he said.
"I'm Trelàs, guardian of the time and the elements, giver of life, an existence more ancient than the world you see" gave a spin over his grotesque left foot and his smile widen even more "Well, maybe I was born yesterday, you can never be sure of anything", sat on the floor and started drawing nonsense with his right hand on the ground, his shoulder's eye focused on the kind-looking old man, the yellow one that was over the mouth of his hand stared to the beautiful winged woman, too different from his grotesque appearance, two of which had in his knuckles looked at the hooded and the one with the shiny armor, but at least for now the ground looked more interesting.
She snapped back to reality in time to hear everyone exchanging their names. She did her best to keep her cool as the bubbling man ruined another of her angelic creatures. Breathing in the damp air she stilled her anger.
"You are like me, an echo of corruption." The child like one was speaking to the hooded one. The one who had stirred her with simply a look of his eyes. She could see how it bothered him. She smiled inwardly, men were so easy to read.
Another made himself known. He was disfigured and strange, looking nothing like the others before her. It saddened Lyandra, she pitied him. After hearing his introduction.
“I am Lyandra,” She finally spoke. Her voice seemed to bring warmth to the dark clearing, the animals got excited at the sound. She noticed, she was different in a lot of ways. In this moment, she knew what a woman was, and how she was the opposite of man. The opposite, but the same.
“I am the first woman.” She introduced herself, looking around at her kin.
There before him were five others, Kreios, Lyandra, Craigin, Trelàs, and the one in shining armor. They had explained themselves, but truly, it was their names that revealed so much more.
The child-like corruptor and changer of creations, Kreios: Acanthus felt the inner being of this creature in his name and knew much about the will to corrupt and change the creations of others.
The protector and creator of animals, the lover of children, the proud woman, Lyandra: In her name he felt the fire of her pride in what she was, he felt her caretaker's nature, the strength that comes with understanding her own beauty, and the strong will of one who was not to be defied.
The staunch guardian of all that was and is wild and the forebearer of change, Craigin: Acanthus felt in that name the inner peace that came with knowing one's responsibility, but also the inner turmoil that defined the conflict between protecting what is and allowing it to change.
Madness and chaos, pain and joy, destruction and unmaking, Trelàs: The unease that swept through Acanthus when he heard that name was unlike any other he had felt before. Even the torment of the Inferno had some rhyme and reason, this creature seemed diametrically opposed to everything that Acanthus stood for.
The one who stood before him had not yet given his name. But Acanthus could feel the power of Order seeping from him. The armor that he wore and the weapon that he carried pointed towards mortals and as yet unknown gatherings of multitudes of them. This one was meant to be a leader. Then the name came to him, this one was named Mathias.
It was with this discovery and the unveiling of the others' names that Acanthus learned the true value and power that was in a name. Especially the name of a god. The names of the gods reflected their true essence, and gave them unseen deffinition.
"Lyandra, Craigin, Trelàs, (He nearly spat that name out of his mouth) and the long-gone Kreios. It has been an eye opening experience indeed to meet all of you." He paused and looked straight into the eyes of the armored god before him. "As for your question, Mathias, I am Acanthus. I am the ArchMage and I am the Wellspring of Wisdom."
"I...don't know what's happening, but....there's something...wrong with you." Mathias spoke as he waved his finger. "Are you really...my kin?" Mathias spoke as if he was in denial then Mathias began to sweat, "Why do I feel...so compelled to do something?" "It's like something's telling me to...to...be cautious of you." "Something...wants me...to be prepared." "I don't know what but...I am going to warn you...don't touch me, don't speak to me, don't even look at me...I can't abandon this feeling." Mathias said as he looked down and the back up to Trelàs. "If you ever harm...harm...me or something...I'm not sure what of, but I will...stop you?" "Yes with this..." Mathias paused to see himself holding a long object in his hand, something he didn't even realized was in his possession, "....this..." Mathias held it up to the sky as it shone brilliantly off the sun's rays, "...this...spear!" Mathias proudly shouted as he brought it to the ground once more. Mathias breathed deeply as the sweating stopped. He felt relieved that the moment passed him as the if wind just flew by his hair. Mathias realized that there were others around him once again. All of a sudden he felt a new emotion, as if he felt ashamed acting that way in front of the others. Mathias turned to every one, "I apologize." He spoke sincerely. "I do not know what happened but I apologize, " Mathias paused and looked at Trelàs, "even to you Trelàs." He said as he felt a slight twinge in the back of his mind. Mathias sheathed the spear upon his back as he turned to Acanthus.
"It is a great pleasure to meet you Acanthus...," Mathias paused, "...you are truly wise to guess my name...yes Mathias...that is what I am called." Mathias said as he closed eyes thinking upon that name. "My name is Mathias!" Mathias spoke as he opened his eyes. Another surprising gesture appeared as he bent his torso over in front of Acanthus and then stood straight once more.
Trelàs stood up and lunged against the named Mathias ready to hit him in the same way that Amentia had hit him before but stopped after a few step with a crocked smile, since the moment that the spear slammed against the ground Amentia had begun to tapping the floor in a rather rhythmic way that seemed much more interesting, Trelàs started to laugh loudly for no apparent reason but didn't last long and he stepped back with a few hops and sat down again.
His left hand became instrument and he began play at the rhythm of Amentia, suddenly some intangible figures began to appear which take the appearance of those gathered there and walked towards the real ones.
"Use the spear!, he will bring us trouble!" the Fake Mathias spoke with an hysteric tone "Pierce him now that he's defenseless!"
"Why do we have to live with these beings so horrendous when we are so beautiful?", the Fake Lyandra looked at the others in disgust and after touring all over her body with her hands added "This world just needs our beauty"
"Listen to me since I am the wisest," spheres of light appeared in the hands of Fake Acanthus who started juggling them "You just have to pay attention to what I say as good kids and everything will be alright"
The false Cragin began to growl and put his hands on the ground like an animal, the other Trelàs leaned against the original who still playing said.
"You're pretty ugly"
"Haven't you looked in a mirror?" retorted the fake with a laugh
"What's that?"
"How the hell should I know?"
"Then don't use that word"
"Hmm, Your words have a deep meaning" the Fake sat down and began to meditate, then his own left hand grew and the mouth devoured the fake Trelàs whole, the euphoric melody accompanied with the laughter echoed all over the place.
He heard the other fire figures mocking the others and that was funny to him, but he then showed his things to the new playmate. He showed his creations off to the new one hoping he would be more impressed then the other four had, and his prized possession, the shiny, which he pulled out of himself where he had stored it. He also showed off his shape shifting ability by pulling in the useless wings and morphing his hand into the same shape as his new friend’s hand, but no sound came out when he tried to play it. Maybe his new friend would make him a fire clone now too that would say funny thing about him, or show him how to play his transformed hand.
He would look over to sum up the fool for the first time and there would be a look in his eyes of content, to have this man as kin. He would realize then that no matter what he was meant to be, he would be himself and act on what his own free mind would think. So if not by fate, by loyalty to stay true to these people around him. His mind would drift to thinking of their paths and their potential to do great or horrid things and he would dwell on Acanthus a peculiar feeling of trust, and then Lyandra for what seemed like a long moment before he would move on to thinking of the swift movement and natural reaction with the spear, and he knew that Mathias was a predator, and predators can hardly ever go so long without a fight. He would be the slightest bit confused at Kreios and Trelàs but he would trust that they could do well, if not their own nature bring them to sorry fates.
"I would advise against you attacking me, if you do I'll have no choice but to respond with force." Mathias calmly warned the duplicate, but he had the feeling it really didn't care at all. He's finding that most things that come Trelàs really have a sense of apathy towards others. Mathias turned his attention towards Trelàs who ate his copy. Mathias found it disgusting but it seems that would be normal of him. Then Cragin did his best to ignore the copy who was acting like something out of the wild. Mathias saw the other copies mocking the others that look like them, trying their best to get under their skin. Mathias decided he would ignore the copy as well but if it attacked then he will fight back. He saw that Kreios came back, as if things weren't already odd enough. Kreios tried to copy Trelàs by growing an arm like his and tried to copy the sounds it made as well. As with Lyandra's wings, Kreios could not produce the same abilities as Trelàs' hand. This made Mathias think a little. While Kreios could make himself look nearly exactly of anything he chooses to be, he cannot ultimately duplicate the same actions of what he sees. For some reason Mathias chose to remember this tidbit of information for future reference.
Acanthus then turned to his own copy. It seemed to be superior and haughty, showing only false knowledge and wisdom. Acanthus knew that wisdom was not something one could copy, only gain over time. If his wisdom seemed overbearing and presumptuous it was because the younger god did not understand what true wisdom was, or true magic.
"Suhtnaca," Acanthus named his body-double, "You bear a semblance of life but are not alive. You bear the likeness of a deity but are not a deity. You claim to have wisdom, but do not. Everything that I have you lack, therefore you are the opposite of me. Not like me in any way but form. I banish you to leave this place and go back from whence you came. You will not get a rise out of me."
He would be a blur of movement as he broke through the tree line of the clearing, erupting in a run towards the mountain he could see through the canopy of leaves and branches above, but suddenly he would stop at the sight of something peculiar. A cave of sorts, set in a gentle rise of the earth, nearly hidden. He would raise the branch casting an eerie glow before ducking into the darkness, brushing ivy and growth aside. It would grow only wider as he would travel farther in, and suddenly the walls would split farther, then as the air around him became less constricted, the room vast. With several flicks of his wrist, pale green balls of light would hover about the room, setting it ablaze with flickering light.
He felt at home here, comforted, there was a drip in a corner and the sound of a small body of water at the farthest corner, he would wish to be here always for a moment. He went to work then creating a guardian, constructed of the strongest stone and sturdiest wood, it would be mangled and wicked wooden branches would cover an inside of stone, darkness at the pits of what seemed to be it's face in the form of narrow slits. It would be broad and at the least eleven feet, covered in the ivy and vine growth that had covered the entrance, and he would name it Graren and with a touch from his gentle hand he would give it life, resting his forehead against it's hand it would know. To protect this entrance, and then he would give him the ability to think and then he would create a companion for Graren, because he knew loneliness, and he wouldn't wish it upon anyone. The companion's appearance, slightly different, the branches smooth and angled in a way they were less fierce and he would name this one Tranren, giving it life and compassion before moving ever deeper into the cave.
"Excuse me, Acanthus." Mathias respectfully spoke. "I am about to take my leave of this meeting and it was a pleasure to meet you, might I add." "Yet, there is one more thing I would like to ask of you." " I'm sure you won't be in the same location twice and I'm sure you have many a important things to attend to." "So how does one find you and when will it be alright to find you?" Mathias asked. "Should I look for a Prachian or will you send one if you need us or what is your preferred method of communication?" Mathias stood there in the same rigid, yet stalwart manner he has accustomed himself too. Mathias pondered asking how he may find his kin even though he has the same ominous feeling that they don't personally care. He really didn't want to ask Trelàs or Kreios, mainly because he just doesn't feel comfortable around them. Mathias wasn't sure about Cragin, his silent, kind of mysterious visage makes Mathias wary of him. Perhaps Lyandra, maybe if she spoke out more. He had the feeling there are others but they have yet to reveal themselves. At this moment he was only concerned about Acanthus since he is the one he trusts the most.
Trelàs was about to create a new copy when one of the gods did something unthinkable, just see it made Trelàs, like his music, tremble: Acanthus took the correct course of action, well also the hooded killed his copy but that wasn't so important, the melody became sad and slow.
"Acanthus the wise indeed" all copies said in unison, including Cragin who reformed himself out of nothing and spoke for the first time.
"A whim becomes test" said Ardnayl
"A Test reaffirms the existence" Saihtam
"A murder doesn't erase that existence" Nigarc
"And a name is always necessary" Suhtnaca
"Even if it's just the Form we have a link" spoken in unison
"You can not ignore yourself" Ardnayl
"You can not threaten yourself" Saihtam
"You can not kill yourself" Nigarc
"So what can we do?" asked the three.
"Simple, you just need a strong will to face yourself and don't lose" Suhtnaca replied "If you ignore, threats or attack yourself then you're one step closer to losing" a smile appeared on the face of the old man.
"Wouldn't it be better just get along?" asked the three again .
"He gets along with himself" Suhtnaca pointed Trelàs as an example who was playing with closed eyes the sad melody.
"By your will we shall disappear, Acanthus" everyone spoke and bowed and looked at their respective original, except Nigarc who had no one to see. "The question is: Will you be able to win again?" all smiled and vanished at that moment.
Trelàs stood up and looked at the toys along with their owner, one of his eyes revealed the muddy nature of this god, it was that or he was just seeing things you can never be sure and it doesn't matter
"I'm Trelàs, lord and master of manufacturing, Guardian of fire and powerful blacksmith" he introduced himself muttering a lot of words that whispered his inner voices, he didn't really heard voices but he liked to think that he was "Your toys are adorable or grotesque, I still haven't decided , but I have one toy too" he pointed to the cloud of fog which was some meters far, Amentia didn't pay attention to anything that had happened and began to do his things hidden by the fog that surrounds him, not even Trelàs could see it, "His name Amentia and is a pile of stones, has one eye and can barely see where is walking, is slow, weak and stupid"
A great blow crushed Trelàs against the ground, the rocky arm hidden in the fog was the culprit, the owner of the arm was the first being with whom he had spoken, who besides having inherited flesh and blood of a god seemed to share the same mental state that its creator, that's why he couldn't have any kind of loyalty to anyone and probably would self-destruct before giving someone the pleasure of control him.
It didn't ended with just one, Amentia hit him repeatedly creating a deep crater.
From the hole came the left hand of Trelàs bigger and hideous than ever, the repulsive thing quickly grabbed and the stone being and Trelàs's figure was visible on the surface again, all his eyes were glowing and had a sinister smile on his face
"Apologize" Amentia babbled some growls of repentance and Trelàs throw him through the skies with great force, "Like I told you, You can fly!" screamed and laughed, several minutes passed, "I wonder where will fall" spun around and bowed in front of those present there "I guess we'll meet again" and he began to looking for Amentia who could easily be mistaken with a particularly fast cloud right now.
Cragin would step soundlessly up to the box and turn taking in the peaceful cascade of water from the tunnel, some of the cool liquid showering him as he would turn falling into the depths of the stone coffin, the branch would disperse as he would lay against the back, noticeably at a slight slant, his hood would dip down to hide his eyes and his arms and legs would relax as ivy and plant life would grow from the stone, wrapping him in a cocoon and creating a fourth wall, hiding him all together from the labyrinth he had constructed.
His mind would be ablaze with thoughts as he would drift soundlessly into a state of peace. Not sleep, by any means. But serenity with a clear mind, put to rest.
After a rather spectacular fall and an even more spectacular landing there was no absence of thought in Sanguine's mind that this place was full of wondrous and inspirational experiences. So despite the rather steep and wide hole that the landing had created Sanguine was ready to exit and discover the whole of the world at large.
Sanguine's fingers rounded the edge of the wholes top and soon a head was popped out looking at the area around. Sanguine's red shelled form had remained well intact despite the rather large amount of violence that occurred when its form collided with the earth. The ground to its surprise was a rather soft color of green, a color that Sanguine could not really wrap its head around as it was a sharp contrast to the form it was currently holding. But after a few steps into this new place Sanguine could feel a new sensation that coursed over and under its toes and tickled the underside of its feet.
Stopping dead its its tracks Sanguine fell back and landed against the ground with a thud emboldened by the softness of the grass below and for a moment began rolling and writhing like a dog scratching its back against the ground.
~Soft... so soft~
This thought stuck with Sanguine as it still just rolled around sliding its face and hands along the ground taking in the feeling of all the green grass around.
The a sound came from out of no where that caught Sanguine off guard, and thick and huffing noise that invoked a sense of realization from Sanguine notifying it that something else was there in that place as well. Sanguine rose snapping up into a stance settling itself on all fours finding that it was now looking straight ahead at a creature that looked quite savage to the eye.
The creature sat on all fours and had a lowered posture as it was leaning in towards Sanguine, it growled and leered as much as physically possible and began to bear down in Sanguine's position.
In actuality the creature was a wolf and it was most likely thinking that Sanguine was just another source of food in this world. Sanguine on the other hand didn't really know how to comprehend what was happening or for a better word what was about to happen. The beast lunged at Sanguine in an attempt to sink its teeth into the neck of its target and tried to wrench against the force of Sanguine's body. However the fact that Sanguine's red outer shell was quite soft, the wolf could not break through the membrane that was the actual flesh.
Sanguine could not really understand what was going on as this thing was pinning it against the ground and still trying to pull it apart by the throat. But in a sense Sanguine could understand that what this meant was that the creature was attempted to do something that Sanguine hadn't seen yet.
It was at that time that Sanguine noticed the creature had something more then what Sanguine itself had possession of. It was the whole in the head of the creature that was line with dozens of little pointed white bits and as Sanguine looked on it realized that in lite of what was happening, it wanted one as well.
Then as if responding to the arch of thought that coursed within Sanguine's mind a sharp tearing motion could be felt running along its face and it soon had gotten its wish. A large gaping maw had opened on the front of Sanguine's head and it to was lined with sharp little bits but in Sanguine's case these teeth where formed with sharp little jagged pieces of bone.
So in the same spirite of the creature Sanguine opened its new added feature, tasting the air for the first time in its life and then for the first time tasting the flesh of another creature. In the throws of discovery Sanguine sank its new teeth into the wolf pinning it and in one massive bite had cleaved off almost a quarter of the beast form.
Sanguine rolled and eventually pinned the wolf under itself, rolling the taste of what had happened over its new tongue and marveled in the very sensation jostling around inside.
Sanguine paused for a moment and came to a very strong realization inside..~MORE!!!~
For a moment Sanguine could not help itself, the intense feeling of delight roaring inside its mind as it reached down and began to assist in this new pleasure by dragging more pieces into its new mouth. It shoveled in as much as possible and in the throws of excitement even managed to scoop some of the earth into its mouth, not stopping in the least as it continued to fill its gullet.
"How does one find you and when will it be alright to find you?" Mathias asked. "Should I look for a Prachian or will you send one if you need us or what is your preferred method of communication?"
Acanthus created a ring and gave it to the god. "This will allow you to communicate with me no matter where you are in the two and one realms. Just say my name into it and I will respond. As for where I will be? I have been idle for a very long time. I believe I will be shaping the magic that I have gifted this world with. I have many ideas and they must be done before there are too many mortals."
He nodded to Mathias and let him be off. Trelas was playing music then, Acanthus had not heard deep in conversation with Mathias. The sound was unlike anything Acanthus had ever heard and he surprised that such sweet sound could come forth from such a hideous looking being. Though he knew better than to judge simply on what he saw. The copy of himself began to speak with all the other copies.
"Acanthus the wise indeed" all copies said in unison, including Cragin who reformed himself out of nothing and spoke for the first time.
"A whim becomes test" said Ardnayl
"A Test reaffirms the existence" Saihtam
"A murder doesn't erase that existence" Nigarc
"And a name is always necessary" Suhtnaca
"Even if it's just the Form we have a link" spoken in unison
"You can not ignore yourself" Ardnayl
"You can not threaten yourself" Saihtam
"You can not kill yourself" Nigarc
"So what can we do?" asked the three.
"Simple, you just need a strong will to face yourself and don't lose" Suhtnaca replied "If you ignore, threats or attack yourself then you're one step closer to losing" a smile appeared on the face of the old man.
"Wouldn't it be better just get along?" asked the three again .
"He gets along with himself" Suhtnaca pointed Trelàs as an example who was playing with closed eyes the sad melody.
"By your will we shall disappear, Acanthus" everyone spoke and bowed and looked at their respective original, except Nigarc who had no one to see. "The question is: Will you be able to win again?" all smiled and vanished at that moment.
Acanthus had not thought to hear such wisdom come from Trelas either. He wondered at the words that it had spoken, feeling somewhat pleased with himself. He had not thought it a competition, only a matter of putting what was right into words.
He thought only a while longer on Trelas, until he began to feel uncomfortable with the chaos and madness that that god had portrayed, that that god was.
After all the others had left Acanthus looked at Lyandra who was still there. “You have been silent on all of this. What do you think? What will you do with the wisdom you have received?”
"I don't know what to make of my strange kin, or the strange visions that they create. This world is more vast than any of us have given credit for." she sat in the wood, overcome by her confusion and heart wrenching loneliness. She seemed to radiate her pain so all could see it as well as sense it.
"I have one question for you wise Acanthus," She looked at him her grey eyes brimming with sadness. "I have noticed I am different in ways from the rest of them. Yet I feel drawn to them in strange ways, they make me feel things internally that I do not understand. How am I different?" She was sincere and looked to the only one she really trusted out of all the strange kin she had acquired, for answers.
"Child," He said kindly, "You are different, but the same. You said it yourself. You are the first woman. The rest are all just simple men," He chuckled here, "Yes, even me. You are more complex and beautiful than any man could hope to be. The others create feelings in you because you are different. These feelings, I assume, are want and desire. All animals show feelings like this, though I expect that in mortals (and especially in gods) the feelings are deeper and more complex emotionally and in thought." He released her hands and stood up.
"You are truly a gift to this world. So I will give you a gift." He waved his hand and created a silver feather, lined with gold. He handed this gift to her. "When you create mortals, if you have the desire, use this and it will give them wisdom that comes straight from the heart, a woman's intuition if you will." He said with a wink.
Then he made another communication ring. "Call upon me whenever you wish child. I will answer."
"Thank you wise one," She thanked as she put the ring around her finger. With that she was off to find the one named Cragin. She was curious about these feelings she had, The one of the wood had stirred them the most. She wanted to explore this further and understand herself better. Once she knew what being a woman was about then she would create more. She would not leave them as clueless as she was.
Thinking of consorting Mathias looked at the ring Acanthus gave him. He immediately placed the ring on his gloved finger. It felt uncomfortable and tried to adjust it where it felt better but something was obstructing it. He could see the material of the gloves scrunching up against the ring. Mathias removed the ring and then the glove to see his hand. His hand was firm and large bumps were protruding from the base of his fingers. He clenched his hands and made a fist, making the bumps bulge more. He felt them and they were hard, like stone and for some reason Mathias felt proud he had such strong hands. He placed the ring upon his finger and then the glove back over it. Mathias turned to see Acanthus walk off after he told him how to use the ring and what he will be doing. Acanthus was deep into conversation with Lyandra. The beautiful figure retracted her wings as she seemed sad about something. Mathias was too far away to overhear their words but he knew it not right to eavesdrop.
Mathias decided to take his leave as he saw Lyandra leave, without her here the feeling of staying near the others didn't seem worth it. Mathias walked off feeling Acanthus was going to be busy for a while. Mathias made haste as he wished to be out of these woods. Mathias quickly found the forest's edge as he came upon an open field against the backdrop of mountain ranges. Mathias walked upon the field as if he was searching for a specific spot, a place to make a habitation. He wasn't sure where to go. The world is vast indeed but he felt that this world can offer him little in his endeavors while it could prove useful in others. Of course this how he has felt for hours now. No where to go and longing to be some where. Mathias found it...right to return to that one particular mountain he was fond of. Mathias wandered back to that mountain, he recognized it for it was the tallest he could see. Mathias felt a connection of some sort as he felt drawn to do something. What could it be though?
After Acanthus had created this place, he went into one of the rooms. When he entered it became like a large library filled with books that had yet to be filled. There were large bookshelves across the walls from top to bottom. There were many rows of bookshelves as well. Acanthus walked down these rows and under a balcony. In this room there was a fireplace and a chair. He walked up one of two symmetrical sets of curving stairs. From the balcony he could see all of the rows of books. From here the ceiling, which had been visible from the lower level, had completely vanished and the stars were clearly seen. Acanthus focused on one and the ceiling stretched so that that star was much larger, so large that it almost covered the whole ceiling. He relaxed his view and the ceiling spread back to normal.
Acanthus turned and walked into the back room of the balcony. There was a great round table, magical runes were written throughout it and they glowed with a light blue light. Around the edges of this table were many tools, wands, staves, and weapons. There was also a large tome in the center of it. As of now it was blank. Acanthus cracked his knuckles and stroked his long beard. That book would not stay empty for long.
What is going on? Mathias thought to himself. He stared up to the sky as the wind was freezing and biting, he then began to shiver. He felt so weak but...he had to see the summit, he just had to. Using pure conviction he pushed himself higher and higher as he rose above the clouds. The air was thin, and every breath Mathias made it felt as if even more air was escaping than gaining. His vision became blurred as shapes and colors blended and melded. This made it incredibly difficult to climb any further. How could he if he could not see what was clearly in front of him? Mathias decided to use his sense of touch as he carefully placed a hand over the next ledge. His ascent was much more slower than earlier but the difficulty didn't lessen. Mathias reached greater heights as the summit would soon come in close proximity but even with the end nearing his body grew incredibly heavy. He felt great weakness as his body became numb and limp and his vision was all but gone.
"D-damn..." Mathias blurted out as he slipped. Mathias fell as he felt all consciousness slip before him. Despite the rapid decent back to earth, everything seemed calm to Mathias. Mathias soon entered into a slumber as he began to dream. His dreams however brought forth interesting images. He envisioned a bright land filled with marvelous architecture as the sun shown brightly over what seemed to be a cloud-like environment. His mind entered a stoned courtyard decorated with fountains, bushes, and marble pillars. It was beautiful, he entered a domed building and within a round room with high walls. At the top of the walls were exactly twenty-six seats. They were gathered in a circle looking down upon a table. The table itself had an other-worldly glow radiating from it. The table sprouted a translucent image of a round mass, what it was he did not know. It showed areas of land and...water? Yes, it was some sort of geographical device. Mathias could barely see figures sitting upon the chairs. What or who these figures are is unknown to him but as it soon faded away Mathias gained another vision. He imagined great, vast amounts of beings all with beautiful wings like Lyandra's, but outfitted with armor that looks like his. Some of them carried spears like his and some with other items he had not seen but they too were made of a similar material. As this vision soon faded Mathias snapped awake.
Realizing he was still falling Mathias drew his spear, and with power he had not used, willed the spear to grow as it elongated and pierced the mountain side. Mathias hanging upon the spear he looked down below, he must have fallen more than half way down as the ground became visible. Mathias looked back up the summit, renewed with determination Mathias furrowed his eyebrows and began to climb once more. Mathias would not be stopped, he will conquer this mountain, he will triumph. Facing the same strain once again, the trek was perilous but after much time he managed to reach the summit. What he found, was unbelievable. He entered a majestic hall, it was luxurious and the warmth was oh so comforting. He slouched about the hallway as fatigue was about to over take him once again, but he could not help but reach the center. There he found a long table accompanied by many chairs. He placed, the now normal length, spear upon the table as Mathias dropped to the ground with a loud thud. Mathias had finally passed out next to the table.
In the Library all was silent save for the scribbling of Acanthus. His handwriting was nearly perfect as he wrote spell upon spell into the tome in ancient runes of his own design. He put every spell and incantation into different schools. He made powerful spells require special materials and some even required blood or the very souls of the caster. Magic was versatile and Acanthus formed it into many different types.
The schools were Protection, Summoning, Calling, Creation, Healing, Teleportation, Divination, Enchantment, Influence, Energy, Enervation, Innervation, Illusion, Necromancy, and Transmutation.
The types of Magic were then added.
He made learned magic; that of the highest order. If it was studied it would grant amazing power. One had to spend many years to learn the secrets though and anyone with the will to study could become a master of these arts. He limited the ability of this type of magic so that one had to focus in a single school to be able to become truly powerful in their short lifespans.
He made magic that could be given away by the gods. Typically, a creature that received magic straight from their patron could only use spells that correlated with that patron’s portfolio.
He made innate magic, the kind that comes from a child born with a connection to the magic of the world. This seemed wild and unruly but in essence the mortals with this ability would be shaping magic from its raw form and therefore it was lawful in nature.
Remembering the power that he had felt in the names of the gods, Acanthus made true name magic. When a creature called upon the names of anything, in the language of the runes in the Tome, they could control it with a cost to themselves. If a mortal were to call on a god’s true name, they would surely be torn asunder by the power that lied therein.
He made magic so that it could combine with material objects. Gasses, liquids, and solids could all hold magic within them. Objects that were more solid could hold more magic. Gems, being condensed earth in crystalized form could become almost conduits for pure magical power.
He changed some magic, remembering the beautiful sounds that Trelas had made, and let it flow with the sound of music. Powerful musicians might cast spells with the sounds that they made.
He gave magic three Laws.
1. The more powerful the spell, the greater the cost.
2. No mortal can have under their control more than 5 schools.
3. The more schools that are under ones control, the less powerful they can be in any one category.
He paused there and looked back upon the Laws he had written and upon the spells and schools. In his eyes they were good. Then he put a special rune at the end of the book. He modeled the rune after Craigin’s name in the Rune language. Magic was given the ability to change. Mortals and gods could change it as they wished, without breaking the Laws he had created. He gave magic the ability to combine with itself in new and interesting forms. Then he relaxed in his chair and meditated for some time.
His deep knowledge of change would hang in every inch as if a woven fabrication both dividing and combining individuals in the way of the world. A constant change in the air, the substance of the way of things. Perhaps if only and with this he would step off the last uneven step and a thick and complete block of stone would rise in the eerie glow of the cavern. Cragin would tap the branch at it's end and an array of materials would appear before him arranging themselves in a blurred confusion. He would give the device knowledge and his shaded figure would seem to blend becoming vague.
The creation would become solid and complete resting on the table as a broad spiny spider, skeletal and wicked. With a silent movement Cragin would grab it delicatley lifting it and for a brief moment holding it to his abdomen. There would be a muffled click and a burst of green light before it subsided and the room was once more peaceful.
He would think for a moment to Acanthus and he would give deep consideration. This God was for now the only one he trusted and he had but one question. And it demanded answers.
He would vanish from the world for a moment, appearing in the change of a vast hall. Warm and welcoming it would be arranged with chairs and a large table. He would sense something and looking to his right discover much to his dismay Mathias collapsed. Perhaps he had gotten it wrong. It would require work, then..
Mathias wandered the hall, still listening to Cragin if he chooses to speak. If he doesn't then it wouldn't be a loss, it's not like Mathias cares if Cragin decides not too. Although it would be rude on his part it's not something Mathias will argue over, then it will be a waste of both their times. Mathias was impressed with the design as he finished his walk around of the table as he came up to Cragin once more. "I found passage ways to other rooms of this great place." "I believe I saw something more inside that one over there." Mathias pointed to the room where he caught a glimpse of bookshelves. "I assume your looking for the architect of this place as am I." Mathias looked towards Cragin. "Shall we proceed?" Mathias asked if Cragin wished to accompany him. Sure, he didn't feel all that comfortable around Cragin but he shall be willing to make a consensus with him. Might as well appear friendly before one turns hostile. Whether or not Cragin would come, Mathias must still see who he is guessing to be Acanthus, inside that room. His visions have stirred him and he would like to know more on what he saw. He really hoped Acanthus could answer those burning questions he himself provided in his unconscious state.
The nature of Cragin would be calm, his silence allowing Mathias' steps heard well and his words to echo the slightest with the vast hall. He would ignore the first few statements and questions as the last seemed to come. He would catch a glimpse of the spear and he would twirl the branch about an elongated index finger as he would step silently after Mathias. His voice fluent, "Lead the way."
Mathias entered the great library not checking to see if Cragin was still following him. He just assumed he would. Mathias stared at the vast rows of books as he wondered what they are. It's the first time he has seen anything like this and he wondered what function it serves. Even with his sight seeing Mathias did not halt as he continued to enter deeper within the room. Eventually Mathias walked underneath a balcony and came upon a room with a fireplace and a set of two symmetrical spiral staircases. He looked at both and then to Cragin. "It would seem he walked up one of these...circling planks that leads up to a higher room." Mathias commented as he walked to one of them. "Just in case they lead to different areas I'll ascend one set and you can ascend the other." "If one of us finds something or nothing then we'll meet back here." "Unless you wish to ascend one set together of course." Mathias spoke as he stood next to the staircase on the left. Mathias had a feeling that Acanthus was up this set but it's better know the truth than just assuming. Mathias awaited to hear what Cragin wishes to do.
"I'll take the left, then." He would seem to direct it at no one but would give a slight nod to Mathias as he walked forward, past the man and silently up the spiralling left staircase.
"Mathias! Cragin!" Acanthus said with joy. "Welcome to Hléradr, the shelter of the gods. I haven't been expecting guests just yet, or I would have prepared a feast." He motioned towards the rest of the library. "This is my room, as you can see. You can stay here if you wish, but you both have your own rooms in the hall, as do all of the others. I have even prepared for new arrivals, even of gods who have not yet been born." He looked at the two calmly. "Would you like a tour?"
Several hours had already passed since Sanguine first discovered that it was possible to do such a thing as feeding and on the other creatures of this world no less. The bout of ravaged feeding that continued on was hectic to say the least, after the wolf was done Sanguine reached for the nearest object and still with the desire to devour it with the intent of discovering new flavored sensations just could not contain itself. Mouths began to manifest across its body as the form became stretched and twisted to accommodate the new influx of mass. Woodland creatures, small insects and even rocks and foliage were no match for Sanguine's appetite as all fell victim to an iron grasp and then the the consumption within its body followed such a small interaction.
It was not long before Sanguine was almost indistinguishable from its own original form and now it resembled a massive bloated tumor with teeth jutting from several openings, while small tendrils had erupted from the sides to assist in the catching of food it was now apparent that there was none left. The area around Sanguine a rather large circle was now almost completely clear cut and dug almost a heads length into the earth.
The more aware animals had vacated from the present of such a hunger and found shelter somewhere else and it only took five bites for the young god to realize that it rather didn't like the taste of dirt despite the fact several tasty things could be found crawling through it.
Sanguine soon realized that its current form was not useful for doing such things as moving and soon found itself wanting to be like it was before, then to its surprise the excess weight began to disappear almost metabolizing away into the gods form. Sanguine found itself quickly regaining the form it once had but the mass it held once before could still be felt deep within its own body, as if it where just locked away for a more prudent time.
Stepping out of the entrenched hole Sanguine could feel that something was on the wind, something that was not there before all the changes began. Lifting its head to the air and letting the breeze brush by its face, almost on cue the same thing began to rise somewhere inside Sanguine. A feeling of no knowing and it was accompanied by the want to find out what exactly was going on in this world. For the first time Sanguine wondered if it wasn't the only one of its kind, was it as unique as the others it could feel in the back of its mind.
Sanguine reared back on its heels and began to run off into the distant land ahead not abiding any distraction in order to find those among its kind that walked this world.
Sanguine gains speed rapidly and its form compensates for the hectic travel as its body begins to loos definition as the wind keeps coursing by. Soon the form Sanguine had was only roughly humanoid and with very few sharp angles, this allowed the air to flow past cleanly as its form buckled towards the ground to claw out on all fours. Large digging talons grew from the hands and feet to allow for greater grip and Sanguine just continued to run in some desperate attempt to find the source of this feeling.
It wasn't long until Sanguine could no longer feel the familiar air behind it and realized that it was now in a new land altogether, climbing a vast and steep mountain range it was easy to see the objects gaining ahead of Sanguine's pace. That was until a large obstruction appeared in Sanguine's way and had this not been of some interest to Sanguine it would have easily skirted about the edge and passed. But as Sanguine stood this large structure gained an intense stare from the God, it looked on and realized that whatever was giving it this feeling was not this thing but something that was contained within.
Sanguine strode around the outside of the structure and drug its clawed hand across the surface of its face as it did. There was no opening only just solid sheets of stone and this puzzled Sanguine, how does one gain entry to such a fascinating place and in where would they do it.
It puzzled Sanguine so much that eventually a young and primal sense of anger began to rouse from within it, being that frustration and denial were both new feelings to the god it could not help but feel the will to indulge them and in a spat of rage lashed out at the side of the structure with its talons cutting three sharp divots into the surface.
Having exacted its rage Sanguine could now feel the anger subsiding seeing as it spent a small portion of the strike, but more questions soon raised within its mind when the three large cuts made by its claws slowly began to glow white and disappear leaving the outside of the structure unscathed once more.
The cold air and wind bit at Sanguine's flesh as it tilted its head to one side in estranged disbelief.This ended with the young God sitting down right outside the structure to ponder what just happened, it was obvious however that in some way that this was the work of one like itself.
"Oh I must apologize." Mathias spoke up. "Although having a tour of Hléradr sounds fine, I'm afraid both I and Cragin have come looking for answers." Mathias spoke make light hand gestures. "Anyway I'll go first." "Originally I noticed something strange happening to this mountain and decided to investigate." "After a long climb I must have passed out some where along the way and I saw something, something I have never seen before." "The experience itself was unlike any other I've had and it left me confused." Mathias explained his dilemma. "After I awoken, I stopped myself from falling further and resumed the climb once again." "What I saw during that period was...odd...I saw a construction something not natural like this building and a table in the middle of a round room." "I saw figures high above and from their it took a new direction, I saw vast rows of armored figures with wings like Lyandra's." Mathias paused for a moment as he furrowed his eyebrows. "When I reached the summit I passed out near the table in the hall and," Mathias paused once more , "I was visited by another vision and," Mathias paused and looked at Cragin and then backed to Acanthus, "Well if you don't mind I would like to speak of that later." Mathias suddenly backing out of his tale. Mathias awaited to hear what Acanthus made of it.
"So if you wouldn't mind me asking, what do you make of it?" Mathias asked. Before he heard Acanthus answer he sensed something else. A strange presence...something....unpredictable...it made him uneasy. Mathias decided to hide his discomfort he didn't want to disturb either of the Gods but perhaps they already sense it as well? If it is an enemy then Mathias is prepared to meet him, perhaps he will go quietly? Mathias mentally prepared himself nevertheless.
"Thank you, for the offer." Cragin would look about a moment before continuing. "It appears you've already answered my question, and I thank you for that as well." He was slowly losing grasp and flashes of Kreios and the abomination obstructed his vision. He would look to Mathias and give him a nod, and then to Acanthus giving a small wave before his focus faded and returned in a different place. With an explosion of pale green light his physical form would be vaporized, reappearing before the child-like God.
Acanthus listened intently to Mathias' vision. The strange creatures and constructions interested him greatly. He pondered the meaning of this, nodding throughout the short speech. When the younger god had finished, Craigin vanished without a word and though Acanthus was sad to see him go so soon, though he knew he would see him again soon enough. He turned to Mathias, eager to hear what else the younger god would say before he would try to perceive the meaning of the vision.
However, before they could continue the conversation, a large claw struck through the roof, distorting the view of the stars that had been displayed there. The claw retracted and Acanthus waved his arm, repairing the damage with a flick of his wrist. He turned towards Mathias.
"Yes, lets complete this talk later on. For now, let us greet this guest and see what new knowledge and wisdom it has to offer us. If that if alright with you."
He walked down the stairs and out of the door, through the main hall, and outside into a blizzard. He cast a spell of enduring elements onto himself and Mathias and then walked around the Hall so that he might see what had torn a rend through the great Hléradr, though he felt the familiar twinge that came with kinship. What he saw was an amazing sight indeed.
A young god sat outside, its flesh red and steaming in the cold. It had no real face, it seemed to be mostly teeth.
"Hail," Acanthus said, over the blizzard. "Perhaps you should come inside through the door, instead of the wall."
His voice would be edged with a feral anger, indignant and pained. "How dare you." He would walk forth and there would be a stir in the forest as his guardians edged their way to the treeline of the clearing. He sensed six or seven of them watching, their fur bristling, barred teeth and twitching muscles. "What can you say for yourself, then?" He would demand answers from the man, his grip tightening, his left fist slightly raised at his side, curling and uncurling.
The time spent in the cold was a nuisance at most and Sanguine could barely even register the fact that crystals were forming across its flesh and even more wind began to surmount as time went on. Looking at the tall imposing structure it just could not wrap its mind over the fact that this place was here.
Did those like itself really want such solitude?
Or was the fact that this was such a place because the one inside thought it was a necessity of all things.
Eventually something did happen, Sanguine looked on as the solid mass of the wall began to crease down the center showing that it was in fact built to be some kind of opening and a light began to shine through its new path to freedom.
Sanguine sprung up from its lower stance and made its body ready for something to happen, being that the last entity that it tried to interact with did not end well this called for just as much ease in deliberation.
"Hail" the sound of a voice came from over the wind and an image began to show through the haze of the snow, glowing as if something encase it within light.
"Perhaps you should come inside through the door, instead of the wall." The being showed Sanguine a path behind himself and the young god was all too willing to comply springing forward over the others shoulder and into the confines of this new place.
Sanguine's clawed feet and pads slid slightly on the smooth flooring as its form hunched slightly and soon began to relish the feeling of a new warmth wafting over its body. The inside of this massive structure was so open as Sanguine stood to look around, several movements of its person made the frozen sections snap off and fall down to the floor where most shattered on impact.
Stretching and feeling the release of tension fall away from its body Sanguine was actually quite please how the first few moments of meeting someone new was turning out. But it was with the end of that the God looked over at its new acquaintance. The being was a strange looking one with slightly pale skin and a strange growth on its face of some kind of fur, and not only that its skin seemed to be made of something else apart from itself entirely. It was then that Sanguine realized that the person was actually covered in something that actually wasn't part of its body, which caused to young God to pause and tilts its head as if a dog listing to a distant sound.
It hit Sanguine then, that the God before it most likely preferred to wear something over its form which only made Sanguine more aware of its apparent lack of such. Despite the fact that Sanguine did not really have a body to distinguise itself as a being of any reason it was aware that lacking some sort of cover for itself was most likely a determent.
Sanguine looked on at the other God as the door closed behind them and latched locking the furry of the snow storm behing. The young god took in the image of the other and new that it would be easier to deal in retrospect if it looked somewhat similar. So taking in the image of the God before it Sanguine began to concentrate on shifting its own to meet a more preferred state of appearance.
The edges of Sanguine's body began to smooth out as it stood and cupped its hands together, the iced section that fell quickly melted thanks to the heat and where now small puddles of blood that soon crawled their way back up Sanguine's legs and onto the body. The sounds of the shifting going on under Sanguine's body and the bones rearranging below the skin gave way to its form normalizing and small spindles of flesh began to web out from its shoulders.
The small strands of flesh began to spray out and weave themselves together forming a very thick fabric that in actuality resembled the other Gods clothing despite the fact Sanguine's was rather red and dark.
Finally Sanguine took its hands and grasped down on its own face forcing them back to slide up and over its head. The force brought upon a new change where Sanguine's mouth sealed shut and left only a pair of dark crimson orbs for eyes and the excess feathered out into long thin strands of dark ashen red hair that flowed in long ribbons being its back. The final transformation happened as Sanguine's skin began to shift from read to a lighter color to almost match the other Gods own appearance.
The change complete Sanguine now bore an appearance that it thought would apply more to the others taste, despite the overall humanoid and lighter skin Sanguine's fingers still ended it deep red sharpened tips that still revealed its bestial nature.
"Better"
Sanguine looked on at the new God and gave a slight tilt of its head as if in recognition of being there.
Much like Kreios and Trelàs it was shifting it's form and no matter how many times he's seen it, it still disturbed him. He saw the creature resembling a frame much like his and Acanthus', apparently it wished to look like them. As Mathias watched it assumed a form similar to there's but with notable differences. After it finished it continued to tilt it's head towards them, still looking at them. "Uh, dismiss what I was about to say." Mathias quickly spoke as he watched it. Mathias wanted to know what it wanted or even what it was. Was it a monster or a God? Mathias decided to speak towards it. "Greetings...I am Mathias...and I am a God...", Mathias paused, "What matter of being say you?" Mathias asked morphed creature, hoping it could speak otherwise Mathias is wasting his breath.
Sanguine could feel the more reasonable and apparent feel this body gave it, the ability to stand firmly on two legs was a better method then that of constantly switching between that and four. But the way it perceved the world now had changed as well with the addition of better eyes and the influx of color was more then enough to peek a certain interest within the young God.
Out of nowhere though Sanguine heard another voice and the image of another God approaching it, this one looked more formidable in terms of body then the other and a certain amount of unease could be seen dancing across his face.
"Greetings...I am Mathias...and I am a God..."
"What matter of being say you?"
It was obvious now that this one was introducing himself to Sanguine in some fashion and then asked what Sanguine was in return. Which caught Sanguine off guard, that was a question that itself had yet to even begun to understand.
~God?~ Sanguine thought.. If that was what this new person was and they both where like it in some way then the idea that came to mind that Sanguine must be one as well.
Sanguine looked down at its own hands and body realizing that itself was something in that nature, the realization filled itself was such a fascination emotion as it wanted to speak and share its joy. Sanguine reached up with its hand and began to trace a line across its face with one of the clawed fingers, this caused a fissure to form and shallow out which soon became a new mouth for the young God. Even though the new orifice was not as beastly as before, many of the jagged pieces of teeth remained as this was actually the only way Sanguine remembered for this body part.
Once again Sanguine could tasted the air and inhale new scents from all around, only for it to open its new mouth and speak with words it never knew it could use.
"A.. God?" The voice that echoed out from Sanguine's lips was unknown to it, a mixture of low toned voices that sang from both sex's. It seemed that the Gods nature was only really definable from its own speech and that no matter how much Sanguine tried it could not alter the voice to just one, or even more simply to match that of Mathias or the other God.
Sanguine pressed both hands against its own chest as if to gesture towards itself.. "Then so.. am I"
Then the creature began to change, it grew hair and straightened its stance, its skin became more like Acanthus’ and Mathias’. It did not seem to be able to take on a specific gender. Even its voice was the combination of both genders and sounded more like one of Acanthus’ messengers. It grew clothes and stood before them, having mimicked their forms while still holding on to aspects of its own.
“Better.” It said slowly though no mouth could be seen.
Mathias’ whispers stopped, "Uh, dismiss what I was about to say," and Acanthus simply nodded. He could feel no real malice from the genderless god. Mathias, however, was not one to simply let his guard down. He approached the other god cautiously and introduced himself.
The other raised its hand and opened a new mouth for itself. "A.. God?" it said slowly, as if coming to a realization, "Then so.. am I."
Acanthus nodded in assent, pleased to see it come to this realization on its own. “Of course you are, this hall is made for gods. None other may enter. I am Acanthus. May we know your name, so that we might be properly introduced?”
His hair falls forward as he does so. 'Is this...hair? I know the word, somehow, but it's white, and blue! No, not white, blonde! That's the wor-' he broke off mid-thought as he finally looked at his surroundings.
"Whoa." was all he could say when he saw all the land laid out before him like this. It was so beautiful. He wanted to get to a better vantage point, so he stepped forward. When he did so however, the rock gave way beneath him and he started to fall down the mountain. Free-falling itself wasn't something he had anything against, but when he saw the sharp spires at the bottom of the ravine he was falling straight towards, he started to panic. Looking around frantically for anything he could do, he saw the edge of the ravine getting closer and closer. Once he fell into it, there wouldn't be anything he could do, so out of sheer instinct, he spread his wings.
They spread fully out and he almost immediately snapped to a stop. "AH! Wings don't work like that!" when he started to fall again, he realized that the wings didn't catch the air, they simply lifted when he willed it. So he willed, and sure enough, rather than fall, he started to fly, away from the cliff. "Amazing!" he shouted at the top of his lungs, with the air whipping into his face. It was then that he heard an odd howl. He turned his head to follow the noise, and saw that it came from an enormous forest very nearby. He slowed to a stop in midair to think.
"Should I go check it out? But then again, I know just about nothing at the moment, I might only cause problems, and I'd hate to bother someone I haven't met. Wait, if there's someone to bother then there's someone else! And if there's someone else then I have to meet them." his mind made up, he resumed his flight, but this time down into the forest.
Mathias looked towards the creature, still with curiosity. He still wonders who it is, even though it's a god it's still a mystery to him. What is it's origin? It must be born from a Divine Seed but what purpose does it serve? What is it's nature and how does it act? So far it seems confused and curious as well. It looks with eagerness and interest in it's surroundings. It wants to learn more and well, the god did arrive at the right place to do so. Acanthus could bring it into the fold with his knowledge as he did with himself and his other siblings. Yet, Mathias was also interested in knowing of it's name. It would be more comfortable for him if he could call his mimicking sibling a name. "Yes, I too am interesting in hearing your name." "It would be a great pleasure to hear it, if you mind that is." Mathias spoke as he waited to hear it's name.
Besides the god in front of them, Mathias slightly notices some other interactions beyond them. One of them was definitely Cragin, he could sense a similar disturbance with in him as he had with Trelàs. Someone has upset him greatly and he didn't know for sure but he has his suspicions. Just as the world changed a new presence could be lightly felt. Mathias has no knowledge on who or what has arrived but it didn't ignite any alarms from within him. So in effect Mathias' allowed the presence to slip from his mind, not giving it much thought.
Sanguine stood before the two new God that looked upon it and could feel a small link of spirit between them, almost as if it had known them before for far more then spoken. The two began to discuss something between them but Sanguine was lost for the time being in a daze of how different the place was on the inside and how well it was made. Every nook and cranny was overtaken with light and there was not a dark corner in the whole of the building, the floor and walls gave off almost a polished feeling as one gaze upon them and Sanguine was in a state of rapture just learning of this new location.
That was until the two Gods spoke back to Sanguine which instantly caught its attention, strangely enough they wanted to know of the young gods name and that was a shock for it to even comprehend.
After all this time of being in existence had never even contemplated such a thing.. "Name?..." the slight question shot back from behind its teeth.
It was something that only drove on the young God to question more inside its own mind and for some reason words could be felt budding into life from within. The god took the fingers on its right hand and began to slide them together gather some of its own red liquid flesh between and pushing it around amongst its fingertips.
A moment of intense thought began to run though its mind as words of mixed voices began to bubble forth from within, each with its own passion and question of being..
"Blood..."
"...Flesh.."
"...Life..."
The God could not halt on one word and several others began to echo out from under the ones before as it there was an entire village inside its mouth and each resident where calling out for someone to answer.
That was until one word came to mind.. "Sanguine..." the word ended with a inept draw for air as if the whole of its body took a gasp of breath. That word was something unusual to the young God and strangely familiar as well. Elegant in nature but underlying macabre as well.
The young God took a step towards the two others and asserted itself in this new light "Yes... I am Sanguine" this one moment the voices spoke, unified in a massive word of recognition. "I am Sanguine and I wish to experience all this world has to offer.." This was Sanguine's claim to being and statement of justification for existence.
He awoke to investigate this sudden development, to find that the sky itself had turned black. The air around him felt cold, almost unbearably so. The cold hit him in pinpricks, and it took him some time to figure out what it was. Rain. It was raining. He dwelt on the fact that rain was uncomfortable for a few moments, only to find that he was suddenly holding a hat. He didn't understand how he knew what a hat was, only that hats were meant to be worn on your head, and that they could protect you from the weather. He donned the hat, and felt relief from the cold and wet.
The rain fascinated him, how it managed to take him by surprise, appear so suddenly. No, it wasn't just the rain, this place was interesting, the colors of the grass, the sparse trees that provided shelter for the odd creatures, all of it, so fascinating. Wait, he thought, maybe there's more out there. This can't be all there is, there's so much more you haven't seen! For reasons he couldn't quite understand, he shouted, at the top of his lungs, barely audible through the wind of the storm: "What should I see next!?"
Amidst all of this excited thought, he hardly noticed that two more items had appeared in his hands. In his right, a long, beautifully decorated stick with a greenish, glowing cube at the end. A walking staff, he inexplicably understood. And, in his left, an odd contraption. Three grayish rings within each other, with a pointed shape in the center, of the same color as the end of the staff. "Compass", he thought to himself. These two items would prove useful, he thought. Something to lean on in difficult terrain, and something to guide him. He glanced down at the compass, and saw that it was pointing at a large mountain in the distance. "Alrighty then.", he responded to the compass with a smile, as though heeding an intangible request.
And with that, he set off.
The ground shook harmoniously after each step of the stone being who returned to his birthplace, the God stopped his maddening walk and keep silent while waiting, there was no doubt: the yellow glow of eye could only belong to the being hidden in the fog; Amentia.
Trelàs ran with arms raised and hugged Amentia "I missed you rock pile" Amentia first was delighted with the reaction of his creator but didn't like the insult so groaned and hit him again, "I have no need for you, I have Amentia the second!" Trelàs lifted the stone as he shouted, Amentia advanced and completely destroyed the stone "Me... Amentia" his raspy voice declared his first words to the surprise of Trelàs "Well I'll forgive you," when the two made their peace a gust of wind blew, thing rarely seen in the land of fog.
The wind cleared the revealing the rocky terrain, land could be considered even fertile but Trelàs wasn't interested in such things, the wind had given him an idea, another way of creating music, his left hand ate dirt and rocks and after a few moments spat a cylindrical object with several holes, Trelàs put it in his mouth and blow, a sweet sound left the instrument called flute and the god laughed merrily, his appearance changed to harness the full potential of the flute, a body like those of the others gods but his clothes were different and he had something covering his head, interested in his new look began to dance around Amentia while played his flute.
"Blood..."
"...Flesh.."
"...Life..."
The creature was describing itself presumably. Perhaps it was searching for the right word to name itself with. Acanthus absorbed the knowledge that it seemed to be more than one and yet completely one at the same time and stored that for future contemplation.
"Sanguine..."
Acanthus gasped at the name. It dripped of passion and lust for life that he had never felt throughout the many eons he had spent alone in the world.
"Yes... I am Sanguine... I am Sanguine and I wish to experience all this world has to offer.." Acanthus felt the name and knew true desire. The power of a god's name was indeed complex and almost overwhelming. This one was no different.
After the initial power of the name passed over him, Acanthus looked at the new god. "Sanguine," He said, letting the name roll from his tongue, "It is a pleasure to meet you. I welcome you as my kin to Hléradr and to this world.
He turned to Mathias, and motioned to the both of them. "Would you like a tour? I am quite sure I have rooms perfect for the both of you."
"The light," his voice only came out as a strangled whisper,"Where did all the light go?" for a moment he was able to do nothing more than stare at the clouds in horror until the rain started to truly pour down on him. "A time when the world goes dark, how awful." he murmured, a terrible sadness evident in his voice. Then a determined look came upon his face.
"Well then I'll just have to shine a little brighter." and so his wings swept back, and the light they were made of seemed to explode outward. Continuing his search, he now flew through the sky trailing bright light just like a comet. But he was unsatisfied, because to make up for the lack of light, shouldn't the light be more...well, more? He thought about it for a moment, before sudden inspiration struck. So he clapped his hands together, and suddenly the sky was filled with color. All the drops of water had started to refract the light, so color raced all across the sky from every drop that was shone upon.
"Maybe this is a bit excessi-" There it was! He looked almost straight down, and sure enough, there were figures where he had just heard the howl coming from. A wide grin suddenly appearing on his face, he flew down as fast as could. Unluckily for him, that was fast enough that he couldn't stop in time. So he slammed into a tree branch before finally landing on the ground in an undignified heap. Quickly standing up and brushing off the twigs clinging to him. he looked up to see two odd creatures staring at him. One, a strange canine beast walking on two legs though it looked like it could use four if it needed to. The other however, was a more monstrous looking thing. A massive serpent, with nine heads. What really drew his attention however, was that only eight of them were looking at him, the other was still looking at the beast. Suddenly the head tensed, and he knew that it would attack while the beast was focused on him. There was no time to warn, or attack, all he could do was dash forward as fast as possible. So when the head struck out, he put himself in between the beast and the serpent. But what could he do, he needed something to defend with, anything. So he raised his right arm to stop the serpent, and when it tried to bite straight through it, it instead bit the first thing he could think of. Covering his arm was graceful fitted armor that had a pauldron in the shape of a snarling wolf's head, the only image his mind could create in such a situation.
The serpent's head recoiled with a hiss, and he could see that the armor had burned it's flesh where it had brushed against it. Looking at the armor, he could tell why. So inexperienced was he that when he made the armor, his godly power, 'leaked' into the armor. As he saw the same markings that adorned his skin suddenly appear on the armor, he understood that it was now a part of him just as much as the arm beneath it.
"Yes, I shall welcome the opportunity to take a tour." Mathias spoke as he looked towards Sanguine. He assumed Sanguine would like to experience the tour and find a room of it's own, like Acanthus. Mathias remembered how grand Acanthus' room was. He wondered if his room would be similar? There was only one way to find out. Before he would proceed he noticed another flicker of power. Someone else has entered this world but whoever it was also didn't pose any intense signals like the other flicker earlier. Perhaps the string of rather chaotic gods has come to an end? Mathias hoped that to be the case, already his mind would retract to the intense feeling he had felt from a few of the gods in existence. Mathias wished to assess the threats present before moving on to new ones and he was grateful it seemed to be only the few. Then Mathias noticed some more disturbances coming from one of the new ones. A clash somewhere...he could gain details but it has something to do with a corrupted force. Not Kreios himself but something he made.
Before he thinking more about he decided to keep his focus on this tour they are about to take. If something dreadful comes up then Mathias couldn't help but feel obligated to intervene. "So when ever you and Sanguine are prepared to commence the tour, I shall follow." Mathias spoke looking towards Acanthus and Sanguine as he slightly bowed in confirmation.
"You can talk!?"
"Hsssss, of course I can talk, I am Hydra. But who are you to speak? A mere godling, barely older than the rainstorm above us."
"Who am I?" a rather shocked look came about his face, because he hadn't stopped to consider it before. So he sat down, ignoring the downright offended look on Hydra's face, er, faces, and started to think. 'Obviously I exist. Which means there must be a word for me. A word that symbolizes all that I am and all that I could be.' but the more he thought about it, the more he realized he couldn't quite find an answer. It was infuriating, but he just couldn't think of what his name was. Suddenly standing up, he turned to Hydra. "I'm not sure, but more importantly, what gives you the right to eat this thing!? It's a living breathing creature just like you! Would you like it if someone came along and ate you?"
"Him, not it."
"W-what!?" spinning to look at the beast behind him, his eyes widened with shock at the sight of a man, about his size, with a sort of ageless quality about him. "Your hair is green!"
"You're a simpleton aren't you? No nevermind, it doesn't matter. The point is, I'm a werewolf created by my master Cragin, a he. NOT an it."
"S-simpleton? How rude!"
"You have blue hair, how strange."
"H-how rude!"
"Exactly."
"HSSSS! Enough of this nonsense! I'll simply devour you both!" with that, all nine of Hydra's heads struck out all at once against the two of them.
~A tour?~
Sanguine thought, though the idea did sit well with the young god it was strange to think that the one named Arcanthus would have someplace suitable for them both. Strange that he would be more willing then not to allow them entry and room in this place.
But Sanguine was sure that it would lead to better things eventually so with a tilt of the head and the softly spoken words of.. "Lead on.." Sanguine gave itself in resignation to Arcanthus.
He grinned, knowing that the rooms would shape themselves to fit the exact liking of the two gods. He was glad to give them this surprise, and he was a bit proud that he had thought of such an ingenious way to give any god he met exactly what they might want. "Hurry and pick!" He said, prompting them into decision. He had to admit, he was quite interested in whatever their rooms might become. He had ideas about what they might be, but really it was all up to their subconscious minds to form the rooms into whatever they might.
Kylain ducked and rolled out of the way since the ninth seemed to remember how it wanted to eat him. He was safe just out of reach since the serpent couldn't move when it was so conflicted. It was trying to go 3 different directions at once and so it couldn't even go in one.
Looking at the creature had engendered such an odd response, he found himself struck by an odd feeling of familiarity as he examined it. Along with a faint sense of, 'wrongness'. To his surprise the creature ran right up to him.
“Hey don’t mess with Hydra, he is an interesting toy, but who are you I’m Kreios, this is my forest, behind me Echo might follow.” then he looked to the werewolf next to him, "Oh you feel like a wolf man but look like me, let’s see if I can change you.” then he reached his hand into the werewolf's chest! Kylain was shocked, but should he do something, he didn't know what was going on. Though he saw the shocked and horrified look on the werewolf face and started to move forward, deciding to try and do, something. "Ok I feel the changing ability and I feel the beast let’s see what happens when I take the wolf and," he reached out and touched one of Hydra's heads that were reaching for him, "replace it with Hydra." suddeny; both Hydra and the werewolf started to scream in pain. Completely sure that this creature was doing something very bad, he ran forward and pulled the werewolf away from it. It's hand slid right out of the werewolf's chest, but then the werewolf collapsed just as suddenly. A large thump indicated that Hydra had collapsed as well. And there was the creature, standing there with it's hand out towards him like nothing had happened.
“I love playing with my toys but can’t make toys so I take others and change them, except when they stop moving then they don’t change though my other toys like to eat them.” he was furious, this creature was just standing there acting like it hadn't just caused so much pain to these two beings. He could faintly see the light in his skin flaring up as his anger grew. At that moment though, with a flash, another one showed up about to kick the first one.
She awoke from beneath the lake at the center of the open field, naturally curious about her surroundings. The array of fish, eels, and other forms of underwater life fascinated her, yet she felt such company would not be suitable for her. She could talk to these creatures, yet they could not respond with words. In the end, it would only be lonely for Adarani. Not that she did not mind any creature of the lake staying by her side, they seemed to enjoy being around her. She just could not handle not having anyone around who could understand what she says to them. Thus, she swam up to the surface.
Once out of the water, she straightened her light blue dress as best she could, which is kind of difficult when clothing is soaking wet. It was then she noticed a parrot, literally starving to death. There was a tree next to it, which she imagined fruit being on. Surely enough, a mango appeared. Adarani reached her hand out to it, the mango falling perfectly into her hand. Smiling a little, she offered it to the starving parrot, which began to eat it. It began its attempts at flying after its belly was filled, yet could not do it. It was only when Adarani gently touched the wings that the poor bird flied.
She sat on the ground with her back to the tree so to ponder on what else she could do. Letting out a deep sigh, there was yet another question: where did she belong? Adarani pondered on this question for a while, which only led to more loneliness.
Without a moment's hesitation, Genocide drove one fist deep into the corroded earth beneath him and felt around the dirt's depths. This simple act shoot the valley he stood in and the mountains that surrounded him on all sides, causing violent shifts of snow and stone. After mere moments of searching, his ragged and burnt fingers found what he was looking for: a pocket of pure, liquid hot metal that had buried next to his damnable prison since the Old Time. When Dark God was taken away by the All Father, he left behind many dark children of sin and vengeance that were nothing more than thoughts and ideas embedded into the very earth. Countless ages had past and they grew to understand what they were as well as began taking shape. One was Genocide. Death and destruction on a large scale by name. He was war. And with war, one needed tools.
He brought up the great ball of rapidly shifting steels from the ground, heating the air around him and killing the nearby grass as it shriveled and died. Without a second thought, he closed his eyes and poured the mix of molten metals over his head and down his body. The pain was immediate and intense. His already crisped skin met with unbearable heat again, causing painful waves of agony to weave through his body. But this pain also brought triumph. So long in the pit had cause great discomfort against his will. This was the first act of suffering by choice. As the quickly cooling steels spread over him, the heat bound the metal to flesh while the surface began to smooth and form. Time continued on painfully slow as the dire metals finished their task and after what seemed like a lifetime, it was finished. Genocide's eyes opened again to see through the slits of a helmet clung tight to his skull. He moved his arms and legs and heard the clink of metal against the ground. He sat up, feeling every shift in the steel bound to his blood. There no was difference between the bone, blood and metals that made up his form. A worthy suit for the great warlord. After he inspected his impressive new form proudly, he surveyed the damage his transformation had caused. The earth had turned from blackened and rough to smooth and transparent as the great crater of glass dug into the ground, making the relatively untouched mountains seem ever more massive. He forced himself to his feet as he felt the shift of his own power being clung to his form by the fel suit he now wore, saving the land around him from the wrath of his presence. "So it begins," he said to himself in a booming and grim voice as it echoed unnaturally in his helm, making his voice sound corrupted and steely. With no sense of direction or purpose, he pulled himself out of the glassed hole in the earth and made his way through the rocky terrain. The Great Warmarch had begun.
Kreios was smiling at the new god when suddenly a foot went through him, it didn’t faze him and turned around to greet Echo when he realized that one of the eggs he was holding inside him had shattered. His smile suddenly turned into a frown and he yelled “you broke one of my toys, YOU BROKE ONE OF MY TOYS”. Of all the tantrums he had thrown this one was the worst he didn’t lose his shape this time though, it was much worse he released a pulse of pure chaotic energy. The only two things within the forest that wasn’t a god that didn’t change were the Hydra and the Kreiochain. Every plant and animal within in the distance the pulse had released warped; over half didn’t survive the change, the rest changed to monsters. Trees grew fruits that if you ate it would warp you, or became carnivorous, insects became have minded swarms that could strip flesh in seconds, or big enough that one could fight equal with a wolf, tangle weed became tangle vines, the three werewolves that survived one grew two more heads, another wolf form grew four times its regular size, and the final one was stuck in a human form except with the speed strength claws and teeth of a wolf. Kreios didn’t even see what was happening because with the little strength he had left he shot a beam of chaos energy at Echo away with what was left of his full power. The beam used up what little power he had left after releasing the pure chaos explosion, then Kreios passed out and turned to a pile of mud, sleeping to regain his strength.
After several hours' journey, he had nearly reached his destination. It was difficult to breath in the great aerie, but he noted that the lack of air did nothing to him. The Hat really did come in handy, it would seem.
He'd not quite expected to reach this place quite so quickly, though he isn't quite surprised. The Staff, Hat, and Compass seemed to have some interesting qualities to them that he hadn't yet taken time to experiment with.
"Maybe once I reach the summit", he thought to himself. Off in the distance, he could hear many things. Large sheets of rock and debris tumbling down the mountains as they accumulate too much weight, undiscovered creatures howling in triumph as they catch their evening's meal... And, oddly enough, something that he could almost make out as speech from an intelligent being. "Amazing", he thinks the mysterious voice said. Must've been awfully loud to reach someone from so far away. Luckily for him, he was nearing the top by this point. It sounds as though the shout has triggered several other landslides. A strange place, indeed. All the more reason to reach the top and get a better view of things. And, with that, he had made it to the top. To the north, he could see the grassy plains in which he had awoke. To the east, a great forest stretching to the horizon. To the south, rough and unforgiving badlands which held a crater, clear as ice and black as sin. And to the west, a strange fog, encompassing all land as far as his godly eyes eye could see. He sat a moment, allowing himself to take everything in, down to the finest detail, such as the way the sun reflected off of the westernmost peak, or how the winds from the east carried with them the faintest hint of melted snow and blooming wildflowers. After a great span of time had passed, he stood up and got to work. He'd told himself he was going to discover precisely what he was capable of, and he intended to follow through on that. Then, he had an idea. Perhaps some soul will, in the future, stand upon this very same peak. But what if the flowers aren't blooming? What if the sun isn't out? What if something that is here now is not there in the future? With this thought, he resolved to create a way for future travelers to know of the wonders that lay here. Almost involuntarily, he snapped to his left and focused with his staff, using it to draw a great block of stone, many times larger than him, to his location. "Will ye ever cease to amaze me", he said aloud to the object, which now seemed more like a trusted assistant than a possession. Once he had set the block down, he began to shape it, carve it, mold it. Tools of uses that had not yet occurred to him appeared and disappeared in his hands as needed, and soon, he had completed the object. It was a stone chamber, with nine solid walls, and another possessing a short passageway to allow access, and space enough to allow five of himself in the chamber with room to spare. He'd carved an intricate mural on the wall directly opposite the door, detailing the sights and experiences he himself had been witness to atop the mountain. He'd also created a glassy orb of a deep blue color which now lay embedded in the ceiling, and carved a shallow impression, barely shin-height, into the floor of the shrine, for reasons that weren't quite apparent to him. Now, it was time to put it where it belonged. With a twisting gesture of his staff, he gently moved stone aside to make room for the shrine, and embedded it in the mountain, careful not to drastically alter its shape. With this task complete, he noticed he had some spare stone left over from the process. He decided to put this to use as well, crafting a path down the mountain for the sake of easy access... and then, something else. He couldn't quite grasp why, but he wanted to make a small statue. Perhaps the shrine needed someone to watch over it. The statue ended up resembling a creature of similar shape to himself, just over a third his height, but with curvy, exaggerated features, and intricate patterns traced across its whole body. It sat with its legs crossed, arms on its knees, and stared at the doorway with hollow eyes, awaiting any who would come to see the wonders of this place. Now that his work was complete, he felt that it was time to set off. This time, his compass pointed downward, to the west. Of course. How else was he going to know what lay behind the curtain of fog? Pointing his staff skyward, he set off toward the distant, unknown land...
...and left behind the first of his great works.
Sanguine looked down the long corridor and watched as the doors went on as far as the eye could see, maybe it was some kind of trick or it was just an inaction of Arcanthus's own powers but the invitation to take one as its own was enough to garner Sanguine's own interest.
After taking several steps Sanguine was looking at each door to see what a difference each bore but not one was indistinguishable from the other. That all changed when Sanguine stopped and actually laid hands upon the frame of one door and the most interesting thing took place, the door itself began to creek and moan as the wood changed in form to match what Sanguine's mind reflected. The wood took on a dark maroon shade with light circular engravings embroidered all over its surface, several small places on the woods surfaces began to engrave with the image of a tear and a large silver plaque appeared on the top of the door that simply read ~Sanguine~
Sanguine looked upon the transformation with glee and began to run a hand over the new indication of its name, never having seen its own name in words before was an actual treat to behold but as Sanguine rubbed the plaque it turned out not to be silver at all. It was actually a rather well polished section of bone that had the name Sanguine etched into its surface. It was obvious this was indeed to be Sanguine's room and the impatience to see inside began to mount, however Sanguine could not see any real way in. With the original transformation the handle for the door disappeared into the body work beforehand and so in aspiration Sanguine ran its hand over the maroon door absentmindedly until something fantastic happened.
While running its hand over the door a small lump began to appear and eventually the lump split like a budding plant revealing a small but well crafted handle, itself made of bone as well and it appears that this one is the shape of someones femur. The nob was beautiful, a small well defined orb with lashings of silver around the circumference of its shape.
Sanguine gazed at the intricate working of the entire door and soon grew all too anxious to see inside, so with a quick twist of the handle the door was cracked and Sanguine peeked inside. That section of the hall began to flood with a dim white light as a cacophony of sounds began to ring out of the opened frame.
Screams, moans, and gleeful noises made by all manner of creature could be heard ringing out as a sweet scent of honey due crept out into the nostrils. That itself was not the only smell within the confines of that room as other emanations could be sensed as well, some just as sweet but others more then not had a tent of vileness to it.
Taking a large breath Sanguine reeled back and shut the door before more could escape and stood there for several moments. It seemed that this door was an abjuration to the idea that Sanguine wished to experience more of the words happenings and in a sense the room contained much in the way of feelings and emotionally responsive elements. This caused a smile to creep across Sanguine's features, despite how difficult it was for the current features to show a smile the emotion of happiness was still present in the Gods eyes.
With a slow turn of the head and a deep look back at Arcanthus, Sanguine only spoke three words.. "Wonderful.. simply wonderful."
"I... I'm going to fix that!"
"My lady..."
"You'll be fine, I promise! Just, try to relax!"
Adarani closed her eyes and began to summon her healing powers to mend the bones in the person's leg, reconnecting the ankle properly. As she did so, the faceless man said to her, "Many thanks, my lady! Now, to the matter at hand. I have a message for you, from my master, Acanthus."
The innocent young woman nodded in acknowledgment. "Mm-hmmm...?" She did not know how the man could talk without a face, yet this was not the best time to ask questions unless they honestly mattered.
The man got up and bowed to Adarani, which made her raise an eyebrow. Why is he doing that? What makes me so significant? Now that I think about it, why would he address me in the way he does? She thought she would get the answer to those quesion once the message was given.
Alas, instead of answers, the faceless man said, "He wishes to see you personally. Can you find your way to the great hall from here?"
Adarani nodded after a moment of thinking. "I'll try, at least." She noticed the man leaving, so she called out to him. "Wait! Where you are going?" To was no use, he was already gone. I never even got his name...
This was no time to bury herself in thoughts of the lack of company, though: If this Acanthus wants to see her, then maybe it would be worth the visit. With that in mind, she transformed into a dove and flew, using the trace of arcane energy to guide her. Her destination rested on a mountain, where a massive building rested. She transformed back to her actual body upon landing at athe entrance. The magnificence of the entire structure amazed her. Admiring would have to wait, though. Adarani did not want to keep Acanthus waiting. Hesitantly, she knocked the door three times.
A creature approached him without the smallest show of backing away. A bland little thing of black hobbling around on two legs with nary a feature to mention. It stopped a distance from Genocide just before the feeble mind of a mortal invaded his thoughts and said, "My lord, I am one of the Prachians. My master-" It was abruptly cut off by the booming voice that came from the god's helm. "Do you know who you speak to?" The creature hesitated as it truthfully did not fully comprehend the strangers it's master had request. "What do you-?" It's projection of words were interrupted as the god stepped towards it faster than any mortal could follow and snatched it up from the ground in it's massive hands and began squeezing it's gauntlet tightly around the parchian's form. As it tried to give pleas and apologizes, Genocide held it up to his cowled face and spat out with poisoned words, "I am Genocide. When you approach the True Warlord, you throw yourself to my mercy after showing me the proper respect." The god's grip tightened as all the poor mortal could do was shake pitifully, knowing struggle to be pointless. "Be merciful I know not your kin, welp. They'll have to wait for their end to come. You, on the other hand..." He applied the last bit of pressure and squeezed the very life out of the pathetic creature as it turned to the power it was birthed from.
As it's life was taken, the knowledge it was given flowed into the god's steely shell and from there, his mind. Many petty things such as it's duties and understandings of magics. Almost all of it useless. Almost. This creature was not a simple creature of the land. It's presence was brought about from a power higher than the lowly lives of this fragile realm. A god had created it. As his information sunk in, Genocide's good humor returned to him as another devious chuckle echoed from him. "So, this old cod of a being wishes to find his poor, scattered kin, hm? It's so fortunate that it's poor excuse of a subordinate was able to do at least that." He looked down at the black powder still cupped in his hands and said, "You had some value, god creature. Be relieved..." He placed one hand on top of the other and pressed his palms against the black powder. "You get the honor of becoming my first trophy." He squeezed down hard, putting great pressure on the remains for just a moment before pulling his hands back, revealing a pitch black piece of cloth folded in his hand. Taking the rag-sized piece of material in his fingers, Genocide wiped the blood of the creature that had come before until his armor was spotless before holding the soiled cloth by it's corners as stretched and weaved it expertly until it was a grand cloak that he proceeded to drape over his shoulders. "This will serve nicely. Now were was it again? Ah, yes..." He turned sharply and began walking towards the mountains he saw in the distance. "That's where you are, Sage God." The Great Warmarch continued.
A being stepped out onto the ocean floor and looked around. He had a strong, sculptured body and glowing mane of dark hair and blue eyes the color of the water around him and yet shined with the brightness all its own. He did not know how long he stood, for the being felt his senses flowing out into the currents of the water, following them in every which way for the currents seemed to go in different directions, traversing the world until at last they met. At last, a single thought entered his mind, It is empty.
The being was distressed for he knew that this wasn't right. Life large and small alike, plants and creatures alike. Images passed before his eyes of the sea-life that was supposed fill up the ocean deaths. He was dismayed, but then, he knew what to do. He raised his hands and willed plant-life to come forth across his domain for he knew that was what was needed first, but he knew not how he knew it. Seaweed, algae, red algae, seagrass, and a multitude of plants began to take shape and for a time, the being spent his time cultivating this life out of love for this new creation and in expectation for what was to come. He knew not how long he worked, but he did not tire and to him, it only seemed a little while. When plant-life had taken root and flourished, he began with animal life: first corral and then with plankton and tiny organisms that fed on the plant-life before giving way to larger organisms such as fish and mammals, seals, crabs, sharks, and an innumerable amount until, at last the being rested, his task done.
He watched his creation and contemplated. He took great joy in these creations and yet, he felt empty. Perhaps it was because the ideas that popped in his head seemed to come from somewhere else or else because he felt something was missing. For the first time, he contemplated himself. Who was he? Words popped in his head: Ocean, Sea, Water, Current, Creature, but none felt right. Was he the only thing that thought or spoke for he had discovered towards the end of his labors words, but they were different from the song of the whales or the rush of the waves, though both made a part of it. At last, something unexpected appeared.
A dark, faceless creature appeared and he knew that it wasn't one of his creations. He bowed and spoke, "My lord, I am one of the Prachians. I come with a message from my master."
The being nodded approvingly, “Go on.”
“He wishes to meet with you,” he told him, adding, “On land.”
At once, images of forests and trees, beaches and mountains filled his head until, at last his mind focused upon a particular structure, a hall upon a mountain along with an elder... an elder of his kind.
“I thank you. I shall meet him, but how?” he asked and the ocean current responded, swirling around him. His eyes widened, bu the creature reassured him.
“Lord, this is but a spell of my master, for he knew there were gods far away.”
And with that, the Being and the Prachian vanished and reappeared in wave of water within the hall of Hléradr.
He was interrupted by three knocks at the door outside. They were so light he was surprised that he heard them at all. “-Excuse me, my friend. You may choose a door at any time. I wonder who that might be…”
Acanthus walked into the main hall and was greeted by a large volume of water. He stood dripping wet before new guests. The Prachian was slowly dissolving and Acanthus shook his head. “You should know better than to enter this place foolish Prachian. It is too much for your kind to handle.” He waved his hand and sent it away from the hall. As it was sent he regenerated its form with a healing spell.
A new god stood before him. This one was also soaking wet, but it seemed to Acanthus that being in the open air was what was really new for this god. “Greetings brother.” Acanthus said. He clapped his hands and a large wind dried him off. “My name is Acanthus, welcome to Hléradr. Were you the one who knocked? Ah but of course not. You must have come,” Here he sniffed the air, “from the sea yes? And the Prachian transported you straight here. Maybe it was not as foolish as I had thought. At any rate…” He raised his hand and beckoned to the doors. They flew open and a young and beautiful goddess came into view.
She did not have the sharp and feminine beauty of Lyandra, instead this goddess was beautiful in a more innocent way. She seemed a very gentle heart indeed. “Ah, welcome sister. Please come in.”
“Ah, welcome sister. Please come in.”
The young woman nodded. "T-Thank you, sir." As she walked inside, she spoke to him in a more relaxed manner. "Are you Acanthus? I was told by a faceless man to see you. He sprained his ankle, and I could not just stand by while he suffered through that injury, so I healed him. Who was he?"
As she explained how she became aware of Acanthus, she noticed the great hall with all its doors and chairs, even the table. It sparked her curiosity even more. Again, admiring would have to wait, since a good guest must be respectful and not wander off where there could be trouble. Besides, she desired to know why she was here, to begin with.
The setting changes from Paradise to The Middle Realm
However, it was not empty. He beheld a place unlike anything he had yet seen in his life. I was like a cavern, but he knew that it was not. It looked like it was shaped by the will of another rather than water or wind. Forgetting his discomfort he marveled at the hall. There was a fire roaring in a hole in the wall with its smoke being funneled up tunnel above it with chairs around a large table that he knew was for discussion and socialization. There was an energy about the place, an energy that he recognized the source as the being before him. Instinctively, he knew that this being was kin to him, a being like that and upon recognizing that, he smiled slightly. He had found what he was looking for.
He inspected the man before him. He was older with silver hair gracing both his scalp and the front of his face, but the biggest difference between himself and the elder was that he was covered in some sort of material that seemed neither plant nor animal. Clothing, his mind told him. The Sea God inspected his body and, while he marveled at his own perfection, he felt it wasn't... proper to be bare. Thus, he willed himself to be covered in robes an ocean blue with silver trimmings in homage to his home. He glanced to see the old man open the door and smiled slightly at the sight of a new person. She was beautiful, but somehow soft. Like the light of the sun peering down through the very top of the sea.
"Greetings," he found himself saying and, deciding not to dwell on the sound of his own voice, turned his attention to the old man, "Who are you? What is this place? Who am I? What am I?"
Although his questions were short and respectful, it was clear that he expected them to be answered. He was important, he knew. He was Lord of the Sea. He was the sea. He filled it with life and beauty and ruled over it and yet, it seemed as though he was following a sort of plan. Was it this old man's, this Acanthus' plan? He wanted answers. He had so many questions and there seemed to be more out there than just the Sea. He didn't like being ignorant, he decided.
And he would turn letting go of the clay as it began falling apart and charge forth ducking beneath a swing from one of the corrupted werewolves bringing up the branch in a devastating blow to the creature's abdomen, the branch would radiate with power and the beast would explode in an array of green colors. He charged forth yet again sweeping away a strong clawed hand with the end of the mangled weapon before engaging a spin, he would drive the end into the werewolf's chest knocking it back, then holding it out, an array of flared color would flare from the end setting the corrupted beast alight. It would spin away snarling, being put to rest. And in this moment more of the guardians of the forests would rush through the trees setting about the clean-up.
Cragin would look back seeing a young man, that looked to be a mortal aside from faintly glowing markings and a large set of wings. He would look to the man sensing great power. There was confusion about him as his creations set to the task of killing Kreios'. "I sense a great power in you, and can only infer that you're my kin. I ask for your assistance, in the purging and clearing away of this darkness this brother has set upon the All Father's wilds." Cragin's voice would be solemn, calm now and stern in the request. He would look about at the darkened trees, he knew evil now, in the form of such degradation. He would walk over to the pile of powerful resting clay and his hood would move slightly as if he'd cocked an eyebrow. He would lower the spikes to it, and it would seem a carbon based cage would begin to form out of a solid and yet, ether like green metal leaving the thinnest slits, as it began to form around the God's resting remains. He would bring the villain unto Acanthus, the wise God would know what to do, surely.
"You broke one of my toys, YOU BROKE ONE OF MY TOYS!" he had no idea what the creature was talking about, but he could tell it was furious. Suddenly the chaos he felt surged outward in a massive wave of power. He understood right away the evil that was this power. But even now it changed the other werewolves, when the wave reached him, he lifted his right arm, the marks of the armor glowing brighter as the wave broke against him slightly pushing him back. He needed to do something, just a pinprick of the power let forth could caused such pain to the werewolf and Hydra, he couldn't just let this happen, because who knew how much devastation would occur because of it. And then, in response to some instinct he couldn't quite understand, he shoved the power back just long enough for him to spread his arms wide, his wings flaring as he poured his own power out. Light began to pour forth from his hands, speeding past the chaos, fast enough to begin spreading out in a barrier 50 feet across, to contain the power.
Holding the wall was straining but he could manage despite that. Then the wave hit him, and it felt like he took a hit to the stomach, but he could stand it. Then the wave collided with the wall, and he felt like he was being torn apart. He was fighting as hard as he could just to keep the barrier up, he couldn't understand how the creature was able to release such a steady amount of such great power. It felt like his body was slowly being ripped apart, but he had to keep the barrier up, he couldn't let the chaos infect the rest of the forest. After what seemed like an eternity of this, finally the power died off, and he collapsed to his knees as the barrier shattered. He looked towards the creature and saw only the new one standing over a pile of clay.
"I sense a great power in you, and can only infer that you're my kin. I ask for your assistance, in the purging and clearing away of this darkness this brother has set upon the All Father's wilds." Kin? Indeed that would explain the sense of familiarity he got from him. As for help, well, he'd try, but he didn't know how much he could do at the moment. He stood up, though his whole body burned, and walked over the man. He held out his arm to him.
"I feel that you have some tie to this place. So use my power to set it right again." the man hesitated for only a moment before grasping his arm. And then his power flared outwards. The twisted and warped forest and creatures slowly began to twist back into how they were before. Soon the forest was back to the way it was before, but not soon enough. Because he almost immediately collapsed after the man fixed the forest. The other man looked winded, but that was all. Whereas he could see his vision blacking out and his body going limp. In the corner of his eyes he could see his wings dying down to a mere flicker, and the markings on his skin going dim. "Damn, way too much has happened today, I'm just gonna..." and he fell over as he passed out.
Acanthus beckoned the young goddess in and shut the door behind her, cutting out the cold of the mountain. He nodded to the two gods, acknowledging their status. He beckoned for Mathias, wishing for him to greet these two as well. Sanguine seemed much too interested with its door to pay attention, but Acanthus beckoned for it as well. He felt that all his brothers and sisters should enjoy each other's company. In this sacred place at least.
"T-Thank you, sir." The beautiful goddess said, "Are you Acanthus? I was told by a faceless man to see you. He sprained his ankle, and I could not just stand by while he suffered through that injury, so I healed him. Who was he?"
Acanthus was amused by her shyness but he smiled and said a quiet “You are welcome child.” Then the wet One spoke. His voice sounded like rushing tides as he clothed himself with a blue robe.
“Greetings, Who are you? What is this place? Who am I? What am I?"
Acanthus, used to receiving such questions by this point, responded in kind, answering both of them. “As the Prachians who sent you here may have mentioned, I am Acanthus. I know not the name of the one you healed, I did not see it. The one that I just sent away was known as Yldrich. It is far too curious for its own good.”
“I am known as the Arch Sage, among other things. We are all gods. Divine seeds that have grown thanks to the care of our All Father, who may return one day. This place is simply my gift to my brethren. It is called Hléradr, a shelter and a home away from home for the gods.”
“As for who you are,” Acanthus chuckled, “How could I know? I am not all seeing nor all knowing, though I suppose the Father might be. What names do you call yourselves? That is far more important than whatever I might call you.”
Jute
Fire and brimstone surrounded a single statue in the Inferno. The statue began to melt in the amazing heat and over time a deity stepped forth. Shining like gold in this fiery place of gnashing teeth, Jute felt no pain from the hatred filled flames around her. She enjoyed the heat and lavished in the dark places of that realm.
When Dark God was taken away by the All Father, he left behind many dark children of greed and anger that were nothing more than thoughts and ideas embedded into the very earth. Countless ages had past and they were always growing and consuming. Always taking and learning. One was Jute, malice and hatred fell forth from her in a shroud, but she gathered it inside of her and made herself lovely and innocent. She was smart enough to know that her true self was repulsive.
She looked around at her home and was angry. It was not enough. So she built a city, a huge burning city of brass and filled it with many evil creatures of darkness and hatred. Then she sat in a large throne room and examined her creation. It was nice, but it lacked something. So she filled it with lamenting souls, damned from conception, and she had her beasts torture them in the worst possible ways imagined. Then she rebuilt their tattered remains and began again.
Eventually she grew bored of the repetitive nature of their screams. She could only make so much and her creations reflected herself too much. She wondered if there were others, and if they created. If so, she would torture their creations as well and even them. Her eyes shot upward. There was more to be had, more to be sought after. This place was not enough to satisfy her. She began contemplating her ascent.
His voice was calm, and he would cross his arms despite the urge to rest, standing tall and with dedicated poise. "Hello, Acanthus, Mathias." He would look to the rest of the Gods there and be the slightest bit surprised at how many he did not know. He would nod to the rest of them, "Hello all." He would look at the cage, casting his accusing gaze upon it. "Sorry to interrupt, but I bring this brother here to stand before you all for judgment. The offenses against me and the All Father's wilds, and creatures. The damaging and distortion of our own creations. His wrongs to be righted."
From the blood of the Dark God, the tears of the humans passed, and the power of the All Father, Nylia arose. All she felt was sadness, loneliness...She felt alone and she did not enjoy that. She looked around at her surroundings, she was engulfed in darkness, the only things to be seen were midnight blue spires, some how she could tell she was in a cave, and this was her home. She had been there for so long and wondered if anyone was looking for her, for she felt the energy and power of her brethren. She didn't want to go outside and step into the light, but she didn't want to be alone, she didn't want to keep this sadness to herself. So, she broke four spires, and gathered two rocks from the cave and put them together like a jigsaw puzzle to serve as a body. But she didn't want to bring life to it yet. She wanted it to see and speak freely, but how would she do that? How would she be able to bring a marvelous life to her creation? For now all she could think of was to carve a mouth into it's head, that way at least it could speak, just as she could.
Before she could continue thinking about eyes, another creation entered the dark cave. Nylia was startled, making clothes for herself fairly quickly so they wouldn't see her bare body "Who enters my home? What brings you here?" Nylia asked with an angry booming voice. "My lady, I am one of the Prachians. I come with a message from my master." Nylia stopped abruptly and looked closer at the creation, it was speaking to her, so she thought that one of her brethren must have found a solution to her eye and mouth problem, but alas, she assumed the creature was left to just be a telepathic messenger and nothing more. She did not want that for her creatures, she wanted them to grow and prosper, and be whatever they wanted to be. "Very well, tell me your message," Nylia responded. "My master, Ancanthus wishes to see you personally. He is residing in the Great Hall. Do you need assistance finding him?" The creature responded, giving its message. "Yes, assistance would be appreciated," Nylia said, grabbing her unfinished creation, hopefully she could find something for eyes along the way. The Prachian grabbed her hand, and headed her towards the Great Hall. On her way she could see and feel the disarray already beginning, and although she didn't want to feel it, she felt the slightest bit of joy about it. "Why?" she wondered ton herself, hopefully Acanthus would know.
Eventually, she made it to the Great Hall, and the Prachian ran away, probably to find its next target. Nylia stepped through the door and looked around her. It was quite a marvelous place, but she worried about the mortals. Why weren't they given such and extravagant place? Nylia felt very out of balance here, but she didn't know why! She was about to charge over to Ancanthus, but something in her head told her to be more smart, more cunning about how she acted. She suddenly felt as though something hit her, the name Ancanthus, she could tell he was very wise and gifted with magic, he may have done a bad job with the Prachian, but maybe she could use him to make her people. But what if her name made him feel odd, what if he started to not trust her. She had no choice, she would have to take the offensive. She stepped faster, over to Ancanthus and the other Gods. It seemed as though they were in the midst of a trial. She stood quietly and watched.
The Sea god nodded, taking in the place. Hléradr. It felt foreign on his tongue, though it wasn't entirely unpleasant. This place was a refuge for himself and his kin, but under the rule of its creator, Acanthus. That felt right, he decided. He would defer to the Arch Sage in all matters pertaining to this place and give him the respect he is due. Already, he felt a certain right to his Realm. The other gods were welcome, but they were to treat him with the respect of a guest due to a host and he in turn would be generous to his kin when they visited him.
“As for who you are,” Acanthus chuckled, “How could I know? I am not all seeing nor all knowing, though I suppose the Father might be. What names do you call yourselves? That is far more important than whatever I might call you.”
He smiled slightly, marveling at the freedom he was given. He thought about what to call himself. He was the Sea. He was water. He was life. The life that emerged from the depths. He was...
"I am Ulmo," he announced and he could feel the Sea wash against the shore of all the lands of the world as he said so. His eyes widened at the sheer power of a god's name spoken for the first time. However, he scarcely had time to marvel at this when other gods arrived.
"Sorry to interrupt, but I bring this brother here to stand before you all for judgment. The offenses against me and the All Father's wilds, and creatures. The damaging and distortion of our own creations," a new god announced, bringing in toe a caged being that rubbed him the wrong way and a sleeping youth that seemed to him innocent. He could sense a kinship towards the god for he sensed their natures were similar. Seas of forests flashed through his mind, confirming in his mind their kinship.
"The distortion of that which isn't his is a grievous crime. Should he do so in my Realm, I would punish him myself," he announced as he stepped back to allow the proceedings to take place. And beside him was a new goddess, one who had just entered. She was beautiful and he felt but different with long blonde hair, horns, and wings. And he felt she had some authority in this matter, though he knew not how.
"What say you, milady?" he asked, "Should the criminal not pay back what he owes?"
Pristine forest covered the face of the world, it's natural glory unmatched in purity and perfection. Lakes sparkled with cleanliness, innumerable trees swayed in a gentle breeze of pure air. Creatures and mortals of the realm moved about, heedless of what lay beneath, buried under countless tons of stone, earth and water.
It all began with a shiver, a raised hackle, a sense of anxiety..all was not as it had been..something had changed. Mortals and animals alike felt something. A shifting of awareness, a new presence that was as old as the land itself, yet had not been seen in countless generations.
As if in answer to the mortals, the land itself stirred. The land jumped. Birds took flight, crying their distress and indignation at this untimely disturbance. Creatures and mortal alike froze as the ground shivered, swaying the very foundations of the world itself
But now, his time for slumber had ended.
It all began subtly, a warming of the soil underfoot and the cool crystal water of the lakes and streams of the peaceful valley. The land began to shift, the soil shuddered as another great shiver shook the valley, startling man and beast, both of which gave flight with cry and call. Great vents burst from the ground, clouds of steam shooting into the air with terrifying force. First a dozen, then hundreds, then thousands, casting aside rock, tree and form aside with belittling ease. Steam so hot it cooked on contact, searing flesh clear to the bone. The lakes began to steam, then to boil angrily as the land shook again. Where steam had once billowed, fire now spewed, igniting tree and the ground itself. Smoke, black smoke, now billowed from the valley below, darkening the sky, cutting off the merry light of the sun. Fire spread, consuming everything it touched, lighting the blackened sky with a orange glow. Not even the air itself could escape the heat of the ever growing flames. The dull roar of the fire was suddenly drowned out by a much deeper rumble. The burning trees rattled together as the charred earth beneath shifted, swelling as something beneath began to shift. The cracking and splinting of wood filled the air as their roots broke and them tumbled to the ground with a crash. Higher and higher did the bulge grow, stretching up and up into the sky like the peak of a fiery mountain, overshadowing the snow covered peaks that made up the rim of the once pristine valley.
The lakes were overturned as the ground shifted, super heated water spilling over the sides and flooding the burning valley with steaming water until it too disappeared in a gout of steam. Magma wept from the side of the great mountain, the charred earth rumbling and cracking as chunks of partially molten rock tumbled down it's quickly growing slopes in a hellish avalanche. Into the clouds the burning peak rose, the dark thick cloud of smoke illuminated with a red glow. The peak could be clearly seen from hundreds of miles around, it's rumbling and thunder heard just as far.
Then, without warning, the peak split in a blinding flash of light and fire,dark clouds of ash and smoke billowing up and up, miles upon miles into the sky. The land was swept clean, the peaks of the snowy mountains around the valley melted in a instant. The pyroclastic flow, that demonic wind of fire and ash would spread for hundreds of miles, searing the the land and consuming tree, stream, flesh and stone. Great chunks of land were hurled miles and miles around, falling like burning stars on the land thereabouts. Amidst the rumble and thunder of the exploding valley, a new sound arose. A mighty roar so great and powerful that it silenced the thundering of the earth itself. A form shifted within the pillar of smoke, stirring the roiling black with great sweeps of glowing red horns. From the smoke, a great fiery claw appeared, gripping the mountain peaks themselves as he climbed out of the deep chasm . His vast form like a living volcano, his skin shone with a hot orange light, veins of super hot white covering his form.
The God-Dragon had awakened, his birthing throes had levels the land,scorching it black for as far as eyes could see. The living mountain of destruction, who's great horned back touched the clouds, his great clawed feet could level entire cities with a single sweep. His eyes burned like the sun, raking the land in fire as his gaze wandered. No weapon of man could touch his glowing skin, all burned at his touch. He was Malus Do Makakhan, the first predator who's heart burned like sun, the essence of Destruction made flesh. Malus clambered over the valley peaks, shaking the earth as he set foot on the charred earth below. Once freed, he shook himself ,sending a rain of molten earth on the ground below. Snorting, he peered across the land and the destruction he had caused and saw it was good. The First Dragon would set off , his glowing fiery form visible for miles and miles around, heading towards lands yet untouched, to begin his endless trudge through the new world and fulfill the purpose given him countless years before
As Nylia watched the trial she felt inclined to provide judgement. But she stayed quiet, she felt that it may not be her place to speak, as this was Acanthus' kingdom. Then, a God by the name of Ulmo spoke, he seemed powerful and hearing his name made her think of oceans strong and wide, she assumed he was the God of the sea.
"What say you, milady?" he asked, "Should the criminal not pay back what he owes?"
Nylia at first was unsure, but it seemed as though it was her calling to decide. Nylia was unsure of whether or not to say her true name, it was possible they could use that against her but there was no other way around it...she knew eventually she was going to have to say it, and maybe, that would bring her more clarification of who she was, for when others said their names she could tell what they were, so hopefully the same would go for her. "First, allow me to introduce myself. I am Nylia," she said, and when she said it she knew that at least one thing that she was a Goddess of was in fact revenge. "As for the matter at hand, I believe that the fact that this man distorted those defenseless creatures is uncalled for and simply beyond reason. Just because we are Gods does not mean that we can do whatever we please. These creations have souls, and we have no right to distort them without their permission or good reason. It's simply unjust," Nylia decreed. "As for your punishment, I would need to know both sides of the story. Why did you distort another Gods creations?" Nylia asked, she wanted to cover all the bases before reaching a sentence.
She still needed to know more about herself though, she had to speak to Acanthus before the day was done. She also hoped that Acanthus would have a way to bring sight to her unfinished creation that she was still clutching onto.
Then a giant white crow flew in “Master, master your land the Wolfmen are killing everything, beside us crows nothings left anything not unchanged has been killed, the hydra is a snake and the Kreiochain is ripped apart, you must return”. Kreios collapsed too weak to move much, but the tears flowed and said “I’m too tired to help, let me rest and I’ll go and remake the toys” he passed out still crying.
Before Mathias could find his room Cragin appeared with Kreios in a cage and unconscious god. He placed the young god in a chair and brought forth Kreios making strong charges. For some reason Mathias lit up as if excited for this turn events. He became a bit hyped as he felt he should make an inference or a comment about this new situation, without thinking Mathias spoke up, "I see...yes I felt the battle from here." "It would seem that what you accuse him of sounds to be true." Mathias walked to the table and looked at Kreios in the cage. "If you mind Acanthus, I have been overcome with many an action to do in this particular situation." "If you mind I would like to take control of this procession." Mathias asked Acanthus obviously eager at this chance. "If you wish to take care of matters then by all means I accept." Mathias respectfully bowed at Acanthus to show his comfort with that decision. Still the look in Mathias' eyes was undeniable, he wished to prove himself here and now.
Mathias kept on looking back towards Cragin, and Acanthus, looking as if one of them will allow him to do what he wants to do. Mathias never felt this feeling before and hoped he would be allowed to pursue this new passion but it was only if they allowed it. If they didn't then Mathias will stand aside, maybe reluctantly but he will nevertheless. Mathias tried to calm himself in preparation for rejection, to spare him from to strong a feeling of disappointment. Mathias gave deep breaths as he stood there silently and proudly like a mountain, being as calm as possible. While his face may not give it away it was easy to tell Mathias wanted to judge Kreios. For reasons he can't explain he needs to do this.
When she first met with the air, Foteea staggered from the shock of the chill of the wind. Her molten form began to cool, and she looked at herself for the first time. Her form, which had once looked undistinguishable from the magma below the earth, was covered in a metallic shell the color of iron, her inner fire causing red patterns to shift across it. The goddess looked past her hand to the magma that she was floating slightly above. The orange of the metals was slowly giving way to red and solidifying into black stone with tinges of silver colored ore. This discovery that metal solidified stole her attention away from any activity of her brethren. She floated herself toward the mouth of the volcano and stuck her hand into the lava and pulled out a blob of molten metal. As it began to cool, she pulled and shaped it, making it longer, thinning it out, and pulling it apart; the final result was a large silver disk several feet in diameter with a golden border with a flame pattern. Foteea looked into this disk and saw her faceless reflection. Her jaw-line was a border of black that continued past where her ears would be, curving backwards and tapering off into antler-like protrusions, and where her eyebrows would be is a V shaped bar of metal, and all else was a large flame. She turned her head and watched as her flame flowed behind her head, flickering in the wind. She was pleased with both her work and the way she looked, yet as she continued to look around her, she felt a little exposed to the cold and wind. Carrying her mirror behind her, she floated down the side of the volcano, searching for a place a bit more secluded.
Soon, about midway down the face, the goddess found the perfect place, a deep cave. Foteea moved to the far end, laid her mirror to the side and placed her hands on the floor. She willed the magma from below to come to her, and before long there was a crater of molten metal in her new home. With a dip of her hand, she placed a dollop of metal on the wall and attached her mirror. With that done, she rubbed her hands together and set to work. Soon, she had made a work table, a couple of buckets as was beginning work on something more complicated. She began with several large rings several inches in diameter and approximately 2 inches wide. She bent several niches into each, and connected them together, fitting into each other like a puzzle. She continued to make smaller rings to each side until one end tapered to a point and the other ended in a serpent’s head. The longer she looked at her creation, the more she felt as if it was incomplete. The goddess turned it this way and that, the links complete, the motion smooth. At last, an idea struck her. Holding the serpent’s head close to her face, she blew an ember into her creation’s mouth. With a shudder, the serpent came to life, an orange glow escaping its mouth and eyes.
It was shortly after this that a stocky, black creature entered Foteea’s abode. Before she could begin to wonder why it was there, it bowed before her and spoke, “My lady, I am one of the Prachians. I have a message for you from my master.”
Foteea tilted her head to the side, the words were ringing in her mind and it unsettled her slightly. It took her a moment, but she soon responded in a voice of a kind alto, “Greetings, Prachian, and welcome. What is your massage?”
“My master, Acanthus, would like to meet with you.”
The goddess gave the proposal a moment of thought before replying, “I believe that I will.”
The Prachian bowed before responding, “Wonderful, my lady.” There was a flash of mental images that would help lead her to Hléradr. He bowed once more in farewell.
As he was turning to leave, Foteea interrupted, “Thank you, and I hope to meet you again.” She bowed her head in farewell.
“And I, you, my lady.” Without further interruption, the Prachian was soon gone.
Turning her attention back to her newly made creation, the goddess cooed, “Hello there. I have to leave now, but you may do whatever you wish to do while I am gone.” The snake made a noise that was a mix between a hiss and the shifting of embers. The goddess nodded in agreement and replied, “Very well, until we next meet.” She laid the snake on the ground, which promptly slithered into the lava pit and disappeared.
Foteea began her journey towards Hléradr, levitating above the ground and leaving a small trail of flame. Much of the journey was uneventful, that was until the first snowflake fell upon her metal skin. The goddess stopped in her tracks, as the coldness of the snow was oddly painful and a great surprise. She knew at that point that she would not enjoy this trip.
~
The goddess Foteea looked dreadful as she approached the entrance of Hléradr. A majority of her flame had disappeared and her skin was black as coal, the only shifting was where her remaining spark was located, where her heart would be. She felt dreadful as she pushed open the door. Warmth washed over her once more as she crossed the threshold and she took the equivalent of a deep breath, taking in as much of the warmth as she could. After a few moments, her body was back to normal and she became aware of her surroundings. She looked at the group of gods that was arranged before her and spoke, “Hello there, I apologize if I am interrupting. I have two questions, though. First, why is he in a cage?" She pointed towards the now crying Kreios. "And the second is for Acanthus, why would you build your meeting place in a place of cold and frost?”
Ulmo, the name swept through Acanthus like the tides. He had thought this god came from the ocean, but Ulmo was the ocean incarnate. He felt tranquil beauty and yet massive strength and temper from the god. The power was like a rogue wave threatening to overturn him. He let it break upon him and stood silent for a second.
He looked at the ocean god. “It is a pleasure to meet you. Welcome.”
Then, Craigin appeared with a new god and Kreios in tow. Craigin asked for judgment because Kreios had distorted the wilds that Craigin was in charge of. He wanted Acanthus’ wisdom. Acanthus considered his request and though he was humbled greatly he decided to accept the offer.
However, before he could respond Ulmo asked the opinion of another newcomer. She introduced herself and Acanthus felt a new wave of power come over him.
Nylia, he could feel her then, a manipulating seductress with a penchant for taking revenge. He felt revulsion but then knew her sorrow. She longed for companionship but was seemingly unable to obtain it on her own. He was not extremely surprised, and though he felt that she may not be trusted, he still felt the bond of kinship with her.
She suggested retribution, of course. But Acanthus felt differently. “Greetings sister, thank you for your input. “
He listened to Kreios’ explanation, and though the god seemed unable to understand, Acanthus did.
“You seek justice. I am truly honored that you would ask me for my opinion and judgment, though I think you will not like it. You feel that you were wronged. How so? Are you not the god of change as well as the wild?”
He paused for a moment, “Has Kreios not simply changed your creations? He changed one of mine, but you do not see me attacking him because of it. Though I was saddened I did not seek revenge because he must do what he must. He cannot control his actions in that way. He must corrupt. He does not understand that he is harming your creations, but only fixing them to his own form of perfection.”
“In attacking and destroying his corruptions have you not then wronged Kreios? He was doing simply what he was made to do. Should he punish you for guarding the wilds or for causing the slight changes in nature that allow it to thrive? Should he punish you for destroying his altered creations?”
“You say no. Of course it is not wrong for you to do that. It is simply your revenge. But if you simply want revenge, why ask for judgment? Do you need someone to justify your anger? I will not, because I cannot see a fault in his actions.”
He looked around at the group gathered there and saw a large array of emotions.
“I am not finished.” He said calmly. “Obviously you two cannot exist together. Craigin, my wisdom for you, if you choose to accept it, is that you should give Kreios an area of his own that he might change it and corrupt it to his pleasure. Give him creations that you see unfit for yourself and allow him to play with them as he will. Show him the difference between gifts and your own possessions. He will leave the rest of your creations alone.”
Here he cast two spells of restore fatigue, one on the Kreios and one on the newcomer who had fainted. He waited for them to awaken. His expression was calm and contemplative. He wondered how those gathered would react to his judgment. He may yet have to change it if it would not make everyone happy. But it was more likely that no one would be happy due to the judgment. That, of course would be what made the judgment fair.
He watched as the door to Hléradr opened and a greatly wounded creature walked in. He watched as the newcomer was slowly rejuvenated by the warmth and regenerative nature of the hall. It was a goddess of embers.
She asked questions about Kreios and the hall itself. He chuckled at her direct nature. "Welcome, sister. I am sorry to have wounded you so, the cold gives me a crisp clarity in thought and it distracts unwary mortals from stumbling upon this place and perishing. I should have considered the needs of my brethren when building it, but alas I could not have known that you would be hurt by the trip."
He pointed to the god in the cage. "This is Kreios, you have walked in upon my very first trial. Please sit and relax for awhile while we finish matters. I have questions for all of the newcomers here, and a gift for everyone."
He would cast his gaze upon the man, "Your input then, Mathias." He would look about the room. "And do know I don't wish for justification, because even the Wise one should know that I am not one so impressionable. But with an open mind I wish for guidance on how to go about this. Not whether I should or not." His gaze would fall back upon Acanthus and he would give a slight nod. As if to try and let the man know he honored and accepted his words as an opinion. But not the law of this trial for all of his kin should have and would have say in the matter. As it should be.
Was this God truly as wise as he seemed? Or was it all just what he was labelled, what the All Father wanted them to believe? "My apologies Acanthus but that judgement has its faults," Nylia said, it was in her blood to use her words to sway opinions and she used said gift unconsciously. "Why is it that any creation we see to be unfit is sent to Kreios?" Nylia asked feeling sorrow for the poor creatures. "Our creations have emotions and feel pain, how can we, as their Gods subject them to such torture?" Nylia asked pleadingly. "If Kreios wants to corrupt, he should corrupt inanimate objects, that can't feel pain. How can you call yourself a God of Wisdom if you can't understand the feelings of the creations you choose to discard?" Nylia didn't understand why she felt so close to the creatures, even though she didn't even know them. She understood how they felt out of place, but she didn't know why. Why did she feel so out of place?
She turned to Ulmo, he seemed to be an extremely powerful God so hopefully he could help her. Putting one hand on his chest and wrapping the other around his back she pleaded, "Ulmo, please tell me you understand, please tell Acanthus this is wrong," Nylia said. Was what she was doing wrong? She didn't know but it felt so right, so she continued pleading to Acanthus to change his judgement, and Ulmo to help her.
It seemed as though Cragin disagreed with Acanthus as well, maybe his judgement would be edited.
"As for now...I'm afraid we must agree with Acanthus' judgement." "He has spoken his final word on the matter and Kreios should be allowed to walk freely." Mathias spoke being frank with everybody who disagrees. "We may not like the decisions made, but they are made and therefor they are law." "Kreios has been cleared of his charges...for now." Mathias ominously added. "You see Kreios is now allowed to move freely but...if anything like this should happen again, then Kreios will be brought forth once again, if and only if he is the perpetrator." "If he is alleged to do such things, then he must be placed on trial to determine whether he is rightfully or wrongfully accused." Mathias spoke with much care in his words. "I hope everyone understands this." "We should have more gods participate in these trials and tribulations." "Whenever occurrence like this begins once again we must bring the accused to a place of judgement." "Their he and the accuser shall present themselves in an orderly fashion and discuss the crime committed, evidence to show whether or not this is true, and delegations to decided what judgement should be placed on the accused." "Guilty...or Not Guilty." "Then and only then, will the leader of the procession bring forth the final sentencing to end the trial." "This will either absolve the accused or punish the accused." Mathias spoke firmly as he finished his thoughts. Mathias looked at everyone as he bowed to them.
"My apologies Acanthus but that judgement has its faults. Why is it that any creation we see to be unfit is sent to Kreios?" Nylia asked feeling sorrow for the poor creatures. "Our creations have emotions and feel pain, how can we, as their Gods subject them to such torture? If Kreios wants to corrupt, he should corrupt inanimate objects, that can't feel pain. How can you call yourself a God of Wisdom if you can't understand the feelings of the creations you choose to discard?"
Ulmo frowned slightly. She made a good point, one that he had already known at the back of his mind. It was as he was pondering this when Nylia did something surprising. She appealed for his input, placing one hand on his chest as the other wrapped around his back. It was a strange, but not unpleasant warmth that seemed to spread through her touch, like geysers of hot water that could be found on the ocean floor, providing heat and life in the otherwise cold depths. As he pondered this, Mathias spoke and he found that he made a kind of sense as well. The trial was altogether too quick.
"I feel that Nylia and Cragin both have a point. The creatures should not be subjected to unwelcome pain and change because the gods deem them undesirable," he found himself saying, his hand drifting to grip the goddess' on his chest. Nonetheless, he felt his mind sir like a whirlpool at the end of his sentence. That wasn't right either. Kreios had a role too. He found himself looking at the goddess apologetically before continuing, "Change should be according to the will of our creations. Kreios should be able to change our creations, but only with their permission. The All-Father has... given each of us from us, the gods, to our smallest creatures a free will. We should be mindful of that."
He turned to Cragin, "Your anger is just. Kreios should not have changed your creations based solely on his whims. But you are sending your creations to hunt their former brothers for being different. I feel that is unjust. They should be treated as innocent unless they have committed a crime other than simply existing. And they should have a choice to stay the way they are or be changed back."
"I value your opinions, whether I think them reasonable or not. And so I will be fine with Kreios leaving, so long as he knows I won't allow it again." Cragin would crouch extending a hand to Kreios, a friendly gesture to offer to help him to his feet. He felt to weep at the feet of your peers was something to be ashamed of and perhaps he would help save the God from such shame. "Extending to him land and 'gifts' would be over my nonexistence. I won't allow the Middle Realm to suffer so easily."
And for the first time he would notice a fiery woman in all of her splendor, beautiful in her flickering light. He was suprised not to have noticed her before. His gaze would play along her features a moment before returning to the task at hand.
Deeper darkness, and all thought is gone.
...
Warmth, sudden rejuvenation. He could think again, he was becoming more aware, coming back to the world of the conscious.
"This is Kreios..." a sudden shock went through his mind. The name had power, it had a feeling, a feeling of corruption, of things changed to evil. He knew in an instant that it was the name of the creature from before.
"The All Father..." a stronger jolt. He knew that name, somehow in the depths of his mind, he instinctually knew this name and what it represented. Then he heard the voice. His eyes snapped open as his head lifted slightly off the table, his eyes moving to the source of it.
"Why is it that any creation we see to be unfit is sent to Kreios?" her! His eyes widened, for she shone like the sun. So beautiful was she that she had to be right, if the rest of them were disagreeing, he'd have to force them to agree, and-
SMACK! He let out a light groan after slamming his head back down onto the table. His head hurt, but his mind was clear now. Something about the way she spoke, it had clouded his mind, made him think in an odd way. When she spoke again, her voice was still pleasing to the ear, but he was more aware now, and her voice didn't have the same effect that it did before. Regardless of the effect, he found himself agreeing with her. Ulmo, the name made him think of water, a plain of it. 'The sea!' he realized, 'It's called the sea.' Then a new voice, one that somehow sounded of order. It said a name as well, Acanthus. A feeling of age spread over him, of wisdom brought together through ages uncounted, wisdom unobscured by emotion or anger. And a deep power, one that reached back to the dawn of time. Yet another voice, one he somehow knew belonged to Ulmo. And he agreed with him.
He recognized this voice! It was the voice of the one from the forest. His kin! He had realized by now that they were judging Kreios, and figured he had better say his part. So he stood up from the chair he had been put in. How he got to where he was a question that could be asked later. As he got up, his markings and wings reignited, the room brightening with the new light. He laid a hand on the table to steady himself, he'd have to remember to be careful in the future, using up so much power obviously wasn't something easy to recover from. He looked to the various beings assembled before him, all of them varying so widely that he could barely believe they were kin, yet he could feel deep down that it was true.
"Kreios didn't mean to do anything bad, and one should not be punished for something they don't know they did. But the kind of pain he's caused can't just be forgotten. If he could change it would be different, but when I heard his name, I knew, it's in his nature. He'll continue to cause pain if we don't do something about him. I agree with Ulmo, he should be only allowed to change that which wishes to be changed."
Then it dons on Mathias, his visions, it means to create this higher court in a higher land...Paradise. Mathias must reach Paradise in order to create the court for which reviews and gives a judgement on a decision itself. Yet, how does one arrive at Paradise? Mathias must ask Acanthus on this matter, hopefully he could tell him how to reach it. As of now, this isn't the best time. There is a flood of opposition to Acanthus' judgement that he must answer, Mathias cannot just barge in and request that Acanthus speak to him alone. Besides Mathias is curious to see what he will say. He wonders if he will stick by his original decision or will he change it?
The other gods present made very intelligent and thoughtful input, many of which Mathias wishes was spoken before Acanthus made a decision. Yet, Mathias will not discard these words, they still hold value. If Acanthus decides to restart the trial, then Mathias should judge the decision. Decide whether or not it should be affirmed or reversed. Right now it's up to Acanthus to make a new decision, Mathias will stay silent until he hears otherwise. He does grow anxious as he clings to what could be considered a futile effort. Yet, Mathias understands Acanthus some what. With the amount of disagreement and anger, it could pain Acanthus to see his kin so upset with him. He might allow the trial to resume just to appeal to everyone. That or he will not, standing strong and confident in his words, believing what he said is right. It could happen that Acanthus will have pride in his ruling, but that has yet to be seen.
Once she had the opportunity, she said, "I say Mathias has a point. We should at least have some way of getting all the facts before doing anything about the accused. As for what Ulmo said, I agree with him, also." As she spoke, she kept her distance asdue to her shy nature around immortals. "Oh! I almost forgot! My name is Adarani!"
As she said her name, she felt her own aura swelling inside her. It was at that moment she realized her calling. Adarani is the embodiment of love in all its forms, being for friends, family, romantic interests, even for strangers. Not only that, but her duty is one of fertility, in addition to healing. In her, hope for mortals to live lives without sorrow or torture is seen. When she opened her eyes, she looked around to see the others, backing up whenever they got closer.
"I expect you not to corrupt my creatures, you will never get such permissions from me. In doing so you would openly declare war on me." His gaze would darken and he would look around at everyone. "Thank you all, for your opinions and input. Your help in this matter." He would be silent a moment and in his own calm madness, overwhelmed with thoughts as his guardians pleaded for his interjection at the sight of some of his kin wreaking havoc the branch would appear in his fingers, he twirled it medially, the familiar motion bringing him comfort. "Kreios can go without my disapproval." He would then have to will himself from falling back into a chair, standing tall though exhausted at the sudden demand for restraint and need of level headed thinking.
"I agree with all that has been said. I rescind my judgement. I will put forth a new one, If that will be allowed. " He looked at Mathias, then back at the crowd, "Given more information I see now that it was wrong to ask so much of Craigin and so little of Kreios." He stood, his bent back creaking as he put his weight on his staff. "We shall send Kreios to a place where he can corrupt to his heart's content. Where he may have every toy he needs because mortals willingly send themselves there. Let us send him to the Lower Realm. He shall go to the Inferno where his play will serve as punishment to evil or unrepentant mortals. Is that judgment more fair? Perhaps there is even more that we do not know. But Kreios will not change or heed our orders. He must be moved by force."
Acanthus stamped his staff upon the ground. "That is my final judgement."
Nylia was overjoyed that Ulmo agreed with her. After, that a God with blue and blonde hair agreed as well. The whole trial was very difficult to go through, and eventually Acanthus reached his final judgement, that Kreios would torture and corrupt mortals who had done wrong and were sent to the Lower Realm. Nylia knew she was pleased with this judgement and hoped that Kreios would abide by it. If he didn't though, Nylia knew that she wouldn't respond as peacefully as she did now, but didn't verbalize that fact. Thinking back on the not so professional matters of the trial Nylia smelled Ulmo discreetly, to her he smelled more like a sweet ocean breeze than that of a murky sea. She moved in closer to Ulmo, "Thank you for your help, you have my gratitude," she said resting on his body.
She then looked towards Acanthus, perhaps he was wise and still just wasn't used to dealing with public disputes. She started moving away from Ulmo, sliding her hand down from his chest, slipping away at his midriff and bowed to Acanthus. "I came here seeking your knowledge and have many questions I would like to ask you. Is there any time we can meet?" Nylia asked, still judging her eldest brother.
Without so much as a knock, Genocide shoved the door open roughly and stepped into the bath of light and warmth waiting for him inside. Still wrapped fully by his cloak, he let the door shut behind him as he looked left and right as his eyes grew use to the light. He was met with quite the sight as he saw no less than half a dozen gods gathered together. A hooded man adorned in forest green speaking to a mad old thing that smelled of dirt and disease. An armor clad knight who reeked with self righteousness as well as a young man with bright wings and blue hair that had the look of a fool on his face. A strange creature of crimson flesh who seemed lost in her own happiness. A lady made of fire and steel as well as a man with chiseled features as bright eyes who had clung to his chest a voluptuous woman with light hair and a smile full of lies. His attention was pulled towards a small figure who stood with the rest of the other deities as his eyes saw the young, gentle beauty of the blue clad girl with the soft eyes and simple smile. Unlike the other woman, she seemed to radiate innocence and good intentions unlike the dark look he caught in the other women's eye. He had to pry his eyes from her to see the old man who stood in the center of them all. The only face he'd seen before now. The old god of wisdom.
Genocide stepped forward as he extended one metal clad hand hand from the folds of his cloak, being careful not to expose himself fully to these strangers, and spoke to the wise god as he waved his hand at the walls of the great hall. "This is quiet a magnificent dwelling you have here, old one," he said in his steely rough voice, trying to sound as warm as possible as he stepped towards the group. "Strong walls. Comfortable decor. Plenty of space." He gripped the hand he held extended into a tight fist as he stared down at the bearded one. "A strategic location only the strong can reach with plenty of space to hold the trophies of the fallen." He pulled his hand within the folds of his cloak again as he stopped mere steps from the crowd of deities. "It would make a fine home... were it not so..." He scanned the group over with his sharp eyes before letting out a dark chuckle. "Crowded."
Upon reviewing Acanthus' words this is why he must make this higher court. For times when previous decisions are challenged they can be submitted for review to create the final say. Once the choice is made it can no longer be challenged. Another subject matter Mathias thought upon was Crime and Punishment. Kreios has committed crime and now we are giving out punishment. Mathias felt there could be confusion with this matter. One shouldn't just punish someone if the crime does not justify the punishment. The punishment must be made to fit the severity of the crime committed before sentencing is given. There should be a list of many possible crimes, their severity, and the types of punishment suitable for each severity level. Also it should be noted the restrictions on punishment. A punishment must be only used for the severity given and the punishment must also be fair. Anything cruel or unusual for the sentencing of a specific crime shouldn't be tolerated.
Mathias was very deep in thought over law systems. Ever since this whole trial began Mathias has been more lost in thought than anything else. Not really paying attention to the accused, accuser, judge, jury, and spectators. This whole situation opened up a new realm within Mathias and he was all but lost in it. Mathias felt his place to continue this practice and continue it he shall. It must be what he was placed in this world to do. To create laws, enforce laws, and interpret laws. Mathias was very eager to do this and decided the best place was the room that Acanthus had offered him. While bits and pieces of his visions are still unclear he has understand the majority of it. He must create courts for this reason when crime challenges law. But first he must record his thoughts and write actual Law instead of just thinking it up.
He was pulled from his daze when another god entered Hléradr. It was the one he has been sensing for a while now. When he appeared he could sense bloodlust and violence within the god. He certainly is brimming with frightful power and this made Mathias very uneasy. This time however Mathias is not going to repeat his mistake as with Trelàs. No, just because they have the capacity to do wrong, he shouldn't make brash actions until they have committed a crime. Mathias still couldn't help but shoot a glare, warning him that he is watching.
"I say Mathias has a point. We should at least have some way of getting all the facts before doing anything about the accused. As for what Ulmo said, I agree with him, also." he turned to look at her and felt himself blushing. She was beautiful, yet somehow in a less, aggressive way than that of the woman clinging to Ulmo. "Oh! I almost forgot! My name is Adarani!" he realized why then. Her name spoke volumes about innocence and love, though he still didn't quite understand how he could understand someone so completely just by hearing their name, but he knew he could trust his instincts on these matters. She looked shy and rather overwhelmed by all that was happening. He was considering going to talk to her, when Acanthus made a new decision. He didn't completely agree, but something needed to be done. He was thinking about it when suddenly the door to this place opened up.
Then something came through, clad in metal and reeking of blood, and he was gripped by some strange anger. The thing looked him over, and it's gaze, so dismissive, so superior, made him even angrier. He started to glare at the thing as his hands gripped into fists. When it's gaze settled on Adarani, he instinctively stepped in front of her. Insolence pouring from the glare on his face. Then it spoke to Acanthus.
"It would make a fine home... were it not so..." it scanned the group over with it's eyes before letting out a dark chuckle. "Crowded." He reached out with his right arm, and light extended from the markings in the armor. Coalescing in a long blade of pure light. He leveled the tip of the blade at the being.
"Well then I suppose you leave shouldn't you?" he said a low voice.
"It is a small thing, milady," he told her, pleased by her closeness. Nylia. He wasn't fooled by her demeanor. In her name and aura, he recognized a fierce being who would stop at nothing to punish the wicked for the crimes which they committed against the innocent. She stood for manipulation and seduction, both which he recognized as used against him, but for what she saw was the greater good. She wasn't good, but she wasn't evil either. There was a sadness in her which he could not place.
He could not dwell on the goddess that held his attention for a full minute, however, as another being entered. Where Kreios radiated child-like mischief which invoked pity within the Sea God, this god made blood pulse through his veins at great speeds and gave Ulmo the urge to lash out with a tsunami directed against him. He looked similar to the god, Matthias and yet, it seemed to him that the two couldn't be more different. Where Matthias emitted a feeling of stability and the urge to build, though the trial and Nylia had kept his attention elsewhere, this god made Ulmo think of war and destruction, though he had not yet pondered those concepts.
"You are bold to enter another man's Hall and find fault, stranger. Reveal your name and nature," Ulmo demanded in a voice like clouds darkening over the Sea, flashing with lightning as the waves beneath crashed restlessly against each other. Even so, he felt something missing. He should be holding something long like Matthias' spear but different, unique to him alone.
"You." The one word would be a knife to the realization that Kreios' trial was over. A low growl could be heard in the shadow of the words spoken, from beneath the hood. His whole body was deceivingly still and relaxed, his legs planted apart and yet his body not so stationary, ready to leap or dodge, roll or dodge anything and everything. Years of combat could show suddenly in the knocks of the wood-like metals of his body from years upon years of mindless combat. The pale green glow of it all showing through the cracks and tears.
"My guardians have shown me, and your offenses are more horrid than any done by the ignorant God out there in the snow." Cragin would give a small, empty laugh, pain clear in his gaze as his body shook slightly, though his voice never left the eerie calmness. "You have caused unreasonable pain, and scarred this realm beyond repair. And for that I will see to it, that you pay." It would be not a threat, but a promise to the God who could only be described as pitiful in his nature. His overwhelming arrogance pathetic. Against every emotion, Cragin felt sorry for the man, but that didn't keep him from wanting his wrongs confronted.
He stood as several of the others brandished their weapons. He knew that a fight would do nothing save for rend the world to shreds. This was a god not to be trifled with. If they were going to fight it would have to be in a safer place. This god brought danger and chaos with him. "Do not quarrel in this place brethren." He looked at the large god wearing armor that seemed to move with its flesh as if they were one. He gathered his strength and looked calmly at the warmonger before him "You came looking for me, newcomer. What is it that you want?"
The setting changes from Paradise to The Middle Realm
And then the old one spoke, taking up all of the war god's attention. His voice was filled with ancient wisdom, of the ages he had gone through and the secrets he found and still desired. And yet it spoke so pitifully of peace. He stepped towards the wizard, ignoring all those around him as he spoke again, the false cheer in his voice thicker than ever. "Ah, how incredibly rude of me. I am..." With a dramatic wave of his hand, he threw the cloak from his other shoulder and let it flow behind as if a strange wind began blowing on him and him alone as the entirety of his form was exposed, reflecting the light that filled the room away from him. "Genocide, the sonless Bloodfather and armyless Warlord. I am blade swung, arrows notched, wounds opened, bloods spilled. I am all that wishes harm... including the bloodlust that radiates from you so called 'benevolent' entities who claim justice and would strike down any who oppose it. As for what I want..." He bent down to look the bearded old cod straight in the eyes. "I want everything. The land, the sky, the ocean. Everything that breathes in this realm under my iron heel, begging for mercy that will not come. And most importantly..." He stepped back and looked around at all the gods who surrounded him. "I want it to be fought for, tooth and nail. Fought until the ground is soiled with blood. Fought until only the strongest are left." His head turned to stare directly into the eyes of the silver knight. "Fought so what is right and what is wrong can be decided the way it was always meant to be."
Since his arrival at the mountain, Miurcrost had learned a great many things. He'd learned that Craft was an enjoyable trade. He'd learned that high altitudes tend to be cold. He'd also learned that his staff allowed him to soar above the earth, free of the bonds of gravity.
It would seem as though his staff truly WOULD never cease to amaze him. There was a short gap of hilly grasslands with sparse forest between the green mountains and the grey mist. With his godly vision, he spotted a small clearing about 3 hours' time from him, near the border of the mists.
He thought this would be a good spot to rest, and possibly to see what else he could conjure with his staff. As he was pondering this, he saw a dark figure appear on the ground below. It was entirely featureless and unremarkable, save for the fact that it was shaped like him.
Out of curiosity, he lowered himself to the ground to inspect the figure. He landed before it, and the figure addressed him.
Greetings. I am known as a Prachian, and I come bearing a message from-
"My my, aren't ye an interesting thing? Ye ain't got a bump nor speck of feature upon your whole body! And why d'ye look black as the stormy sky? Yer' an odd thing, ye are."
My apologies if my appearance offends you, but there is something I mus tell y-
"And so THIN ye be. Surely ye must be starvin'. I'll conjure ye somethin' to eat."
That's not necessary, sir. I don't require sustenance of that variety, but my master really does have some important business he needs to di-
"Say, might I ask what ye be doin' out here in the wilds of the world? 'S kinda odd that I'd run into ye in such a large place."
I'd be entirely capable -willing, even- to explain my presence if you'd allow me to finish speaking, si-
"Ach, why didn't ye say so! Go on then, spit it out!"
The figure gives an exasperated sigh, and continues.
My master, and your fellow god, requests your presence within the halls of Hléradr, so that he might acquaint himself with you and teach you what you need to know.
"Sounds... enlightening. So, could ye tell me of this place, Helayerader? What does it look like?"
The strange being called Prachian then gave Miurcrost as detailed a depiction of the main hall of Hléradr as it could muster, from the magnificent tapestries that hung along the walls, to the roaring fire that burned at the end of a great feasting table, and of the mighty oaken doors that guarded the place from those not worthy to enter.
When he was confident that he could accurately picture the hall in all its' magnificence and glory, he retrieved his compass, and announced with great enthusiasm:
"Well, I ought to get going!"
At that instant, he opened a portal at his feet, and could feel the ground give out beneath him as he fell into the great hall. It was only once he was in the great hall that he realized the ceiling was a great deal higher than he'd envisioned.
He then proceeded to plummet through the air, flailing like a madman, and failing to notice the crowd and the commotion occurring beneath him.
And with that, he hit the ground with a mighty, though painful and ungraceful, thud. Right in the center of the rather uncomfortably silent stalemate.
A moment later, his hat -which he'd lost earlier in midair- came floating gently down, coming to rest on his nearly-shattered back.
Almost before the words had left her mouth, the room rose into an uproar from whatever had been said before she began paying attention. As the opinions of each individual god were shared, the goddess remained where she was, slowly gaining some understand of the matter at hand. The crying god had a habit of changing things, and by the sound of it, rather violently so. The other gods were coming up with was a way to come to a compromise and one was explaining how to make whatever they were doing more efficient. She looked at each god in turn, a hooded god that seemed to glow with a green energy, the goddess in white, sorrow and redemption whisping away from her, the armored god that radiated power and authority, moisture seemed to roll away from a god in blue, a young goddess seemed to have a shimmering aura of innocence and love, a god with blue hair shined with a bright light, and, finally, the weeping god seemed to emit a dark green cloud. She remained quiet during the proceedings, however, as she didn't feel like it was her place to interrupt a second time, and just as well, as a decision was made swiftly. After the sound of the staff striking the floor seemed to fade, and the weeping god, Kreios, was helped up by the hooded god, Cragin, the goddess joked, "Well, that was an interesting thing to have stumbled into."
As Kreios ran outside into the cold, Foteea backed away from the door and saw a god clad in black, an aura of rage shrouding him. The sight of him caused her to retreat from the door even further. As he entered, he first commented on the building in which they all resided, his talk of defensible positions and trophies of the fallen putting her on edge. It seemed that she wasn't the only one he seemed to put on edge, either. Several of the other gods drew their weapons, a collective force against this new, aggressive force. Cragin claimed to know of him, and the sea god asked him his name and intention, and his responses disturbed her. A horrified whisper escaped from her, "That... Is horrible..." She shook her head in disbelief and edged a bit further away. After a second of tense silence, a form plummeted through the air between the divided sides. She shook her head a second time and uttered, "This is not what I had expected when I decided to accept that Prachian's invitation."
Nylia was caught on surprise as Genocide entered. A wave of fear rushed towards her, but still, she wasn't scared. it was quite odd but she embraced that fact and was happy that she wouldn't stay petrified. Nylia stood up, now not bowing to Acanthus she looked around and saw as everyone drew their weapons; thinking perhaps she should make a weapon as well, but now wasn't the time. Acanthus spoke words if wisdom, but they still weren't words to resolve the conflict, all they would do is put a momentary pause to the battle. She strode closer to Genocide, and knew that he did horrible things to Cragin's creations. Although she didn't find that acceptable, she had to be careful, in her eyes, she believed this God could do much more damage then Kreios, who was now standing next to him, babbling about his brethren being mean, but she brushed him aside, staying focused on Genocide. Though it was hard to ignore the random and quite amusing entrance of another God. She flashed a smile at him and continued closing in to Genocide.
She stopped far enough that if he attacked her, she would be able to react and dodge, but close enough that it made her seem comfortable with him. "Hello Genocide, please tell me why you wish to start conflict so early in your life?" Nylia asked him calmly. "I mean, wouldn't you wish to stay in wait, until the Gods create more things to destroy?" Nylia asked silently enough so the other Gods wouldn't hear her. Moving closer to him as she believed she gained his trust. "Why don't you stay peaceful now, and later you can have all fight in your name?" Nylia whispered in his ear, grasping his armored hand with her.
Nylia was only spurting out lies though, she wanted to keep Genocide peaceful for as long as she could, so the other Gods could grow stronger and be even more prepared to defeat Genocide if the need arose, and then be powerful enough to clean up and bring peace back to humanity after the conflict. She knew that as of now they weren't powerful enough to do this, and that catastrophic things would happen if they began battling now. She hoped that Genocide would agree with her, but she tried her best to keep these inner thoughts hidden, so that Genocide would trust her.
Mathias wandered away from the major group, as he felt he was being suffocated near them. "Acanthus!" Mathias desperately called out. He knows not why he wishes to call out to him but he did. Mathias leaned against a door as he turned his back to the group. He wasn't sure why this was happening but he did his best to calm himself. His body however was still shaking but he believed he can control himself, so long as nothing else goes awry.
And speaking of falling... a figure fell down from the skies, lying there in what he could only imagine to be pain before his hat fell on top of him with rather comical timing. Genocide found this position to be strangely appropriate for the man who lay on the ground as he felt the radiance of an incomplete explorer come from him. A man who not only found himself in strange places and situations but craved it. However, he sensed little use or threat in him as he simply scoffed at the strange new visitor and focused instead on the light haired vixen who had been bowing in respect to the old sorcerer as she had begun to approach him with a smile on her lips.
She was bold to approach him when even the mighty champions of justice refused to do more than take steps back. He rewarded her actions with what little patience he could muster. He was disappointed by the result. She spoke of waiting, giving promises of great battles and massive bloodshed to come if he'd only wait and give him enemies an edge. And yet she spoke in such a way that made it hard to resist such requests and as she brushed her hand against his, it became quiet an effort to not simply give into the idea. But then a memory bubbled up in the back of his mind. While this woman held divine beauty, she also held terrible power. He felt a mix of good intent and ill will as her soft skin touched his steely flesh. He looked down into her eyes and behind all the promises and pleasantries, he saw only spite and lies. He lifted one metal clad hand to stroke her cheek gently with the back of his fingers, going along the act for just a bit longer. "So you wish to bring peace for just a bit longer, little white rose? A tempting offer to say the least," he said in a metallic coo as he kept his voice lowered for her to hear alone. "However..." His hands slid back down her face as he gripped her chin firmly and forced her to look directly into his eyes. "My bloodlust hasn't been nearly quenched enough. I've tasted victory and I'm hungry for more. As will all the creature whom I will give life to. Keep your bitter sweet promises to the foolish and the weak, little rose, before someone plucks your thorns."
He released his grip and took a step back as he gauged others for reaction. He looked back to the wise old god but found him to be distracted as the silver clad night seemed to be breaking down away from the rest of them. Genocide watched his display and let out a cold chuckle. "Seems he was more fragile than I anticipated..." His head turned towards the green clad man who guarded the forest as he turned towards him and approached, waving off Nylia as if she was just some after though. "Now, about that -payment- I owe you.."
His mind would be a blur of possibilities and reactions, judging every movement and action, every step forward and his senses taking in everything to be sensed within his power. He had a feral ambition to fight and subdue, ingrained in his mind and in the predatorial nature of his being. He felt that this was something that the God before him who had offended him so was born with, the natural urge to be violent. He wouldn't underestimate the man's skills and so considered the power limitless. Kylian and Ulmo, perhaps they were allies. But something within him, even knowing their assistance would be great and their power extraordinary. Wanted the blood of this God to himself.
Genocide seemed to accept her request, as he brushed his hand on her cheek. His metallic hand was cold, almost freezing, unlike the coolness of Ulmo's skin. "So you wish to bring peace for just a bit longer, little white rose? A tempting offer to say the least," he said, his voice was odd and sinister, but Nylia kept strong as he continued whispering "However..." His hands then slid down her face and he grabbed onto her chin, his grasp was tight and painful, "My bloodlust hasn't been nearly quenched enough. I've tasted victory and I'm hungry for more. As will all the creature whom I will give life to. Keep your bitter sweet promises to the foolish and the weak, little rose, before someone plucks your thorns."
With that he released her chin and ignored her, brushing her aside as if she wasn't worry. When she saw he wasn't looking she fell down to her knees, silently gasping for breath. He was truly a horrifying creature. As the Goddess of Revenge she knew she wouldn't stand for this, but she would have to hold onto it until later, she still worried for the mortals and didn't want them to be hurt in their quarrels. Speaking of mortals, she moved over to her unfinished creation, clinging onto its lifeless body as it was all she had at the moment. She wished she could give it life, but for some reason she could not, partially it was the eyes, but at the same time she felt like she just couldn't bring herself to do it. There was one thing she could do though, she broke off one of her unfinished creations spire arms and transfigured it with her mind to become a sword, perfect for her to sweep away the many people she had to bring revenge upon. She hid the sword behind her back, just in case battle did occur.
Trelàs began to make drawings on the ground, he didn't really wanted to go to another meeting and the destructive creature who recently awoke and wandered the earth didn't seemed interesting at the moment, the God looked at what he had just drawn: it was a humanoid figure "That's it!" he shouted unexpectedly frightening Amentia who ran shaking the ground, Trelàs stood, all his eyes were closed except for those on his head to avoid distractions, the God of Madness knew his true nature but he really wanted to do this.
His left hand grew and its mouth began to absorb and chewi various elements in of the environment and mixied them on unthinkable ways. after a few moments it spit three large pulpe of three different colors: black, red and light sky blue which he mixed with some of his blood.
Amentia came back trying to attract the attention but the God didn't move nor looked, from the mouth on his hand emerged an intangible figure of himself that went to play with Amentia, without using his left hand he took a piece black mass began to form what will be an skeleton that would bear whole new being that he was creating, the black mass was quite strong so It wouldn't lose strength once the god had finished, Trelàs made the skeleton making it some holes of differet sizes on its arms, legs and skull with whom he had special care to not ruin the original function of protecting the brain thus ended with horn-like bulge, when he finished the hands a gust of wind blew the bones and created a beautiful melody, the God smiled pleased when he heard it.
He took some of red mass and began creating organs, Trelàs made sure that his creation breathe air giving it a lung capacity far superior to any being created so far and continued with the rest without touching it with his left hand, the light sky blue mass was used for the muscles, Trelàs gave flexible muscles and took care to not cover the holes of the bone, the left hand spitted spheres condensed fog that become it eyes, finally Trelàs covered the body with a light bronze skin tone and blue hair appeared on it's head.
The God of Music repeated the process again but with much more finesse because this time the shape of the new being was similar to the one called Lyandra, could only create nine more pairs before he ran out of materials, Trelàs knew that he couldn't do more even if he tried that was his nature, the left hand of the God adopted its string instrument form and with his right hand he slowly played the Melody of the Life, his creations began to come alive slowly joining the chords of the melody that the God played announcing to the world their birth, when the last woke Trelàs stopped pleased with his work.
"Congratulations for being born, Senri, Sons of Music" the God greeted them wholeheartedly while the mortals touched and looked or at least tried to look considering their poor vision with the exception of first two who could even see the sound.
"What is music?" asked the first, indeed What was music?, Trelàs sat meditating.
"Music is rhythm and melody" said solenmly "The activity of the life and the beginning of everything is guided by a rhythm and melody, you will hear what others can't and you'll interpret it for them, life and death, order and chaos, good and bad, everything has its melody and you'll live for the sake of these and nobody will stole that from you, not even me", the voices in his head were silent while he declared this, the Senri began to sing a melody in unison while the God vanished in the mist and Amentia went chasing the ghost of the God, Trelàs knew his mortals were incomplete, they can't create instruments like him and Trelàs can't teach them to do so, he would have to seek help from brethren, the voices returned when he opened his eyes bringing a maniacal laughter at the gates of the fortress created by the Wise, Trelàs became interested in snow so delayed his entry to such construction.
For a moment it did indeed seem to calm, thought he never lowered his weapon, but then Genocide roughly grabbed her, and he started forward once again, faster this time, but again to no avail, as Genocide had already thrown her to the side in favor of Cragin. He wanted to step forward just a bit more, and shove his sword through Genocide's face. He knew he was still weak though, and besides, "I won't interrupt a one on one fight between warriors." his sword shattered into a million motes of light as he said this, proving that he wouldn't step into this fight. Afterwards, he took a glance towards the god of order, he couldn't be sure, but he suspected all the chaos was slowly driving him mad. So he flicked his hand, a pattern of light twisting through the air appeared near the other god. He hoped the structured pattern it was moving in helped to calm his mind. Then he stepped on something though, looking down he saw that there was someone lying on the floor for some reason. "Oh, sorry." he paid no further attention to the person though.
Then he walked over to the goddess that had approached Genocide before, she was laying on the floor next to an odd statue, a sword with her that hadn't been there before. She seemed extremely shaken by her short encounter with Genocide, something he could understand. He crouched down next to her, a small smile on his face.
"Are you okay?" he asked her, a gentle tone to his voice. She seemed fragile at the moment, as if she would shatter just as easily as his sword did, and he didn't like the idea of anyone that fragile being alone. "I'm afraid I don't know your name, but all the same, it's nice to meet you." as he said this, the smile on his face became a bit more genuine. "Standing up to Genocide," he started, sitting down on the floor, crossing his legs, "it was very, heroic. I respect that."
The poor young woman burst into tears as her voice revealed every sign of concern for everyone's well-being. "Stop it! All of you! There is no need to kill anyone in here! Please, just stop!"
Genocide proved that he was not simply a brute but that he also had a mind of his own as he removed the seductive Nylia from his presence. Nylia must have tried to stop him from causing the disruption.
Mathias called out Acanthus' name as if he wanted him to do something but Acanthus knew not what because Mathias was swiftly trying to remove himself while holding his head.
The newer goddess, whose name Acanthus had not yet heard, cried out for them to stop. Acanthus felt the call of his brethren and felt the pull of the chaos around him.
"That is enough!" He yelled into the crowd. "This hall is not a place of chaos, nor bloodshed. This is also not a courthouse." He stamped his staff upon the ground and magic flew out from him in waves. He seemed to grow in stature and his back straightened. He pointed his staff at Genocide and Kreios and cast a portal spell behind them, opening a gate to the Inferno. "Leave this place now." His voiced had changed into one of pure power as he cast a spell of force attempting to push them into the Inferno. "Brothers and sisters!" He yelled. "Help me in this!"
The dark skinned creature, the first creation of the Sage God himself, waved his arms frantically, crying out as loud as his lungs would allow.The God-Dragon had not been difficult to find in the least. The great swath of fire, smoke and ash that he left in his wake could be hardly have been missed. He had seen his gargantuan fiery form from afar off, but it had taken him hours to reach him. Even now, he stood atop a peak some miles away, unsure as to how even approach the First Dragon. How could you approach a creature who's head breached the clouds and who's feet could crush entire human villages underfoot. He could feel the heat of his mighty flesh even from this distance. It was likely that he would be consumed before he ever got close. The Praetorian stared in abject horror and wonder, watching the land around the dragon darken before bursting into flames, the ground under his form glow red with heat. Black smoke and flames rising into the heavens , burning unchecked through the forests.
The distant rumbling paused, drawing the attention of the Sage-child, who looked up to see the great horned head of the dragon turn towards him, his eyes gleaming like two stars in his head. Beams of light issued from his eyes, raking across the vast cliff face atop with the dark-skinned messenger stood. Fire and bit of molten rock burst from the cliff face. The dragon turned towards the messenger, crossing the miles and miles of separation in mere moments. The messenger scrambled backwards, fearing that he could be consumed by the heat of the beast's body. However, he was just not fast enough, his legs far too short to outdistance the God-Dragon. He found that the temperature of the air itself had not changed and, upon inspection, he found that the form of Malus himself was shifting. The molten craigs that laced his body had closed, containing the heat of his body. The air was hot like that in a vast arid desert as it swirled around him. The God Dragon stood before the cliff, his form rising high above the peak
"Speak thy peace, First-Born."
The voice of the dragon was like the rumbling of the mountain before it burst into flames. The words flowed into the ears without the use of his lipless , fanged maw. The messenger rose and dusted himself off, craning his neck backwards in a attempt to take in the God-Dragon's impossible dimensions.
"Ah..yes..My master has sent me with a invitation. He wishes to meet with you, my Lord."
The God-Dragon turned his vast head a bit to one side in a sign of inquisitive contemplation
"Thy Master ?" inquired he.
" Yes, my Lord. Acanthus the Wise. He speaks now with the rest of the Gods in his home."
"Truly ?"
" Indeed, My Lord."
The black smoke from the raging forest fires reached them at this point, dimming the light of the merry sun about them. The God-Dragon was quiet for a few moments, turning his head one way and then another as if carefully considering what he had learned. Should he go and meet with this Acanthus and the other Gods that had gathered ?
" Alas, I cannot be averted from my purpose for I was granted a singular purpose by our All-Father. It is my purpose to spread destruction to all corners of this mortal world." he said, turning away his vast form to return his plodding through the world.
" My Lord ? You would not meet with your brethren and sisters for a mere few hours ?" asked the Messenger.
" I shall, but not today. I shall trod this mortal coil for the remainder of its existence. I do not doubt that our paths shall all cross in the fullness of time. Tell thy master that should he wish to speak with me, I shall give him due audience." said he, the fires re-igniting in his flesh, casting a new wave of all consuming heat onto the world below. The messenger, fearing the heat, made all haste to distance himself before he was consumed like the forest around him, taking the message of the God-Dragon to the God-Sage.
Adarani could only watch. She was emotionally unable to do anything, for the moment. From what she could see, Acanthus became furious. A portal to the Inferno appeared behind Genocide and Kreios, which the wise god attempted to force them in.
"Brothers and sisters! Help me in this!"
Adarani did not know what to do. Of course, she did not like having to force others into an unpleasant place, yet she did not want anyone to die, either. This moment left her paralyzed in fright and confusion.
Unbenownst to him, his robe had vanished, replaced with a suit of silvery plate armor and chainmail that glowed the same ethereal blue as his wyes, which glowed like twin angry whirlpools. Noticing this, he silently approved of the protection and appearance his armor gave him and once more he longed for a weapon and tool, but this time, an image appeared in his mind, clear like the images he had of the sea creatures he created. He silently willed it into being and a magnificient trident appeared in his hands crafted of steel and silver with with a sapphire at its hilt.
Then Acanthus opened a portal and decreed that Genocide and Kreios be banished into the inferno. The ends of his trident glowed and Ulmo agreed on one point.
"Nay! Do not send Kreios with him. Genocide will torment him or worse, make him an ally!" the Sea God cried, using his new trident to summon a great wave of sea water from his domain to push Genocide into the portal while a separate current would crash against Kreios to sent him out the door. Nonetheless, the chief part of his power, he applied to send Genocide through the portal.
In her sadness, she created a blue bird which waited for her outside. Whenever she could, she planned on accompanying her first creation back to the islands to plan further creation, possibly her first disciples who would help her with her portfolios, though that was unclear as of yet. Looking over at Acanthus, Adarani knew she would not convince him to sway from his decision to banish the two beings who evaded the waves.
"S-stop this..." Mathias faintly spoke, "...No...this isn't right." Mathias was having a hard time speaking up. Mathias was slowly realizing that what they have done isn't correct in some way. There, there is something missing in all of this. A problem that must have been stated before any of this happened. Then it dons on him...no one knew the rules. No one has any idea what the laws are, for they have not been made. They are doing their best to react with it but unless people have a clear understanding, what is there to stop this again? Kreios has no idea what crime and punishment is. No one realizes what law is. They are judging off instinct not legislation. Mathias moved closer to Acanthus as he moved around the enlarged figure.
"This madness must stop...must stop...MUST STOP!" Mathias yelled at the top of his lungs. His amber eyes grew brightly as an golden aura began to consume him. "No!" "What's happening!?" Mathias yelled in shock. "Help me!" Mathias shouted as he moved away from Acanthus. Mathias instinctively grabbed his spear and swat away any mud and water in his path. The aura grew larger as it's bright light would be hard to ignore. A strange power irradiated from him but for some reason it didn't feel like Mathias' as he continued to hold his head in one hand and the spear in the other.
((Sorry for the short post.))
Nylia sat in silence with one hand clutching her sword behind her back and the other holding her puppet. She must have looked like a complete disgrace but one, her encounter with Genocide was quite frightening and two, she had to seem defenseless, that way if someone came to attack her she would be ready. Then, the man with blue and blonde hair approached asking if he was okay. "Y-yes, thank you for your concern," Nylia replied but she knew she wasn't. For some reason what bothered her the most, even passed the fear was that she was just tossed aside. When he asked for her name Nylia frowned slightly. She knew that once people knew their names, they knew what their portfolios were, and even a lot about there character, and Nylia feared that after he learned her name, he would be appalled by her, judging by his light and her darkness it at least seemed that they were opposites. But she could not lie at the moment. "My name is Nylia," she said gauging his response, "and yours?" She asked, pain still in her eyes. "H-heroic?" Nylia asked surprised by his statement. "Do you really mean that? Do you really think what I did was...heroic?" Nylia asked. She assumed that others would think she was a joke by trying to stop Genocide and being tossed away, but he was different...
Suddenly, an all out brawl began between the Gods, something she wished wouldn't happen. She watched as Acanthus opened a portal, and Ulmo created the waves to push the two trouble makers in different directions. Then, Kreios unleashed tentacles from his body and Nylia drew her sword to slash them away cutting them one by one, but though Kreios was childish, he wasn't weak. One tentacle wrapped around her. "Please! Help!" Nylia pleaded to Kylian, he was the only one there for her at the moment and she didn't want to disturb Ulmo during the battle. She also saw in the distance that Mathias was trying to handle matters, and he made a point, they didn't know what they did was wrong, or at least Kreios didn't, so it wasn't exactly right to punish them yet, because of this Nylia began having second thoughts about Kreios.
"Well of course I think that. It takes a much stronger person to fight fear than it does to give into anger. I think that in the exchange that just happened, you showed me up quite a bit." and his name, that kept coming up didn't it. He was about to try and answer once more, when suddenly everything broke out into even more chaos than had been in the room before. He had expected a fair fight between two warriors, not a brawl that seemed to center on sending two people to Inferno that quite frankly didn't deserve such harsh punishment. He stood up, about to interrupt, when suddenly Kreios burst into tentacles that went everywhere. Quicker than he could react, a tentacle wrapped him up. He strained, and slowly it started to come loose, he wasn't at full strength, but he was a far cry away from the helpless he had been. He'd regained much of his strength already. He was prying the tentacle off of him when he heard Nylia cry out for his help. Seeing the tentacles attacking her, he became furious, far more than he had been when confronted with Genocide. Now it wasn't just a person that made him angry, now innocent people were getting dragged into this brawl. He'd had enough.
To anyone not paying attention, he'd appear to have exploded. Because at that moment he lit up brighter than the sun. In an instant he was at Nylia's side, having seared straight through the tentacles, moving damn near the speed of light. He ripped the tentacle off of Nylia, it turning to ash the instant he touched it. He picked her up, still in control enough to remember not to burn her. In the very next moment he was laying her down on the opposite side of the hall. "Stay safe." with that he was back among the others. Though this time he staggered into their midst. He understood that what he was doing was dangerous, burning through his essence in the way he was, but it didn't matter, it was necessary.
He looked to the gods gathered, and if it was possible he became even brighter. And when he shouted, his voice shook the hall. "THIS IS ENOUGH! THIS FIGHT IS HURTING PEOPLE NOT EVEN INVOLVED WITH IT NOW! WHAT RIGHT DO YOU HAVE TO BANISH PEOPLE TO SUCH A PLACE IN RASH ANGER! AND WHAT RIGHT DO YOU HAVE TO ENTER THIS PLACE AND PICK A FIGHT! WHY DOESN'T EVERYONE JUST SHUT UP! I swear on my name as Kylian, if you people don't calm down and stop acting like fools I'll throw every single one of you through that portal!" despite his brave words, his light was already rapidly dimming. He'd burned his very essence for power, and now every twitch of his body was causing him incredible pain. He really wanted this day to just be over.
His attention was tugged violently to what stood in front of him as a wave of weight and moisture struck against him, pushing him ever closer to the maw of the oblivion that awaited. He looked to the perpetrator and was greeted by the sight of the sea god who had so self righteously scowled at him before now clad in armor and wielding a rather impressive weapon. The pounding waves tried to drive him back as the corrupting god Kreois was pulled away by another surge of waters. The anger that filled Genocide was so great that the waters around him began to boil. "So your true colors finally shine through!" he shouted at all of gods present as he tried to pull himself away from the portal's grip. "This is your justice?! Oh, how disappointed I am to see how feeble it is!" One of Kreois's tendrils shot out near him and he grabbed it without hesitation, keeping it in a death grip as he saw the other limbs shooting out and grabbing anything they could catch. "If it takes me, I take the mud beast and whatever it clings to with me!" he threatened as he began to relax and let the portal begin to pull him in.
Malus did not know why the Gods decided to feud amongst themselves when the earth was so young and delicate. Malus was not omnipotent, he did not understand the meaning behind everything nor their purpose and he was not entirely unsure that what was transpiring was not in contradiction to the will of the All-Father. Whatever the case may be, it did not concern him. He had the task for which he had been created and it was a simple one. He did, however, consider the fact that if these Gods and Goddess that claimed to watch over the wild did not return then they would return to find their once green and fertile lands now vast tundras of ash, barren of life. Even now, the fires that his body had spawned were raging, spreading outwards on either side, growing in intensity with every moment. Countless living things had died, their bodies burnt to ashes as the destruction spread unchecked, there were no wardens present to quell the growing infernal tide.
The world was changing without it's guardians. As the Gods feuded and passed judgement on one another, new creatures of great and terrible power had spawned. When the great explosion had occurred, transforming a once peaceful valley into a charred craters, bit of molten rock and stone had been hurled into the sky, some landing hundreds of miles away. From these molten chunks of earth, new creatures had spawned. With rumbling roars, they took to the skies, their great wings spread as their scales gleamed with the colors of all the jewels of the earth. From their fanged maws, fire spewed. From these burning eggs, the first Dragons had spawned, taking to the skies to fulfill their father's wishes and bring fire to all corners of the world. They were the greatest predators and all things upon the earth or in the sky were their prey. Some of the stones fell into the endless deep, sinking into the dark depths. From these eggs spawned the great predators of the sea, The armored Leviathan who feasts on the mighty whales , it's carapace glowing with intense heat. The great serpents that illuminated the darkest depths with bright lights.
The behemoth, a vast boar like creature took dominion of the woodlands and plains, it's thick hide and course fur greater then any armor devised by man. Some of the Great predators even took to the earth itself, tunneling endlessly towards the very core of the world. Predators, monsters of all kinds, sprang forth across the world, taking up their abode where they would while the great Inferno spread across the surface of the wilds and mountains, leaving behind desolation. The light of the sun grew faint in the heavens, it's brightly shining face obscured by the smoke and ash that billowed up, both from the cataclysmic birth of the God-Dragon and that which was brought forth from the trail of devastation he left. The world grew darker as the clouds spread. Lightning flickered across the broiling clouds as ash rained down like grey snow . If left unchecked, the ash would darken the earth and no green thing could grow. The darkness spread with the winds, even reaching the doorstep of Acanthus himself.
Malus knew the devastation he had caused, the damage he had done. He knew what had to be done to restore what had been destroyed, but that was not his concern. It was the duty of his brother and sisters to maintain their realms and it was his duty to destroy them. The wisdom of the All-Father was boundless, without destruction, there could be no renewal and the hands of the Gods would grow idle and in their idleness they would feud and bicker. Should the Gods leave their world unattended, even for a short span, they would return to find what they had taken for granted lost and destroyed, such as it was now.
"My lady, do you wish me to connect you to my master?"
Adarnai nodded. Once she felt the connection, the Goddess of love cried out to him telepathically "ACANTHUS! HELP! IT'S ME! ADARANI! DESTRUCTION IS EVERYWHERE, AND I'M TRYING TO RESTORE PLANT LIFE! I CAN'T HOLD OUT LONG WITHOUT YOU!"
All the while his body in agonizing pain, he would let out a roar of it, as he felt the destruction of the wilds in which he felt were so dear to him. A roar so loud the building would shake slightly and his right stationary leg knee would give slightly bringing the water to his chest, and making the pull of it all the more quick as he fell to one knee, struggling against it all to swat away another tentacle.
Nylia was glad that she was saved by Kylian, but the battle wasn't over yet, he zoomed into the battle field and tried to stop the fight, but his power was running out. He seemed to be hurt and Nylia had to help him. She rushed into the fray, spreading her wings, and flying; swiftly swiping away tentacles and treading through water. Eventually, she reached Kylian and took him out of Hléradr, the brisk wind awakening her. "Thank you for your help, and you are the one who is truly brave," Nylia said hugging Kylian. "Thank you...Kylian," she said smiling warmly at the name. "If you get too cold, come back in, but you may be safer out here," Nylia said stopping her hug and brushing her hand through his hair.
Before she left she saw the vast fire and destruction terrorizing the Middle Realm. She had to make a choice of whether or not to reenter or help save the area. She wanted desperately to help the innocent mortals, but she also had to assure Kylians safety for he had saved her. She also wanted to make sure Ulmo was safe, for he had helped her during the trial. Entering Hléradr again was a painful task, the surge of destruction sending shivers through her. For now she watched the battle, but if needed she would fight.
Miurcrost wasn't new to the concept of pain, all feet get sore if you walk on them long enough. But the kind of blindingly-intense pain that shot through his entire nervous system was a new -if unwelcome- sensation. He'd have preferred to lay on the ground for a few minutes longer, wait for the pain to go away, but he knew that something was amiss when the room flooded with water, mud, and screaming. He believed he'd heard something about portals and the necessity thereof. A phrase flared through his mind that was both new and sensible.
Ask, and ye shall receive
And receive they did. With what bit of focus he could muster whilst being washed about the room like a rat circling the drain, he opened as many portals as he could on the floor, feeding into an equal number on the ceiling, which all led to an output portal on the far wall, directly facing the preexisting wound in the fabric of space-time. He did his best to aim one beneath the feet of the large, rather violent-looking individual and the infantile squishy thing. Hopefully that effort would calm them down, and allow him to get some peace and quiet.
Everything was going according to plan. The moment he had learned of the god of magic, he had been scheming and plotting for a way to find use of him and just like clockwork, everything had fallen into place. Genocide now had a good idea of whom was his foe, who refused to stand in conflict and he'd even managed to find an excellent pawn to use as he deemed fit. The old fool had even made the rash judgement of 'banishing' him to the Inferno when it had been his plan the entire time to demand passage here after he was done testing the waters. As he let his pure ecstatic joy flow through his body, he crossed his arms and watched Kreois play with his little 'toys'. As childish as he was, he also happened to have great power. When it finished and turned to ask his 'friend' where they were going, Genocide merely scoffed and unfolded his arms as he began walking off into the distance. "We go to find our kin, my dear little brother. And then the real games begin."
The two fell into the Inferno and Acanthus closed the portal, feeling somehow that Genocide was more pleased with that turn of events than he should have been. Acanthus then headed the inner thoughts of a Prachian.
"ACANTHUS! HELP! IT'S ME! ADARANI! DESTRUCTION IS EVERYWHERE, AND I'M TRYING TO RESTORE PLANT LIFE! I CAN'T HOLD OUT LONG WITHOUT YOU!"
Adarani’s name coursed through him. He finally felt her for who she was. He felt love and kindness, healing and growth. He knew that this was matter was more important to her than anything he could have said or done. Conversing with her further would have to wait. But she wanted him to help her restore balance. He agreed and began chanting in the magic language.
Acanthus released a spell, one larger than he had ever cast before. It did not have a specific name, nor did it come from a specific school. It combined necromancy and healing along with a couple of the other schools. He gave it to Adarani, along with most of his remaining energy. Then he sent this message through the Prachian to her.
“This spell will heal the land and restore it to life. Mix it with the love you have and the light of the young blue haired warrior. I have done all I might for now. Come back when you are done. I still wish to meet you.”
Then he turned to the remaining gods. “There is a destructive force in the Middle Realm. It will tear apart the places some of you hold dear if it is allowed to continue. I have tried to help restore balance as best I can. If anyone else feels they must leave then do so.”
He sat upon his chair in exhaustion. “However, if there are those among you that seek answers and refuge for a time, you are welcome to stay here for as long as you need. I am here and willing to answer questions. Other than that there is no more I can do. I am drained.”
Jute
She felt it. A portal to a place much different than the one she was in. Some of her tortured beast/servants came into her throne room.
“Milady!” they squealed at once from the sight of her glare. “Intruders have entered your domain!”
Jute grinned. “Well, that’s…interesting. Bring them to me.”
He had no problem locating the source of the destruction in the rapid change he was creating on the Middle Realm. And he appeared before the massive beast slamming the ground with one massive blow an explosion of healthy light would catch the trees and they would spring to life, the ground at Cragin's feet becoming fertile. The Dragon Kin was gigantic in size and he was a sight to behold. But he would look up defiantly, the intent of his visit clear in the fire of his green gaze.
"N-Nylia?!" he was rather shocked, and was going to ask her why she'd dragged him outside, when something distracted him. 'Oh All Father it's cold! ...does his arm have a mouth on it?' he noticed Trelas and clung to the thought of him to distract himself from the cold.
"Thank you for your help, and you are the one who is truly brave," Nylia said, drawing Kylian's attention away from the other god and towards her. Then she hugged him. "Thank you...Kylian," she said smiling warmly at the name. In some back corner of his mind, that was when he realized that he had said his name earlier, and that he rather liked hearing her say it. Mostly though, he was completely overwhelmed by the hug she gave him. A bright blush had immediately risen up on his face as his heart sped up. If he had to classify his emotion right then, it would be somewhere between embarrassment and panic. "If you get too cold, come back in, but you may be safer out here," Nylia said stopping her hug and brushing her hand through his hair. He wasn't sure how to handle all the touching. He didn't exactly dislike it, but he had no idea how to react to it, he was helpless. Till what she said finally made it's way through his head.
"W-were you protecting me?!" he was completely shocked. He didn't know why someone would try to save him. Risking his life and limb to save someone else, he didn't mind that. But someone else risking life and limb to save him? That somehow felt wrong, and it greatly bothered him. "What if you had gotten hurt?!" he'd never be able to live with himself if she were hurt saving him. "Speaking of which," his voice died out as he turned and saw Kreios and Genocide fall through the portal. Peace was returned to the room almost too quickly. "Um, never mind, I guess?" he said, a somewhat bemused expression on his face.
Nearly exhausted, she said through the Prachian, "We did it! We really did it! It's all back! I'll be over there right away!"
turning back into a dove, she flew back to the hall, leaving Ahuv, the Beloved Blue Crane, to watch over the island while she was away. Once at the entrance, Adarani opened the door, entered, then closed the door before walking towards Acanthus. At this point, she could barely stand. The whole ritual required much focus and energy. To compensate, she made a tiny opening which acted as a sort of window which let out rays of energy from Paradise to help her recharge. Once she was not tired anymore, she closed that window.
"Thank you, Dad!" Adarani placed four fingers on her bottom lip as she realized what she said. This left her a little embarrassed. "Is... Is it alright if I call you that?"
Back in the land of the fog two winged reptiles threatened the Senri, Amentia lay shattered on the ground and the dragons tried to destroy the intangible image of the God, the First Male found one of the instruments discarded by the God of Music and started to play it while the others accompanied with their voices, the womans led by the First Female began to dance, the melody of the First Male and the dance of the First Female resounded in unison and the dragons started screaming in pain, the earth shook and Amentia began to rebuilt himself bigger than before, when the stone being was completely recovered the melody changed and dragons stopped screaming in pain, Amentia looked with his only eye to one of the dragons who began to squirm and blindly attack everywhere one of its attacks reached its kin who was trying to combat sleep produced by the melodies of the Senri, the insane dragon began eating the wounded one and Amentia took the opportunity to crush them in the ground, in the same way that he crushed the God of madness before, for now the Lands of the Fog was safe.
Trelàs lost interest in the snow after eating enough of it, he didn't know what to do until he remembered his original purpose in coming here, he opened the door and entered the fort in his mortal and symetric form while singing,
"Gods ain't gonna help you son
you'll be sorry for what you done
them gods gonna hurt you son
when you play with a loaded gun
when you play with a loaded gun
They ain't gonna catch you when you fall
you'll be pleading while you're bleeding
They ain't gonna hear ya son
don't care about what you done
they ain't gonna help you son
you'll be sorry for what you done
be sorry for what you done"
Trelàs overhear the words of the Wise, destructive force??, The God of Music hadn't heard anything about that, Trelàs placed himself in the center of the assembled group and said ignoring the heavy atmosphere that prevailed "Anyone can teach how to create this to my mortals?" With a flick of his left hand appeared a flute, with his time in solitude part of his mind understood how the world seemed to work, each of the gods ruled something specific and even if another god could emulate an action he could not pass that knowledge to the mortals, explaining why Trelàs could create instruments but couldn't teach the Senri create them, while he waited the God began to play his flute from it emerged some bubbles that showed the Battle of Amentia and the Senri against the Dragons.
Korterra kept close to ruins he hid within, able to feel the heat above him which was growing ever closer to the domain under his protection. Korterra, in his true humanoid form, remained under ground - Hidden in the stone lined corridors which ran through the ground like one long, connective crypt. He had been ignoring the chaos between gods above and had been more concerned about the Middle realm. The ruins that he protected were in danger, and he couldn't have them destroyed.
Finally, curiosity overwhelmed him and he made his way up to the surface. He could feel the destruction all around him and grew more upset. His ruins were precious, they could not be touched. As he reached the surface, he ventured until he reached a spot a fair, safe distance from his ruins. As his creature form twisted into being from his smaller one, he simply idled, caring not for the rest of the realm, but only for what was under his protection. As always, a toothy grin remained, even in his state remaining idle.
((Sorry for bad post, still trying to grasp the situation in middle realm. ;A; I am so sorry.))
After everything finished, Nylia went back outside to check on Kylian. Nylia laughed slightly as she saw Kylian blushing, he seemed to be flustered because of her. "Of course I was protecting you," Nylia said smiling lightly. "You came to me in my time of need, so I had to come to you in yours," she said, interlocking both of their hands. "You don't know how much spirit and power you gave me with your words Kylian, so much that you don't even know. Thank you again," Nylia said, kissing his cheek to show her gratitude, before he ran back inside. She followed him, not too far behind. "Yes, we managed to put the two of them into a portal to the Inferno, thanks to Acanthus, Cragin, and Ulmo," she said flashing a smile towards Ulmo as she mentioned his name. Nylia then left Kylian for a moment to enter her room. As she went through the door, the room changed to have multiple closets full of clothes, a large mirror, drawers full of make up, a closet for holding weapons such as her sword, and a bookshelf full of writings on each school of magic, and copies of the books that the All Father gave to them. Nylia changed out of her wet clothes into a white dress and exited back to her brethren.
The war god stopped as he noticed a handful of ragged souls and flayed beasts approaching him from the direction of the structure. He smiled under his helm as he stopped and waited for their slow approach. They appeared fearful and wary but they seemed brave enough to approach him with fear written upon their face clear as day. What caught Genocide's attention was that the apparent fear wasn't for him. Knowing that these pathetic creatures must be servants, he decided to treat them as such and give them orders. "Tell me why you approach Genocide the Almighty," he demanded coldly, causing the unfortunate souls to flinch and cover their heads. One managed to compose itself and respond quietly, "O-Our mistress has asked you been brought to her i-immediately." Genocide was hardly surprised that the fortress had a master who must have slaves such as this but he wasn't quite expecting a woman. "So it is a sister..." As he looked off towards the structure again, he could feel the smallest spark of a great and terrible presence there. He let out a deep chuckle as he took a step towards his destination, taking care to move around the spirits. As he passed them, he turned his head towards them and stated, "You've completed your task. For such good work, I have decided to not kill you all." They all let out a small sight of relief. they were safe. Until the war god spoke over his shoulder to his corrupted travel companion. "Little brother Kreios. Do thank your big sister for the new toys once we meet her." He pulled back his head and let out a dramatic laugh as he continued on without breaking pace.
He watched Nylia, with the child, for that was how he felt Kylian to be, though he wasn't much older than the young hero. He quashed what jealousy arose when he saw them together for they had looked after each other well as he could not during the battle. Unbidden, Kreios' pitiable expressions and words came to mind. He did not deserve to be sent to the Inferno he decided. Shaking his head from that though, he saw Nylia emerge from her room in a dry dress and decided that he could use some help setting his Realm into order. He approached her.
"I am glad that both you and Kylian are unharmed, milady," he told her with a gentle smile that gave way to a grim expression as he continued, "However, the beasts begin to intrude upon my realm. I would ask your assistance in dealing with them as this fight has left me winded. I would of course provide you with hospitality as befits a guest of your stature."
Her sentence was cut short by a being that walked in through the front doors, singing. The song was a strange one, painting a story of a creature harming itself and the gods not helping. It was quite confusing to say the least, it was downright mad. Then he began to ask for assistance on creating something, no, he wanted help in teaching someone else to make something... mortals, he called them. As the mad god began to demonstrate just what it was he wanted to create, bubbles began to emerge from this... flute. In these bubbles were images of what the old god had described. Yet, despite the small statures of the mortals of music, they triumphed over the imposing dragons, and she couldn't help but feel impressed. "They are interesting little creatures, aren't they?"
After Craigin left Acanthus looked at the gods who remained. Some were sitting around the hall and discussing matters with each other. Nylia had chosen her room already without needing guidance. While he was slightly offended that she had just picked a room instead of asking for one, he did not dwell on it long for it was still a gift freely given. Acanthus' heart was lightened by the talks that were being held around the Hall. The great Hall was being used for the correct purpose. He sat and simply listened as slowly the warmth of this place seeped away the water from Ulmo and the hatred from the inferno. He sighed and closed his eyes for a moment, letting the peace sink in.
We did it! We really did it! It's all back! I'll be over there right away!"
He felt the Prachian's voice in his mind once again and thanked it for its time. He had just dismissed it from service for a time when Adarani came in. She seemed gladdened but also on the verge of exhaustion. She opened a small portal to Paradise and seemed to heal herself with its glory. Amazing, he thought to himself, I did not know the rays of Paradise held such power, or that anyone else could open a portal to there. But he dismissed his thoughts as she began to speak to him.
"Thank you, Dad!" She looked a bit startled and embarrassed when she said that. "Is... Is it alright if I call you that?"
Acanthus just smiled wearily. "Child, you may call me whatever you want. Just remember that the true Father is the All Father."
The burning goddess then approached from her vantage point above them. "I have a couple of questions. My first is, does this sort of.... violence happen often? I only ask because this what I had expected when that polite being asked me to visit you. My second, is where did that portal through which those two were just pushed lead? And my final question is-"
Trelàs himself chose that time to enter the great hall. Acanthus was truly surprised to see him there. The mad god asked for assistance with a flute and Acanthus shook his head.
"I know not about how to teach mortals. I assumed they taught themselves. Perhaps...Mathias might help you?" He turned to the flame goddess, "Perhaps they are interesting. I simply found them to be quite useful. To answer your questions. I hope that we will not have anymore violence here at all. The portal lead to the lower realm, the Inferno. It is a dark and evil place. But I feel that those two might be quite at home there." He shuddered for a second but returned to the small audience before him. "And what, my nameless friend, was your final question?"
Jute
Jute spied the newcomers from the top of her tower in the burning city. She could see one that was large and covered in metal armor. The other was slinking behind him and seemed to be less under control than the big one. She considered the ways in which she might introduce herself. She looked at a mirror and whispered her own name.
"Jute"
The mirror immediately wavered and showed her an evil looking being with a large horn and dangerous talons. But it also had feminine curves and wicked yellow eyes. This was her true form? Ah but would it not give away too much? Her name would give away all that she was. She intended to keep it to herself.
She was interested in her true form but decided to remain in the form of a child. It would serve her purposes well. Then she saw one of the two, the uncontrolled one, fly into the room on the back of a beast. "Hi lady." The childlike thing before her said. He seemed to believe that the thing that it rode upon, a tortured beast of hers, actually belonged to him. She let him believe it for now. She would get hers soon enough.
"Play on, mud thing." She waited for the other to enter her domain, listening to the shrill cries of her creations being tortured by corruption. It was almost as sweet as when she tortured them herself. She held her anger in check and focused instead on what she would say when the leader arrived.
Nylia watched as Ulmo came over to her and started speaking to her "I am glad that both you and Kylian are unharmed, milady," he told her with a gentle smile that gave way to a grim expression as he continued, "However, the beasts begin to intrude upon my realm. I would ask your assistance in dealing with them as this fight has left me winded. I would of course provide you with hospitality as befits a guest of your stature." "Thank you Ulmo, and I'm glad that you made it through the battle safely as well," Nylia said smiling. "I see. Well, I will most certainly help you," Nylia said contemplating for a moment. "I would be able to breathe in your realm, right?" Nylia asked, there was still so much they didn't know about and so much more to learn. "If so then it would be my pleasure to accompany you," Nylia said, wondering what the Sea was like and what beauties it held.
A grin appearing on his face, he opened the door and walked through to see a rather plain room. It had a flat space with training dummies and several other things, several bookshelves which were sadly empty, and a large bed right in front of him. "Oh I could finally go to sleep!" he almost fell right onto the bed then and there, since he was so completely exhausted, but he noticed a door going off to the side. For a moment exhaustion and curiosity battled, but eventually curiosity won out. He walked to the door and opened it up, to see that it went into an enormous library. Kylian was overjoyed at the sight, all weariness momentarily forgotten. He rushed over to a shelf and grabbed a book, only to see that it was blank. Saddened, he went to a another, and it was the same thing, until eventually he found a book that was filled with writing. He started to read it as quickly as he could, the words flowing into his mind as easily as they would were he hearing them, despite never having seen the written language before. The book seemed to be designed to introduce one to the concept of magic. He slowly walked through the library as he read, until he saw a doorway in the corner of his eye. As he got to it, he opened with one hand and then pushed it the rest of the way open with his foot as he brought the hand up to turn the page.
He was back in the hall from before, which wasn't that surprising when he thought about it. He closed the book, one finger held on the inside to keep his page. "Susurrans alis de Lumine" he raised his free hand to his face and blew across the top of his palm. When he did, a small horde of shining lights spread across the room, shape enough in them to see some sort of wings, yet barely more than that. A wide smile broke across his face as he watched them fly around the room, until he saw Acanthus speaking to Adarani and a fiery one he was unfamiliar with. He walked up to Acanthus. "I apologize for entering your library, for I'm almost positive it is yours, and, can I study the rest of the books!" excitement filled his voice, the chance to learn so much was thrilling to him. Magic seemed such an interesting thing, a thing to learn about and explore.
As the knight of war finally reached the brass palace, he saw an even greater abundance of foul beasts and tormented souls raw from work and punishment. As he pushed open the gates to follow the impatient god of corruption, he had many expectations. When he finally found him and the mistress of this place that had all the creatures for miles around in such a state of fear and shock, al of them fell short. The female figure that stood before him was small and cute, bringing memories to the light haired beauty that had caught his eye before but with a darker overtone as he noted raven hair and a certain clever gleam in her eyes. Genocide let out a short grunt as he approached her. "Is this it? My patience is short and I have no time for jokes." He stopped just steps away from her and glared down viciously from the confines of his steel cowl. "Where is the real master of this place? I demand to know under the authority of Genocide the Black!" he commanded, the force of his words shaking the very foundation they stood upon.
The goddess froze for a moment as she pondered what the sage had said. Nameless. She wasn't sure why it unsettled her, but the word almost seemed insulting. To not have a name made her feel sad. Her head tilted as the goddess thought of her name and a single word appeared. She bowed her head again before speaking, "I apologize for not introducing myself, my name is Foteea." As soon as her name was uttered, she seemed to glow brighter and a face appeared in the flames behind her metallic frame and red hair flowed behind her. "And my last question was where I might be able to dwell during my stay."
The God of music waited for the reply of the bearded God of the Spear or some other god with the ability to help him in his dilemma, waiting for the Senri to learn by themselves would be boring and potentially dangerous to their survival, whereas Trelàs could choose delete them from the face of the earth if he lost all interest in them in the short term, they could also fall victim of Amentia, the first creation of the God of Madness had violent behavior unless he hear good music but as his creator the melodies he liked varied enormously in the short term.
"I still don't introduce myself" he said looking at the goddess of fire and metal who called herself Foteea "I'm Trelàs, God of Light and the Sea" paused while returning to his true and grotesque form, that presentation didn't sound quite right, he really didn't feel like the God of Light and the Sea in that moment "I'm Trelàs God of Madness and Music" that sounded better, a crocked smile appeared on his face as he watched Foteea who now had a face.
The dragons of the world, the great beasts and Predators cried in fear as their kin was crushed underfoot by the power of the Gods. As each Dragon died, it's fire would sear the ground beneath, be it stone or sand, leaving a permanent stain on the land where no thing could grow so long as the God-Dragon walked the earth.
The air would resound with the crying of the Dragons as they swarmed the skies, returning to their Father and nesting amongst his many spines. So massive was the God-Dragon that hundreds of the great dragons could move safely across his vast back, roaring their defiance at the world from the safe haven of their father's back. Elsewhere in the world, many dragons slipped from sight, retreating into the murky swamps, vast arid deserts, frigid tundras and the highest mountain tops, anywhere where they could find safe haven, adapting and adopting their new homes, blending in as any other creature of the world.
Malus saw life return to the world through the magic of the Sage God and another unknown Goddess. Was it truly such a trifling matter to undo so much destruction ? Who among them was the master of Death that they might return to life all the souls that perished in his fires ? Perhaps there was one among them that ruled those domains, but Malus had not sensed such a presence as of late. The immeasurable dragon did, however, feel a presence beneath him, another one of the Gods themselves come to face him and, no doubt, to protest his actions. Let them protest, let them wage war against him, should they wish. The Father Dragon paused, his great clawed foot settling some miles away from the tiny form of the Shifting God. A gale like wind of hot air would stir his vestments, fire and smoke would rage around his foot. The horned head of the Dragon would turn downwards, his bright eyes turning downwards toward him. Fire burst into life wherever his eyes traveled, reducing all to ash in a moment. His gaze settled upon the God, no doubt untouched by his mighty gaze even if the plants and ground beneath him burst into flame.
Moments passed in silence as the God of the Wilds stared defiantly at him, as if expecting to do battle with him. His great maw opened and his voice issued forth, stirring the land as a great wind and stirring the very ground beneath his feet as the wilderness about him took to flame yet again, immolated by the searing waves of heat coming from his scales
" Brother." said he by means of greeting " Tis fortunate that thy bickering ended as such time as it did. Had ye delayed but a few hours more all thy work would have been unmade." he said
Foteea, the name burned with the heat of a furnace. It left a metallic taste in his mouth when he repeated it. He also felt that her fire was one of creation, not destruction like the large god wandering the Middle Realm. He felt kindness and generosity.
"It is a pleasure to meet you Foteea." He watched as she seemed to become more detailed in the realization of her name. "As for where you might stay?" He chuckled. "Pick a room child. I have made enough for all of my brethren. Though I do believe I know of at least one who may not need or want one."
He turned as the blue haired god of light entered. The younger god had found his library. "If that is what you wish you may read some of the books. But stray not upstairs. The Tome might be detrimental to you." He pondered for a second. "Have you said your name already? I apologize for not hearing it if it was so."
He turned to the god of the portals. “What is it that brought you here so hastily? Is not the journey itself the most amazing part of travels?”
It was then that the firstborn of the Prachians, one known as Sinclaire attempted to reach him telepathically.
"My Lord. I attempted to bring the Great Dragon, the Lord Malus Dou Makakhan, to visit you as you requested. He refused, instead he wishes for you to come to him."
Acanthus felt fire and destruction and the gleam of the teeth of the creatures that hunt in the night. It was a natural, but powerful force indeed. He responded to his mortal. "Very well, I shall visit him when the time comes. Sinclaire, there are some new mortals. The Senri, made by the Mad god. Visit them and share your wisdom. And, send someone to talk to dragons. They seem like mortals to me."
Sinclaire, Yldrich, and Fen
The black skinned mortal nodded, several of the runes on its face stopped glowing as its master dropped the communication with it. It then brought up communication with its immediate subordinate, Yldrich.
“Master wants someone to talk to the dragons. Will you do it?”
Yldrich responded, “Acanthus’ Will be done.”
The two began their long journeys to find and communicate with the mortals their god had pointed them towards. Another, Fen, felt the need to visit the creations of the protector of the wilds and so it sent itself to the werewolves.
Jute
Jute was furious. This brute dared enter her domain and claim that she was not the ruler? He did not yet understand the pain she could and would willingly bring to him. But not now, she would wait until the most opportune time to strike. For now she would be the perfect host to these potential, if unworthy, allies. She clenched her tiny fists behind her back in anger but smiled at ‘Genocide the Black.’
“You seem to misunderstand, large one. It’s not the size of the vessel, but the power within.” When she said power, several of the mortals nearby screeched for mercy and fell to the ground, bowing towards their unforgiving mistress. “I’m the ruler of this place. Welcome to my City of Brass. What brings you to my…humble domain?”
"I have awoken and my blood burns for action. Perhaps I can make some...."
Braun brought both fists above his head and brought them down hard on the Earth. The massive blow sent cracks streaming towards the mountains. The towering peaks felt the touch of the God and responded. Out of the crevices stepped massive rocky constructs. Golems made of stone and metal from deep within the Earth. Braun stepped forward boldly a proud grin on his face as the first construct loomed over him. Not alive yet merely moblile these beings were but stone and metal given form. They did not think or feel, they had no emotion and were but moving earth. These gigantic puppets were given one task by the God that summoned them. Attack him.
The army of Golems charged with rumbling roars from their throats at the God of Strength who just stood their with his broad chest puffed out unafraid.
"To battle then!"
Braun bellowed before charging in. He rained blows upon his constructs as he exerted his might. Each blow felled a stone golem. A single strike from the god shattered rock and rendered the golem little more than crumbling pebbles. Braun laughed heroically as he waded through the fray. Hurling the massive constructs into each other. Tearing them to bits was childs play for him. All gave way before the might of the God of Conquest. When it was all done Braun had gotten the exercise he had wanted and stood amidst a sprawling field of boulders and crushed rock. He put his fists on his hips proudly as he looked around at the scene.
"I'll have to make them sturdier next time."
He said to himself out loud as he began to feel a powerful thirst take him. He wanted a strong drink after the exertion and thought who better to drink with then his kin. He felt out for them, using the connection to the cosmic forces that all the Gods possessed to find his brethren. He felt many of them in the home of one who even from here felt to be the wisest of them all.
In the nest instant Braun stood before the massive doors to his brothers home where his kin all congregated. The God of Conquest summoned onto his shoulder a barrel of heavenly mead. Officially ready to make his entrance Braun lifted up his right foot and kicked open the door with a tad too much enthusiasm. The doors swung open hard and slammed into the wall with great force yet held firm which was a miracle in and of itself. The God of Strength strode into the hall of his brothers with a joyous smile on his face happy to finally meet his kin.
"My brothers! My sisters! I am Braun! God of Strength, Brotherhood and Conquest! I am most happy to meet all of you this day! Who will raise a cup with me?"
Moments later, during teh conversation in the hall, a strong man entered with a barrel of mead. His entry startled her a bit. She could not understand all the violence which occurred recently. What she did know, though, was that this God meant no harm. Being the shy Goddess she was, Adarani remained silent, looking sideways as she heard the God's name: Braun. The name itself let her know that this individual who introduced himself was the deity of Strength, Bortherhood and Conquest. When eveyone in the room was asked who would raise a cup with Braun, Adarani hesitantly picked up a cup from the table.
"I-I guess one drink won't hurt. And it's nice to spend time with family."
"Well met sister!"
He said happily as he placed one massive hand on her lithe shoulder. The warm, friendly show of affection could've sent the poor woman to the ground if Braun had not shown proper restraint. As it was she merely would have felt that the man was still getting used to his titanic strength yet she should have felt no harm.
"A toast then, to family."
The God of Strength said proudly as he too picked up a glass and filled both goblets with the mead he was hefting around on his shoulder. Both goblets filled he clinked his cup with his sisters before downing the drink in a single gulp. The golden mead of the Gods was sweet to the taste, like the purest honey nectar to be imagined yet there was a kick to it that would leave an average mortal far past drunk in a single small cup. His thirst only beginning to becoming sated he looked down at his sister who was quite small in comparison to himself.
"What is your name, little dove? And to what do you lend your patronage?"
"It seems that Adarini and Acanthus have taken care of the problem for the most part. I shall keep vigilant nonethless. However, I would still like you to accompany me to my home. I would love to show you around," he told the voluptious goddess honestly. As he said this, he noticed a giant of a man, even for a god, appear with affection and strength that Ulmo could not help but admire.
"I would enjoy a cup to restore my strength," Ulmo announced as he picked up a cup to be filled with the mead, "I am Ulmo, god of the Sea."
He sipped his cup and felt the sweet yet strong drink course through him, driving away his exhaustion and delighting his senses with its contents and at once, the beauty of the voluptious form of Nylia increased.
"God of the Sea you say? It is an honor most high brother! The sea is a dangerous mistress but one that breeds hardy men should they conquer her tempest heart. I would like very much to set sail on the waves of your domain, perchance find myself a sea serpent in need of a thrashing."
Braun said enthusiastically. His mind, as it had a tendency of doing, wandered off to imaginings of glorious battle in which he and his brother Ulmo fought a massive hundred headed sea serpent that spewed acid from it's jaws. The very thought of such a battle brought a wide grin to Braun's face. Back in the present he shook the day dream from his mind and focused on his family as he hoped more would accept his offer to drink and make merry.
After he was done with the flies he decided to look around the palace, running away from his two sibling taking his four new toys, he found a dying forest and decided to make it his. In his memory he remembered the pulse and beam and the wonders he had seen before he had taken a nap, he did a less powerful form of the pulse, but still the forest started to retake the shape, of its middle land sister, without the beasts. He was tired so he decided to lie on the ground, roll around, and eat some of the dirt. He soon got bored with this but he saw that there were two flying things watching him, they flew in the ground and in the spots they had flew in rose two beast men but as they came up, they bowed to him. One was a white crow, the other a multi-headed snake, “Master we thought we would never see you again, but you’re up to your old tricks.” He realized this was Hydra and crow… no he was The Crow King. They asked him to give them their abilities back, so he reached into them returning the powers of being one of the fastest flyers in creation, and acid breath. He was happy to see them, then he heard a roar and saw the magnificent flying beast, hunting the flying beast now there was a game that big brother might like. So while the others followed him, he flew into the throne room and asked his brother “I saw great flying beasts, and I wanted to know if you wanted to play with them with me?”
((Another short post >.<))
"Oh indeed Adarani! By mine own hand rock giants have crumbled, sea serpents yield to my might, there is no man nor beast that can match my strength! Would you have diamonds beloved sister? For I can wring them from coal with naught but my hands! You seek sunlight to bath in? I can move the very mountains themselves!"
He boasted proudly before pouring himself yet another cup of the golden mead. After knocking back the drink with ease he looked down at her with a gleeful chuckle.
"You say you are not a warrior born but if you ever seek the thrill of combat you need only ask and I will show you such battles that mountains will crumble beneath your might."
The God of Strength offered, fully hoping his sister, or any of his kin for that matter, would savor the chance to fight by his side in battle. Turning away from the thoughts of combat, even if just for a moment, Braun turned to his sister curious over her domain of power.
"You are the master of love? Do you have a love here by chance? A husband or lover? Point them out, I will share a drink with them."
Braun said excitedly looking around the room at the many faces gathered within for the husband of his sister.
He was about to go back to the library, when suddenly the door was kicked in by a massive beast of a man. Kylian could feel that he was a god, and judging by the looks of him, a rather forceful one. Sure enough, Braun, proved to be the most boisterous one by far out of all the ones he'd met. Kylian grinned and returned the book to where it was before he came back and walked up to the new god, a wide smile on his face. The books would be there later. He saw that Ulmo and Adarani had taken drinks from Braun and it was a pleasant change from how the hall had been not too long ago.
"I suppose being loud is fun every once in a while, so pour me a glass Braun! My name is Kylian, God of Heroism and Light, so if ever you find yourself in need of help, or a drinking partner, don't hesitate to ask, I'd be happy to show you up anytime!" Kylian wouldn't normally be let himself sound so arrogant, but something about Braun's behavior was infectious, and he couldn't help but let loose and have fun.
"Very well then," Nylia said smiling at Ulmo. Suddenly, a man barged in, asking if anyone wanted drinks. Adarani, Ulmo, and Kylian all accepted so she thought that she might as well join. Walking over to the group she smile, "I would love to have some," Nylia said, pouring herself a goblet of mead and sipping it. Now that everything settled, it seemed like everyone was having a good time. Taking the last drink of her mead she turned to Ulmo, "Whenever you want, we can go," Nylia said pouring another drink into her goblet and drinking it. Ulmo had done well in the battle, and he was obviously quite powerful.
She was happy that Kylian was having a good time as well remembering their unfinished conversation, "I wasn't in a time of need. I would've been fine." Was he just proud or modest? Or did she just not understand the situation? It looked as though he was in deep pain though, so she wasn't sure. "But, all I did was tell the truth. Why thank me for that?" "Was it really the truth though" Nylian thought in her head. Whether or not he was saying the truth didn't matter though, what mattered is that what he said...made her feel better about herself. They would have to continue the conversation later though. After her third or so drink she began to feel different, though she didn't understand it she definitely liked it...
"You've torn down all I've ever loved, engulfed my peace in flame and drove my children into a void, destroyed everything I am, on a whim and without remorse." The voice would be calm, as now he knew the proper way to go about. His anger masked in the frivolousness of his ever rapid mind. He studied the creature, from the scales and fire born nature to the way it stood. Heat radiated from the very being. A low snarl would escape the depths of the hood and his body would quake slightly with the recomposing.
"You are my brother and you've hurt all I know, and what have I done to earn this disrespect?" His tongue would play with the words, enunciating them in a way that made their wicked nature apparent. "Nothing, and so extend it now, answer for your crimes, give me reason." His gaze would betray his words as there was a ferocity about it.
Somewhere not so far off he sensed another of his brothers.
"A day I look forward to brother, when you and I stand shoulder to shoulder against the darkest beasts in the land! And on that day, we will drink, fight and win glory for ourselves and our kin!"
The God of Strength said in a deep bellowing tone before letting go of his kin. It was then that he was approached by another of his sisters. This one was beautiful, much like his sister Adarani but it was a different beauty all together. Where Adarani was innocent this new sibling emanated raw sultriness. Seduction poured off her in waves as her golden blonde hair framed her face perfectly. She poured herself a drink, then a second then a third and finished each with practiced ease. Her ability to hold her draught alone was enough to impress the big God. He kept pace with her and each drink she finished he matched her.
The mead was doing it's job well as Braun was finally beginning to feel it's effects. He couldn't help but enjoy the light inebriation as he was surrounded with his brothers and sisters.
"This is most certainly a glorious day of rejoice! Sister, your name, I do not recall hearing it. Tell it to me so I may drink to your health as I have drank to Adarani's."
Braun asked his horned sister as he looked down at his sister as she seemed to be contemplating her current state of inebriation.
Ulmo smiled slightly at his brother's compliment. He, it seemed, understood the majesty and dangers of the Sea. As he mentioned sailing, an image of a wooden construct roaming the surface of the Sea flashed through his mind. Instantly, he felt a desire to see those vehicles roaming the surface of the Sea, crewed by mortals that, though not being able to traverse the depths of it, loved the Sea and the adventures to be had on the surface where water met air. When he mentioned a Sea Serpent, however, the Sea God frowned. He would have remembered if he created such beasts. Was it simply the god's overactive imagination or a foreknowledge of what was to come? He finished his drink thoughtfully.
"I would welcome you as a traveling companion, Braun. There is much of the Sea I have yet to lay my eyes on, though am aware of most of what happens within it and upon it," he told him, his mind drifting back to the ships and boats and other constructs that mortals could use to travel upon the sea. He glanced at Nylia and, perhaps prompted by the mead, whispered into her ear so that she felt his breath on her.
"I look forward to give you a tour."
Did that mean the God of Madness didn't exist?, The question appeared at intervals in his troubled mind and the answer came with the newborn who entered distributing liquor to those who so desired, Trelàs watched the others gathered around him like bees wanting to extract the nectar from a particularly tasty flower, these words came out of nowhere while he ignoraned or wasn't interested in the meaning of these, no, these petty words his voices whispered had no relevance to the truth that he had reached: He didn't exist, or maybe the other gods were just hallucinations of his mind, What he can do in such hopeless situation?, Laugh, laugh as hard as you can.
The laughter of the God of Madness echoed through the corridors and rooms of the palace created by the Wise old man while Trelàs writhing on the floor with his uncontrollable laughter, if he didn't existed then he could do whatever I wanted like attack to those who ignored him but for now he felt a strange mixture of respect and pity for the Wise, he was biting off more than he could, trying to help everyone and that everyone get along, Maybe the gods were creating the Mage out of his loneliness?, although there was always the possibility didn't changed his current situation, the laughter ended as suddenly as it began.
From the left hand of Trelàs strings emerged that stuck to his shoulder, the God began to play as he walked toward the exit while singing
"Gods ain't gonna help you son
you'll be sorry for what you done
them gods gonna hurt you son
when you play with a loaded gun
when you play with a loaded gun
They ain't gonna catch you when you fall
you'll be pleading while you're bleeding
They ain't gonna hear ya son
don't care about what you done
they ain't gonna help you son
you'll be sorry for what you done
be sorry for what you done"
When he passed by the new gods he gave them a wide grin and walked towards the exit, back in the snow he felt angry, his own hallucinations had ignored him, his left hand turn back to normal and with the blade in his right hand the god wounded himself, Trelàs spread his blood and from the snow formed multiple creatures with six legs that began to attack and eat each other, once one ate another increased its size and ferocity, one attacked the God who dodged it while laughing, and headed toward to his home in the World of the Mist.
Kylian. Acanthus felt the name. It was light. It was bravery. "You are welcome in my hall anytime you wish." He watched Trelas' whimsical nature as the day lulled near its end. Somehow after all of the excitement, this all felt like a dream. Then the door was kicked open with a loud smack and a new god entered and announced himself.
The boisterous one was named Braun. He was strength and brotherhood. From him flowed merriment and jest. Acanthus felt rather at ease with the newcomer, even though he was loud and quite obnoxious. "I will pass on liquor, but thank you for the offer."
Trelas seemed to get mad and then burst into hysterics. Acanthus wanted to say something, but knew not what he could say to the other. Then Trelas left, a sad look in his eyes. Acanthus watched him go, his head cocked as if slightly amused.
"Everyone," Acanthus said as he roused himself a bit. "I have rooms for you all. Please feel free to pick one, I know some of you already have." He bowed at them all and began to leave. "I will be in my library if I am needed. I have some minor matters to attend to."
Sinclaire, Yldrich, and Fen
Sinclaire traveled a long distance. It took the time to reflect upon itself. It was a master of Creation, Healing, Teleportation, Divination, and Influence. It wondered what the Senri would be like. Surely they were something like the mad god. If so, then they would enjoy the many charm spells it began to work on in its mind. It teleported into a large bank of fog. It was close to them. Sinclaire could feel it.
Yldrich, a master of evocation, transmutation, and protection, approached a great cavern. Inside of the cavern it could hear many growls and rumblings. This was a dragon’s lair for sure. Yldrich put up a protective shield and entered the cave.
Fen, summoner extraordinaire, rode a great bald eagle towards the wilds of the forest of Craigin. It wondered about the creatures that were able to change their forms without using magic. It greatly wanted to meet them and revel in their company.
Jute
Jute had regained full composure of herself now. She was inwardly ashamed of her previous lack of self-control but she felt a cool, calculating calm pass over her. Deception was her area of expertise. She did not need to ‘prove’ anything. Everything belonged to her anyways. For this war giant to claim that her throne was his was like a footstool claiming that the floor was its own. Truly she understood now more than she had before. She still wanted to kill him, of course, but that time would come, just like it would come for all of the others. For now she had to gain his trust.
“You’re right of course Genocide. You could easily take anything and everything you want. You can have my throne. I don’t need it. I have something better, a weapon of such great power that it can let even a poor mortal child like me take full control of a city. That’s how I survived here, you know. It’s dangerous for me to be in a place like this.” She began to fully erase signs of her power from the area and instead started to create a weapon in the next room as she spoke. She gave it a power signature that masked her old one.
“Do you want it?” She asked, rather meekly. “I’m sure someone as great as you would put it to better use.”
"My name is Nylia," Nylia said smiling, Braun seemed nice so she wasn't threatened by him, but she knew he contained grand power. "I look forward to give you a tour." Nylia heard Ulmo whisper to her. Nylia smiled, maybe it was the intoxication, or the fact that she was a Goddess of Seduction, or even that she felt attracted to Ulmo, but she knew she wanted to go to his kingdom, for many reasons. She pressed herself onto Ulmo's chest and looking up to him whispered, "Then why don't we go now?" She asked. She then interlocked arms with Ulmo. "I believe we must leave now, there are many things we must attend to. Right Ulmo?" She stated, flashing a secretive wink towards him.
Plenty of colorful fish and other sea creatures swam past them as the sun's dying rays broke through the surface into an underwater sunset. Inspired the Heraldr, Ulmo willed for a a castle to be created by the surrounding materials such as coral, silver, pearl, seaweed, stone, and earth from the ocean floor. Its fortifications were strong and its appearance fair as it towered above the god and goddess, being imbued with the power of the Sea and Ulmo's will. Inside were luxurious furnishings and many rooms including a great hall that mimicked that of Acanthus'. Suits of armor, shields, and weapons could be seen among the furnishings as well as luxurious carpets, banners, and cushions. Truly, the mead of Braun had restored his strength and the Heraldr inspired him or maybe it was the goddess clinging to his arm.
"I give you, Anapovo, my Hall within the Sea," he told her proudly as he gestured to his castle he had just build.
The small child grinned sweetly up at the menacing god before her, as if she was relieved to be giving up the weapon. She bowed and nodded her head. "Oh silly Genocide. I would never try to trick you. You're too smart. Besides, you're so big I bet you could kill me just by looking at me funny" She giggled and pointed at the treasury room. "It's in there. The big red one."
Genocide would be her weapon to conquer the many realms with. He was not stupid, but she was cunning and he was in her universe now. She placed part of her inner being, most of her Malice, into the blade in the next room. It would obey Genocide, so long as she willed it. But it would not belong to him forever. "May I come with you, and watch you take over the world? Surely you need someone to witness your victory at the very end. Even if I only live till that single moment in time, I would be honored." She cooed sweetly.
Adarani heard the announcment from Acanthus after she saw Trelas exit in some sort of madness. She felt a little guilty for not paying attention to him. Whenever she saw that God of Music, again, she would have an apology ready, as well as a gift to prove how sorry she was for not speaking to him sooner. For now, she had to pick a room. walking over to one of the doors, there appeared what would be her symbol: the Heart and Tulip.
Opening the door, which now had a lock to make sure only she, acanthus, and any guest she would have would be able to open, what she saw amazed her. Shelves full of items to use in medicine, agriculture, and matters involving love were organized into neat rows. he best part about these shelves was, whenever one item is picked up, another takes its place in the exact spot it was taken from, most of the time, that is. Beyond were shelves on the wall at the end of the room for books on the topics within her domain, some of which she would write. Next to that wall lay a matress for both meditation and sleeping. This room had everything she needed for when she had to tend to the mortal realm, including gateways for portals to make for easy transportation, if urgent.
Once she was finished exploring her room, she told Acanthus, "I'll be outside for a while. I owe Telas an apology for not getting to him sooner, and I should get to work on creating disciples to help me. There is that, and I should plan on what to do with the islands east of here." With that, she walked out the hall doors and flew as a dove back to her birthplace, her Blue Crane, Ahuv, greeting her.
Nylia looked at the castle, basking in its wondrous glory. "Ulmo...it's magnificent," Nylia said her eyes amazed at it. It reminded her the great hall Acanthus created but it seemed more...regal perhaps? "Shall we go in?" She asked rhetorically, moving into the palace, her arm still intertwined with Ulmos. The interior was just as beautiful as the exterior, possibly even more. Nylia wished she could bask in a glory like this with creations of her own. Unfortunately, she left her statue in her room along with her sword. She wondered more on how to create something and wondered deeply on why she just couldn't bring herself to bring life to it.
Then, going back into reality she tilted her head up to Ulmo, the beautiful God of the Sea, children came to mind. She didn't know how she was going to pull this off but it was worth a try. She didn't know precisely what brought this urge upon her but there was no stopping her now. She put her hand gently on Ulmo's cheek pulling him down to her head and kissed him passionately. "Do you wish to have children with me?" She asked him seriously, she didn't even know what exactly children were but just like how their names told others about their essence the world children brought things to mind, such as natural creations. It also brought something to the Goddess of Seductions mind. Something primal, that she could bet none of the other Gods, even Acanthus have experienced before. "Have children with me Ulmo," she said kissing his neck. She waited to see how the God of the Sea would respond to what she was doing, it was only their first day on this land, but all of the emotions she was experiencing mixed together for her to do this, and she thought that it was right.
What he saw was nothing short of awe inspiring. In the center of a perfectly round room was a gleaming blade that simply danged in the air as if hung by thin strings that not even the naked eye could see. A perfectly symmetrical design of sharpened steel for the blade with an edge that looked as though it could cleave through the strongest stone and steel in the realms and a solid hilt with the intricate design of a fanged beast inlaid in it and grooves along the grip that practically called out for his fingers. He reached his hand out without hesitation and grabbed it firmly by the hilt, feeling the power course violently through his body. Anger, hate and malice were his to wield and all his foes would know despair because of it. He tugged hard on the weapon as it gave way from the powers holding it with little to no effort. The sheer weight of the wondrous sword was light but the power held within made it feel like burdening a mountain. A burden only one as great as he could successfully take upon his shoulders. "Yes..." he said softly as he ran his thumb along the length of the blade. "This is a fine weapon. A power no brat nor beast shall ever be worthy of." An estatic joy filled him as he began to laugh again. "Muhahaha! This is what it means to live!" he shouted as he held the sword on high. "To have enemies to hunt with a blade in your hand! I name thee Skarn the Firtblade as you are truly the first real weapon to be part of these realms! Ahahahahaha!"
"Have children with me Ulmo," she told him, kissing his neck. He did not need further incentive. He swept her in his arms and kissed her hair, her cheek, and her neck in quick succession as he carried her deeper into Anapovo, instinctively heading for the wing that housed his bed chambers as his hands reached within her dress, a primal beating older than himself echoing through his veins. As they entered his bedroom, he at last answered her euqestion.
"Yes, we shall."
Braun set down the large barrel of mead with a warm smile as he turned to his brothers and sisters that were still nearby.
"I shall take my leave. The drink was grand and there shall be many more to come. For now, take the remainder of the mead, my gift to you. I go to Middle realm where I shall forge my domain with the permission of the one that claims dominion over the land."
With that Braun, the God of Conquest disembarked from the home of Acanthus to create his own home on the world of mortals.
Nylia was now the receiver of affection from Ulmo, her body shivered from the sensuous pleasure that Ulmo was giving her. There bodies intertwined as he pushed her against him. Then, her head was showered with kisses His hand then went up her dress as he instinctively led her to his bedroom. Nylia decided it would be her turn to take control, she moved him up against the wall, removing his clothes and nudged him over to the bed as she ripped of hers. She rolled onto the bed, bringing Ulmo along with her and looked at his body and their surroundings. Nylia knew what they had to do and she hoped Ulmo did as well
...
When the act was done Nylia was panted exasperatingly. The alcohol made her weary but she knew that she was going to remember this day. She wrapped her legs around Ulmo and nuzzled her head in his neck. "Thank you for this experience...I can't wait to have children with you," Nylia said comfortingly. She knew that it was her duty, as the Goddess if Seduction to write teachings on the process of conceiving for all of the non-primal mortals and maybe even the Gods, but now she felt perfect, laying in bed with Ulmo.
The elder god simply nodded at Adarani and Braun and entered his study. He cast a telekinesis spell and pulled several empty books off of their shelves and up the stairs behind him. He had much to write about. When he sat down at his desk he set the books in front of him. On every cover there was a different title. He pulled the first book from the top. The title read simply, 'Acanthus.' He opened it and began to write.
Jute
She could feel his hand grasping her. It was disgusting, but she allowed it. He would wield her while she also was wielding him, how ironic. This god of war and violence would help her to take over all of the Middle and Upper Realms. Soon she would have all of her brothers and sisters dead or bowing to her. She let her malice flow through the sword and into Genocide. The sword willed its wielder to use it. It longed to be filled with blood. It longed to kill. The sword almost begged to be used against a worthy opponent.
The child walked into the room with Genocide. "Are you not pleased my lord Genocide?" She looked up at the god and her eyes widened. "So, what are you going to do?"
"I will begin my preparations for the great battles to come," he said as he lifted the sword and brought it to his back where a sheathe of the finest silver appeared in a flash of brilliant light to catch it perfectly in it's hold as he knew it would. He marched out of the room, expecting the child to follow and listen. "I am to return to the Middle Realm and raise my army. If you wish to make use of the life I'm allowing you to keep, you will do as I say." He waved one hand at the structures around him as they went down the hall. "Remodel this place into something worthy of my image. Fine steel and sharp design, not this pathetic brass. I also demand an edge to be given to my troops. Gather what beasts in this realm could be made useful and ready them for my return. Do this and you may see my future glory."
Having slipped away some time ago under the pretense of finding a quiet place to rest, Miurcrost now wandered the halls of the massive tower. Completely unsupervised. In a mysterious place he knew nothing about, save that it most likely contained a great many interesting and potentially dangerous things. All the while, a single thought rang out continuously in his head, with a sing-song tone.
Happy Birthday to me.
((Sorry for the short post, but y'all seem to have forgotten 'bout Miurcrost))
The setting changes from The Middle Realm to The Inferno
After more years, yet considerably less than the amount it waited, it heard something. A plea for help, a mortal begging his god to have pity for him and end his suffering. Many more joined after a while and with these cries of pain and suffering, these cries of despair, all of them begging and with no other purpose in their mortals lives but to suffer it seemed, they had started to fuel the ember. Making the seed grow into a being that knew how to think, had thoughts and it felt one thing. Pity. This god knew that the gods the mortals cried out for so desperately would be unheard, for he knew that these mortals had sinned greatly enough to be sent to eternal punishment, but still, this god pitied these mortals, who had nothing to cling to but their eternal despair and suffering, so this grown seed, this new god decided to give these mortals a gift, a purpose to exist. The god blessed them with disease, though this disease was weak and could not even spread, so the mortals could not share their gift, but nonetheless they now had purpose, to be vessels for disease.
The mortals cried out, begged to not be punished any more, as they saw the diseases as anger from their gods, but a few mortals cried out and gave thanks as they had now found purpose. Aspestis, the name the god decided to take, was happy and gave those who were thankful love. With this love, they grew stronger than they were before as this new disease had not weakened them, it strengthened them and only those who appreciated the god's gift could find the strength. Aspestis entered one of the mortals and caused him to turn into the form of the god and told those few mortals who rejoiced and celebrated with their new strength that though their gods had abandoned them in death for their sins, Aspestis would not and they would have their blessing even in death, so long as they have died with their gift. The young god also promised them that they would receive more strength so long as they praised their new god, Aspestis.
Aspestis sensed that there were other gods, others with power as grand if not grander than the young god's and sensed most dwelled in a realm neither blessed nor cursed, the Middle Realm. the god also knew that the one who had sparked the ember and allowed it to grow was in the middle realm as well, and wished to thank this god and show the god what this event had allowed Aspestis to create, wanting someone to be proud of it's creations.
The setting changes from The Inferno to The Middle Realm
The Prachian answered with, "Milady, it would be an honor if I were to live with the first among the people of your making as their soothsayer. I have decided to assist you in any way possible with that future race. The moment you healed me inspired me to tht end." He rose. "As for names, mine is Benjamiir."
This was pleasant news to the young Goddess. "Well then, Benjamiir, why don't we start by making our first monastery for this race of helpers? They will need a place to stay when they are fatigued from helping their fellow mortals. This lake seems perfect to build it around."
"It will be done, milady."
Working together, Adarani and Benjamiir built the monastery, from the fields for crops, to the academy next to it, and even a granary to go with other practical necessities for self-effiiciency. Once the Goddess looked upon the monastery upon completion, including the hexagonal wall structure, she nodded towards Benjamiir in approval. It all seemed to be in place for this location. She knew there would have to be more made on the Sacriran Islands, as she came to call them, but this was sufficient, for now.
There was still one thing missing. Calling for Ahuv, she told her to go find Trelas. The Godess even helped that blue crane learn how to recognize his aura signature in case he got lost.
"The message, mistress?"
Adarani replied with, "Tell him I'm sorry for not speaking to him in the great hall, and ask him to come to this monastery whenever he can. I will have something prepared for him when he gets here, something to give to his people."
"Yes, mistress" Ahuv flew away from the islands, following the aura signature into the Mist. He thought to himself how he would be able to see in there. Still, he had a duty to fulfil, and it had to be done as soon as possible.
After resting with Ulmo for about half an hour, Nylia had an epiphany, as strong epiphany. "Until we meet again, Ulmo, my sweet," Nylia said climbing on top of Ulmo and kissing his forehead. "If you don't mind, I'm going to wear one of your robes, I have much business to attend to," Nylia said smiling enthusiastically. Once she wrapped the robe tightly around her she went to Ulmo, kissing him softly on the lips once again and pulling her fingers softly through his hair. "What we did was...excellent," Nylia said having a slight hangover. She left the palace, though she got wet because Ulmo wasn't with her she knew she had to do something important, she thought of a way to bring her creation to life.
Once she made it back to Ulmo's room in the great hall Nylia stepped out quietly, a trail of water behind her. She looked around making sure that no one saw her in Ulmo's robes. She saw Kylian in the distance, passed out. "Oh my," Nylia said shocked, but her head was pounding and she was still a bit tipsy, so she had to fix that. Walking into her room she grabbed some clothes to wear and went back into Ulmo's room, disrobing and using the hot springs to rejuvenate herself. When she was done she dried herself and put on her fresh clothes, a long T shirt and some denim shorts. After cleaning up Ulmo's room she went back outside to tend to Kylian.
He appeared to be passed out, so Nylia brought him into her room, laying him on her bed. He must have had a fun time after she left, Nylia thought smiling. But she brought her attention back to the matter at hand quickly; she had a plan and she was going to go through with it. Taking out unfinished statue she brought it with her as she left the Great Hall, spread her wings and flew over to her domain. The caves. Grabbing more rocks and spires she gave her first doll an arm, though he would feel pain in that arm for all his life, it was for a good cause, as the sword saved her on multiple occasions. She then created a creature identical to her first creation. She then started the differences. The first one she made she carved so that it would have similar physical attributes to that of Ulmo, it would have things that she did not have. The second creation had physical attributes similar to her, and had things that her first creation did not have. Though they didn't look perfect they were still beautiful, now all she had to do was bring them to life.
So, she kissed her creations on the mouths she had created, as she remembered that her kiss sprung Ulmo to life as well mentally and physically. Luckily for her...it worked, her creatures were alive and felt emotions just like she did and they grew eyes so they could see each others beauty. "Hello, my creations," Nylia said proudly. "You shall be named Pupo," she said pointing to her first beloved creation, "You shall be named Hesperida," she said pointing to her second creation. "Your purpose is to love one another, and make love to one another, to populate your people, which shall be named the Amares," Nylia said, hoping they would follow her orders. From her kiss they understood how to make love and have children just as she did. For them she created a small house with a bed for making love. "You shall be the rulers of your people, if you can make enough, once I return, I shall make more for you," Nylia said flying away back to the great hall.
Once she arrived back she went into her room, checking whether or not Kylian was awake. She longed to see Ulmo again, to touch Ulmo again, but for now she had to ensure that her friend was okay.
Cold was the first thing that touched the war god's being as he passed over to the other side. With one smooth action, he lifted the blade and slid it smoothly into it's sheathe with a pleasing chink before surveying his strange new destination. The spacial rift he had arrived by was shifting and closing again, threads of space and matter shooting past each other to fix what had been damaged. He had no action to stop it as he new that the trip back would be just as easy as the one he'd just taken. As for the landscape itself, it was a barren slope of pure white snow and tall, slender trees with dark green leaves the shape of thick needles. It was barren, empty besides a few small creatures and the predators that hunted them. Further down the mountainside, a thick forest full of many grand old trees that held strong wood gathered, sheltering an even more vast collection of beasts and fauna. Further still the soft earth changed to dark sand as the landscape formed down into a beach that met the ocean. He could feel that the waters were teeming with exotic and wondrous life that no other place he had seen was blessed with. Gazing off on the horizon, he could make out an island with a presence of strange warmth and comfort...
Genocide shook the strange fog of intrigue that tried to overcome away as he returned to the task at hand. The mountain was tall and strong and gave a view of all that was around it for miles around with little to no obstructions. It would give a great tactical advantage to any who lived here were it only more hospitable to any life. He could create his new children with fur but the image of the grand race of warriors charging into battle with big poofy coats and blood clinging to their fur gave him unease. "Well, if the land doesn't fit my design..." he muttered as he lifted a hand and placed it atop the mountain. It was cold and hard as he had expected but after a brief second of patience, a blistering warmth found itself to his steely skin. "Then I'll change it by force!" he shouted as he brought his hand above his head and swiftly dropped it back down, slamming into the tip of the mountain and utterly shattering it on impact. The force threw snow and stone across the skies as a great avalanche build up at the very top and started sliding down in a violent wave as it destroyed the forest on it's way to the ocean. As all the debris fell away, Genocide was greeted with the sight he had expected: a great boiling lake of lava, filled to the brim.
Please with his work, the great metal god began surveying the landscape for a suitable material to make his new creations. Stone was far too heavy, snow far too brittle, wood far too flammable, water far too loose. As he brushed boulders aside, he found a perfect material: a rich brown clay that was moldable yet firm and rough to the touch. Such a pity it was a dull color with so little life in it. That's when an idea struck him. He held out one arm over the pit he found the clay in and willed his metallic skin to part, ripping open his flesh and allowing a stream of crimson red liquid to spill, mixing with the earth and turning the material into a sanguine soup that just begged to be molded.
After closing his skin and stopping the torrent of blood, Genocide reached within the pit and scooped up a handful of wet clay and blood and began to shape it, giving it thick arms and strong legs, carving out every chiseled features and small detail of his new children until he had ten perfect little figures; five bodied after man and five bodied after woman. He then held them firmly in one hand and dipped them into the vast lake of fire, allowing them to cook and harden until they were finished. Pulling them out, the great war god breathed gently on them, cooling them and breathing the first spark of life into their beings. He placed them down at the brim of the volcano and watched them begin to move. Their skins were as red as blood and the long hair that hung from their heads was black as coal. They had a pair of yellowed eyes, a short pair of ears that ended in a point, a snubbed nose and a mouth full of razor sharp teeth for ripping into flesh with. They had the basic shape of many humanoids with legs they stood on, two arms they worked with and a head on top. The men were massive and hunched with bulging muscles covering them head to toe while the woman held their heads high with a more lean and powerful build. They were perfection in Genocide's eyes.
As the new creatures became aware, they took notice of their surroundings and found themselves in awe at the great armored being that stood before them. Standing in from of him with his arms crossed, he looked down and began to speak. "Listen and listen well. I am Genocide the Bloodfather, he who created all of you with these two cold hands. It was my blood that gave you life and it is the blood of others that you will live by. Accept me and I shall give you many gifts. Defy me and I shall be forced to destroy you, my first born." There was a moment of hesitation among the ranks of the young beings, a whisper of uncertainty but as the first creature Genocide had sculpted stepped forth and fell one one knee, the rest did the same. "Bloodfather, we hear and obey," the First One said in a voice that was deep yet knowledgeable as he humbled himself before his creator. "Heheheh. Good. You make me proud, great bloodsons and daughters. For this, I bless you." He turned and pointed down the side of the mountain. "I give you the name krul for all to know and cower before your strength. I have also given you land clear of snow and stone to build upon as well as a place to hunt for food and sport. Take these gifts and savor every kill in my name." The ten let out a loud grunt in unison before lifting themselves off the ground and charging down the mountain towards the woods with feral howls and war cries booming from their lips. Genocide allowed himself another soft laugh. "Do well my children. Your day of glory is fast approaching," he whispered as he let the sound of wild beasts and trees being ripped apart by his wonderful children's hands echo through the mountainside.
Jute watched the war god leave grinning when he turned his back to her. She felt some of her power wrench away as he ripped open the portal, but then he was gone. It was odd, being in three places at once. She could feel the steady beating of her crystal heart in the City of Brass. She could feel the chill air and hear explosions as Genocide ripped apart the material world to create his children. Then she saw, felt, and heard everything around the child's body. Yes it was a strange existence indeed, but a necessary one. She was much less likely to be discovered for her true self in this form, and she still had most of her power.
She turned towards the Brass City. "Steel huh?" She raised her arms and the metal shifted in color to match Genocide's whims. The Spires grew steeper and everything gained a more angular look. She didn't quite like it. Instead, she reverted her original back to normal and buried it under ground. Then she built a new, squarish city above it. Her heart and servants would lie in the under-city while new creatures would inhabit the square one.
These she made to look like the souls of the mortals that had come from the Middle Realm. However, she made them solid, made of stone and gave them bat-like wings. These cretins, as she would come to call them, looked hardy and were strong. However, if they were to be struck in the right kneecap they would crumble to dust in mere seconds. "Now here are fine warriors worthy of that moron." She scoffed. She felt another presence, one that was giving torture to her subjects in a new way, but some of the subjects were growing stronger. "I hope they didn't notice that..."
Then Jute opened up a hole of her own, just barely small enough for a child to get through. She crawled through the fabric of reality to come out on the other side, into the material world. She landed in a heap in a large arid area. At first she thought that she had just ended back up in the inferno, but when she listened she could hear waves. She fell asleep on a sandy beach, exhausted and pleased with herself. She would figure out what to do next when she woke up.
She soon emerged from the lava pit in her cave to find a surprise. One of the creatures that had sprung from the god of destruction had taken residence in her cave. As he saw the goddess spring from the lava, he began to breathe a jet of fire. After the stream of flame ceased and as the creature paused to take a breath, Foteea asked that the creature leave immediately. It roared in defiance and unleashed a second jet of flame. The goddess summoned a giant stream of metal from the pit and willed it down the hall, pushing the dragon down the cave as it flailed and screeched. At the mouth of the cave, the stream stopped, sealing off the cave with a large wall of metal. For a short time, the dragon attempted to get back into the cave, clawing, breathing fire, and bashing with all of his might. The door did not yield, however, and the dragon flew to places unknown. The banging of the wall fell on deaf ears, as the goddess had begun on her mortal creation.
A greater feeling of power came from nearby, and he sensed that whatever was causing such widespread devastation couldn't be far - And he silently hoped that it was more than one of his brothers or sisters, for a single one to have such great energy would be rather disconcerting, indeed. The further any conflict was from his previous ruins, the better. The land around it had already been scorched, but the ruins were lucky enough to have been spared, for the time being anyway. With lumbering, thunderous steps, he began to wander towards the force of destruction.
It was far from long when he discovered it was thankfully more than just one of his brothers or sisters with such energy surrounding them. Bringing both sets of arms up and spreading his wings as if to announce his arrival, he began to speak.
"My ruins! The great, dark forestry across the surface of this now desolate realm!" he roared, as if to mourn them. "You are my brother, i know this for sure, but why have you brought such destruction onto all that we have strive to protect!" Despite his accusation and obvious displeasure, the sick, twisted grin did not leave his face. "What have we so done to deserve such disrespectful devastation of our domains?" His thunderous voice sounded almost a rumble from the throat of Korterra's beast form. He made no moves of aggression, but of incredulous demanding for purpose or any shred of reason - Despite how the God of Labyrinth seemed far from his own mind most of the time. Although he demanded explanation, of course if a fragmented shard of logic were to be demanded of him, there was not much thought given to the idea of him offering such.
Kreios big brother ignored his question he was too into the sword that the lady had given him. Kreios started to follow but big brother made a hole in the air and went through it without him. That was fine Kreios had his toys, and brother had called the lady a mortal, that meant she was a toy. But she wasn’t important right then the flying beasts were more fun.
He and his six toys had found one them, it was mumbling about enticing sounds killing it. The Spider and The Hound were made to replace Kreiochain, The Spider was to catch the toys and The Hound was to find them, and this dragon was one of the best toys he had seen. Hydra, Spider and Hound were a distraction, the dragon fell for it for a second, but that’s all the time it had. It needed to be smaller and stupider because it would not obey him unless that happened. By the time the sun came up the next morning he had four of the “wyverns” and the hunt had lost fun. The only living animal species he had seen down here that he hadn’t changed was the girl. So when he got there he was surprised to see it had changed, and most of the creatures had disappeared. He did not find the girl or big brother, and he realized they had left him alone here but what fun was this place, with no friends to make toys. He grabbed one of the stone things molding it into his image taking out the flaw in the knee, he did that three more times but it did not fix his sadness. He told his toys that could think the Hydra and King Crow to take the others and scout the land. He gave Gorgon to Hydra because he was afraid of what he felt he needed to do. He started wreaking the place with his godly strength by the time the sun went down the palace was rubble but his frustration of no friends being there was not out so he kept slamming the ground till it gave way and he fell down towards the original city. He caught himself with a mud tentacle and pulled himself up. He sat and did some thinking, all his friends abandoned him, and because friends don't do that, they weren't friends, then Kreios could breaks toys as he wanted. If he was only God here that meant that he was king, he started to eat all the dirt and mud he could, and grew to be twice as big as the first dragon he captured. he then took the ruins of the city and built himself a stone seat. As he sat and waited his toys came back, he commanded them to bring all the mortals they could find to bow to him, and he could make them better toys. he saw the hole that he had almost fallen down and he covered the hole with mud, waiting for one of his so called freinds to come here and try to stop him.
Another weird thing: the Senri were gathered around the Black Thing that immediately said, "My Lord, my Master Acanthus instructed me share some wisdom with the Senri", the Black Being seemed to be choosing his words and actions with great care trying to avoid anything that might upset the Unstable God, "How can you talk without a mouth? is weird you know?" the god shrugged "Forget it, you are going to teach them, right?" a wide grin appeard in his face "teach them, teach them!" the God cried happy, one of the most interesting things to him were the growth of the Senri, how they will relate to each other?, how they will relate to others beings?, Will the world accept them?, Will they accept the world?, The answer to these questions was interested enough so he was willing to wait, he even was willing to allow the Black Thing to live here as long as he don't try to mess with the rules established by the God of Music, Trelàs scratched his head, Had he set any kind of rule?, for the second time in his life he shrugged, he will do it some other time.
Left the group since Senri refused to learn from another being in the presence of their Creator, while he decided what to do his mirror image stood next to him "Welcome!" Sàlert said with a smile,
"You're pretty ugly" replied Trelàs
"Have you looked in a mirror?" retorted with a laugh
"What's that?"
"How the hell should I know?"
"Then don't use that word"
"Hmm, Your words have a deep meaning," replied Sàlert, deeply thinking what he just heard
Trelàs keep silent "Have not we had this conversation before?" finally said
"Does it matter?" replied grinning
"Not really, but I distinctly remember having devour you and you didn't had a good taste," from the eyes in his left hand came out of the same intangible figures of the clearing, Ardnayl, Saihtam, Nigarc and Suhtnaca.
"You can not ignore yourself" Ardnayl
"You can not Threaten yourself" Saihtam
"You can not kill yourself" Nigarc
"You can not devour yourself" added Sàlert, the figures began to dance while Trelàs started laughing and his left hand devoured them all again, that was pretty interesting so God was pleased, pleased enough to fix the problem that threatened his creations.
He returned quickly with the Senri who stood surprised, some began to covered themselves with clothes, possibly created with the help of the Black Thing "My lord what do you need?", The God took a pair of Senri with his left hand and separated them from the group, all his eyes began to shine with differents colors as Trelàs approached the two Senri to his face, the God could see how the mind of his creations was deteriorating slowly, much more slowly than it might have been for others beings, the eyes on his face sparkled with purple flash and disintegrating the disturbance while the Senri fell unconscious free from the madness that was destined to fall on them if the god would have left them alone, "My Lord, What happened?" asked the Black Thing, "I'm in a good mood so I'll tell you" replied Trelàs sitting in the air, not even he knew how he could do but didn't care much, "Someone tried to play with the minds of my Senri, anyway I fix it but if you want you can tell your Master" he said and left yawning.
A blue bird came when God was feeling somewhat depressed, Trelàs watched happy how the bird circled over him, "My lord," spoke the bird surprising the god, his left hand grew and caught it without crushing, taking the form of a cage, a very grotesque one, "How can you speak?, rather, why are you blue?" Trelàs was interested in the bluebird, luckily Amentia was sleeping away from there otherwise would have been arming riot, the pile of stones was more resilient than Trelàs thought, things that happen when you half-assed create a being and not worry too much for the results.
" I-I bring a message from my Milady Adarani" said wailing,
"Adarani?" the name didn't sound in the least so he he said "Then speak"
"Tell him I'm sorry for not speaking to him in the great hall, and ask him to come to this monastery Whenever I can. I Will Have something prepared for him When He gets here, something to give to his people." The bird spoke the exact words of its Master.
"It's always interesting to meet a new family member, guide me", Trelàs released the bird but had a change of mood "Why do I have to go where someone I don't know just because gives me a gift?, Go away, go away" he did a gesture with his right hand to throw it "Tell her I'm not interested in traveling", he began to make drawings on the ground, for now it was much more interesting than travel to meet someone.
Mathias could see he was busy and didn't wish to disturb him but he must hear him out. Something is stirring within him and he must know what it is. Mathias decided to stand still as he waited patiently for Acanthus to see him. As he waited he kept on hearing no, no, no. Mathias shook his head to dismiss the ringing in his ears.
Braun began his walk into the center of the crescent of mountains but not on two feet, but four. Braun had shifted his form and no longer was the massive, hulking man he normally was but instead was something quite regal and majestic in appearance. Navigating his now pawed feet through the rocky terrain he made his way to the center and stood upon an outcropping of stones as the sun shone brightly behind him. Braun stood over looking the area in which he would build his new home. His golden, feline eyes looked over his new land proudly. He looked upon the few creatures that already called this land home. Deer, elk, buffalo, wolf, bear and eagle. Each looked upon their new God King respectfully. A Bald Eagle came to perch beside the great lion and bowed. Braun bowed his head slightly in return to the majestic bird.
"Am I known to you?"
Braun asked, his voice gentle yet strong. The eagle responded into Braun's mind as the God formed a mental link with the creature.
"You are the great God of Strength. We creatures of the wild know you to be a being of great honor and power yet this land belongs to another."
Braun tilted his head curiously at the news.
"To whom does it belong?"
"Your brother Cragin, God of the Wilds."
The eagle responded as it rustled it's feathers. Braun lifted his massive head and stared off into the distance.
"Then I shall find him and request this land for my own."
"Or, good master of strength, you could just build your home. Cragin is a good soul and a understanding one. He will not fault you for merely building where no one else has claimed. You show me your intent through our connection, you do not seek domination of the wilds but unity with it. He will not protest."
The eagle said convincingly. Braun turned to look at the beautiful bird with a warm smile.
"Then I defer to your assessment, you would know better than I. I have yet to meet my brother but I hope I soon will."
Though the eagle's actions may have seemed like simple kindness and generous in nature the truth behind them was in protection. The great eagle in his knowledge knew his creator Cragin was locked in a heated encounter with the God Dragon and the knowledge of such an encounter would send Braun charging headlong toward it. The eagle feared for the kind, giant of a God that had decided to make his home in the mountain valley and plains. He would not see harm come to his new friend and king and thought only to protect him.
The lie of omission had done it's job as Braun, completely in the dark about his brothers tense meeting, set his mind to creation.
"What is your name winged friend?"
Braun asked of his eagle companion.
"I have not one."
Braun turned with a kind smile.
"Then we must give you one. What say you to Athos?"
The bald eagle seemed to consider it as it's head cocked in that peculiar way birds heads do. Then it clicked it's beak and nodded.
"I like it very much great lord of these lands."
Braun was pleased his new friend approved and set to the task at hand.
"And now... to build my home and the home for all those who would call themselves my brothers. To my kin above, and those who will make themselves known to me here on the mortal realm I shall create for us a home. One of strength and warmth. Where shield brothers may gather, recant stories of their glories, drink, feast and revel in what they have accomplished."
Braun, in his majestic and mighty lion form took a single step forward before breathing deep. In his lungs he took in the air of this place, his new home. He built it up inside him and fused it with his power. Then he released it in the form of a mighty roar. A roar that could be heard clear across the great plains and beyond. In this roar the magic of the Gods swirled before him causing the wind to spiral and twist. The swirling magical wind gave shape to a structure. Made of wood and steel, fiery braziers formed before the massive wooden doors. A great skyforge appeared in the rear of the building atop some rocks leading up the mountain. Within there was several roaring fireplaces and seating and furnishings for many. Inside there was drink, food and all the comforts a man could ever desire. Here you could find weapons of every variety where Braun and his followers could train and engage in masculine activities of fighting and archery. Targets for that archery and spear work materialized outside along with stables and some live stock pens. A windmill nearby along with a watchtower and a carrier hawks pen and his home was complete.
Braun was pleased with his work and spoke out it's name for the first time.
"So long as there is Braun, there will be Sovngarde. My life force will flow through this land and it through me. It's creatures and inhabitants are under my protection from this point until the end of days. Braun is Sovngarde and Sovngarde is Braun, from now on we... are one in the same."
Braun said stoically, his words were filled with passion and power as he looked upon his new home. The creatures all rejoiced in the news as the wolf packs let loose howls in unison to the proclamation of their new guardian and friend. The bears all rose and roared out in joy. The elk and the deer released their ancestral calls before bowing respectfully. The buffalo stamped their hooves in a thunderous applause of their new God King. The eagles and hawks flew over head, calling out to the world below in tribute.
"The land rejoices in your patronage sire."
Athos said to Braun. Braun turned with a warm, almost serene expression.
"I meant every word my friend... Now to fill it with some life of my own."
Ahuv returned as quickly to Adarani as he departed. The look in his eyes worried her, though, causing her to run towards him. The poor crane was traumatized, no doubt. "Ahuv! What happened?"
Trelas! He snatched me and placed me in a cage! I gave your message to him, and he seemed intersted, at first, but then told me to tell you he is not interested in travelling!" Ahuv breathed heavily as he spoke.
Adarani hugged him tightly. It was all she could think of to do, at the moment. It took a little while to comfort him completely before she felt the precense of a violent individual on the island next to her. "Could it be?" She focused more on the precense and sensed the subtle amount of good in him. "Genocide..." She was terrified that he was destroying part of her home, yet somehow, no anger came from her. In place of it came curiosity. How did he arrive in the Middle Realm so quickly? What was he doing over here? Adarani decided to fly as a dove to the nearby island to find out.
Once the was at the coast, she transformed back to her humanoid form and walked on over to where Genocide was. "H-Hello? Genocide? It's me, Adarani? Remember me from the Great Hall?" Her shyness kicked in. "Well, at any rate, Welcome to the Sacriran Islands. I was born here, so I consider it home. It's... quite a nice place to be, don't you think?"
The air around both glowing spots of land seemed to radiate power as the light which emanated from within it seemed to sparkle with life. The light grew until it began to shape itself into a solid mass. The light reached it's zenith as one shape was tall, wide and sturdy. The other was long, graceful and elegant. The light subsided and there stood the first of two new breeds of mortals. On the left stood the fiery horsemen, the Centaur. On the right stood the resilient and gentle giants, the Minotaur. Each bowed respectfully to their creator as Braun looked upon with them with pride.
"You are the first of your kind. You will each do yourselves and me honor in your deeds. You will follow the ways I have instilled in you and ever seek to adhere to my tenants. Do this, and your people will know strength and honor and their bond of brotherhood will be unbreakable."
"We shall."
Both men said in unison. Braun nodded to them before turning to the big minotaur.
"You are Cairne, the first chieftain of your people. Your home is in the mountains that surround the hall of Sovngarde. You are it's dutiful protectors as well as it's caretakers. You and your kind are always welcome within its walls."
Cairne nodded in understanding, his massive horned head bowing gratefully.
"The Minotaur will honor your ways oh great one."
He said, his deep raspy voice full of reverence. Braun was pleased and turned to the proud centaur.
"You are Lorio and are the first king of the race of horsemen. Your people will rule over the plains and mold it with the galloping of your hooves. You are the watchful guardians of this land and ensure those who enter it mean it no harm. Those that do you will meet with all the strength at your disposal. Do this and you and your people will be ever welcome in the hall of Sovngarde."
Lorio knelt in honor and respect as he bowed his head, he spoke with a voice that was full of bravery and strength.
"The enemies of Sovngarde are my enemies. Your enemies are my enemies. They will feel the sting of our arrows and the bite of our spears should they seek to challenge us."
Again Braun was pleased with his creations and gave them a nod signaling that they may take their leave.
"Go now, you will find your bretheren waking up in their new homes and will be in need of direction."
Braun said and at that very moment, the first of each race magically formed and found themselves awake in their new lands. Eyes wide with wonder and pride. The leaders of each race bowed to Braun before nodding to each other and heading off to their respective peoples. Braun climbed his massive feline form back up onto the expanse of rocks to curl up and lay down as he enjoyed the wind on his fur and the sun warming him from up above.
And as if this day couldn't be any better, look who appeared before him other than the shy girl from the old wizard's hall. She had arrived in the form of some pale bird and approached him with little to no hesitation. He had expected that the presence he felt before was some sort of god but never did he imagine that possibly the least imposing of them all would just come to him like a lamb to the slaughter. She even went as far as to give her previously unknown name, revealing all she was to him. She was Adarani, goddess of needless emotion and the reversal of his his divine art of bloodshed. A sly smile slide across his lips as he unfolded his arms and approached the young woman. "Oh, yes, quite a lovely place," he said in a sickly sweet coo as he answered her question. "It's nice and isolated from anything of real threat but full of little challenges for my krul to overcome. A wonderful place to raise them before the real war begins. And as for me..." In a lightning quick motion, he reached out a hand to gently grip Adarani's chin inbetween his cold steely digits as he looked deep into her eyes with a devilish glint flashing in his own. "I seem to have my own good fortune here. Like precious, tender little gifts just dropping into my lap. And no spoil sports to ruin my fun."
As Genocide began to raise his other arm to draw his blade, he paused as he become lost in the enchanting blue eyes of the young goddess. New thoughts began to bubble to the surface. As fun as simply killing her would be, it would also be incredibly easy. A short pleasure to say the least. Even if he did kill her, he'd find himself in quite a predicament. Without a second though, that blue haired fool had thrown himself between him and her back at the hall. If anything happened to her, the righteous defenders of the realm would surely stop at nothing until he met the same fate and destroy all his work as they did so. Besides, perhaps she had use. If he found himself in a good position with her, his work could become ever more grand and elongated. War wasn't about the death but the harm that leads to it. If less soldiers die, then more fighting will surely occur. She had the power to do such a thing. One last argument nibbled at the back of the metallic titan's mind but he refused to even consider it for a moment. A silly, silly thing... He'd made up his mind. After a moment of hesitation, he brought his lifted hand down to stroke the young enchantress's soft blonde hair. "Oh, but enough about me." he said as he tried to put as much charm into his voice as he could muster as he pulled his hands away from Adarani and took a step back. "I'm sure my enchanting hostess came here for some reason other than to hear me ramble on."
"I'm sure my enchanting hostess came here for some reason other than to hear me ramble on."
"I..." Adarani gathered courage enough to speak again. "I noticed in the Great Hall that, even with all that violence about you, there is still a portion good in you. It's subtle enough that anyone would have to actively look for it with their supernatural senses. It... sparked my curiosioty to begin with. There is that, and... well, considering you somehow made it back to this realm, I figured I'd let you know that should any mortals you have that end up wounded, I would gladly heal, just like with any other mortal. You know, healing others and growing plants are two of my strongpoints, so... Anyway, I..." Her eyes blinked for an instant. "I just made the monastery in my birth island for whatever race I create, which I plan on doing soon. But first, I figured a bit of hospitality would not hurt."
She placed her hand over the ground and immediately a vine of grapes rose. She picked a set of them off the vine and held it out to Genocide, a gentle smile appearing on her face. "Hungry?"
The Minotaur were slowly crafting their home. Carefully choosing only the strongest and sturdiest of trees to create their massive long houses and tents. Cairne had seen to the construction of their encampments with meticulous care. Each encampment was plotted out and built as to not upset the natural growth of the forests and streams. The mountain was used to it's full advantage and massive stones were hauled by the strong hands of the Minotaur to assist in construction. The young warriors trained on the mountain side, building their strength and resolve, ever preparing for any dangers that may threaten their homes. Cairne also set into motion instructing others of his kind in shamanistic rituals as to swell their connection to the spirits. They appeared to be gaining favor from Braun's brothers in this as they began showing the ability to harness the natural magic of the world. Cairne was by far the greatest of them. His connection to nature was so great he called fourth the earth to move, the wind to blow and even the waters to shift. Subtle displays of magic in comparison to the powers of the gods but still impressive for such a young race. The Minotaur were tender with their young and kind to the elderly. The gentle giants of Sovngarde were a wondrous race indeed.
The Centaur on the other hand seemed to be on a race against time. It was if they couldn't do enough fast enough. In the time it took Cairne and his men to construct a single encampment Lorio and his horsemen had erected several major strongholds. All with thick stone walls, several feet thick. Good defensible locations around all of Sovngarde. The Centaur seemed to only know to prepare for two things. War and the hunt. As their soldiers and warriors fortified their defenses and forged armor and weapons their hunters galloped across the planes. Their hooves thundered out in the distance as they chased down their bulky, yet fleet footed prey. Armed with bows, spears and bolos they hunted down bison yet were careful not to damage the survivalbility of the herd. Females were untouched as were leading males. Only the weak, wounded or excess were taken. This culling of the herd helped the bison to stay strong and the Centaur well fed and supplied with leather, meat, horns, furs and the thick bison bones. Every part of the bison was utilized for something, the Centaurs wasted nothing as they prepped for battle. Lorio saw to it that his men were at their peak at all times, marshaling endless drills and battlefield maneuvers. The Centaur were strong and their armies fierce.
Their creator watched all this with pride from his home in the Hall of Sovngarde. Despite his pleasure he began to yearn for action himself, too long had he been sitting idle and he craved combat. He yearned for a way to test his strength, a challenge worthy of the God of Strength.
Eventually the steel clad god decided to take Adarani's offer as he reached out and plucked one plump grape from the vine. He lifted the juicy fruit to his face and willed his flesh and steel to part, allowing a small square gap in his helmet to form and exposed his charred and dry lips to the cool air of the mountain. The gap was small in size but a bit of the power he'd been keeping sealed inside the suit slip out, shooting off into the distance towards the ocean. As he popped the grape onto his tongue, the power finally met the waves and crashed with devastating force that created a tidal wave that rushed harmlessly out into the empty horizon. Genocide paid this no mind as his sharp teeth punctured the soft skin of the fruit, letting it's sweet juice spill over his tongue. The gap in his helmet suddenly filled itself again in a flash of steel like a heavy door being shoved into place as flesh and steel became one again. "I appreciate the gesture," he said honestly as he swallowed the crushed remains of the tiny fruit. "So, when can I expect you to run off and run off and bring your silver clad knights of justice to put me back in my place?" he asked in a joking tone as he crossed his arms again. He tried to be subtle in his wording as he pried to find where this gentle deity's true loyalties lay. She may not appear as sickly self righteous as the gods from before but there was no such thing as being too careful as seeing what they were capable of.
All of the creatures looked at each other before each of them bowed in greeting and and said their hellos. The goddess continued, "You as creatures are named Grynixa. Your individual names are yours to discover." With the name given to these mortals of her own, she began to look around her cave, realizing that it was rather cramped. She looked down and soon, lava bubbled up below her and subsided again, creating a path downward. At the end of this pathway was a large, empty cavern with a large lake of fire. She floated down to the edge of the lake and called to her creations, "Children, come and see your new home!" At their goddess' request, they galloped down the path and soared downward to the bank of the lake. "One day, you will be the finest metal workers of all the mortals, but for now, I encourage you to swim and eat to your heart's content." She watched as each of the Grynixa drank from the lake before diving in, swimming and feeling the metals as she had once done. The goddess smiled as she watched her creatures feel the joy and warmth of the lake as they lept from the lava and swam with each other, screeching in excitement as they did so.
The words of eternity flowed from him and into the Tome of Acanthus. Words of Magic and Power, words of Wisdom and Knowledge they flowed through the quill pen, inking out the very essence of who Acanthus was and all of his deeds to date. This would come to be the first of many religious texts. He continued writing in his book as Mathias walked in. Unable to stop he simply looked up as his hands continued to write. "What is the problem child?" He asked as Mathias shook his head and talked to himself. Acanthus became slightly worried. "Are you alright?"
Sinclaire, Yldrich, Fen, Whisrul, Xin, Laoradah
Sinclaire nodded to the Mad One and watched him leave. It sighed a breath of relief, happy to still be alive and not encaged like the blue bird had been. It turned to the gathered Senri. "I am willing to impart as much knowledge as I have that you require. My Lord Acanthus has given me this task, and I would stay with you and help you to the best of my abilities."
Yldrich entered the cavern striding forward, confident in its abilities and wisdom. It strode through the winding tunnels and came into a large cavern. it it there were several large reptilian beasts. They were much larger than Yldrich had come to believe, but it looked up at them without fear. "Hail dragons. I am Yldrich."
Fen dropped to the ground and watched the great eagle dissipate. It summoned a spiritual wolf. "Sniff out the mortals like you."
Whisrul, Laoradah, and Xin felt the calling and knew that there were more mortals in the world. Wisrul and Xin headed out towards the Crescent mountains. They conversed together, wondering why both of them were going to the same place.
Laoradah went to the southern islands, searching for the red skinned mortals it had heard of. It prepared defensive spells, just in case.
"What we did was...excellent," she told him and he agreed.
"I look forward to a repeat performance," he told her as she left and he headed into his palace. He found his throne room in acceptable shape, his throne raise on a dais built from corral, stone, pearl, and adorned with carvings of sea life as well as decorated with sea shells and sapphires. Upon his throne, he sat, his trident set in a groove carved into the right armrest of his throne and, if possible, Ulmo felt a greater connection to the Sea as his mind stretched throughout his domain along with what bordered it. It was these borders that drew Ulmo's attention. He willed the water before him to form images and he delighted in what he saw.
Villages dotted the shore of the mainland. The weather was fair and the humans dwelling there had bronzed skin with black or blonde hair, though a few humans had darker skin while others had paler skin with pale blue eyes. Their buildings were made of wood for the most part with a few larger structures made of stone or marble. Wooden structured corked up and down the shore of the sea, nets and fishing rods capturing fish for food. These mortals captured his imagination and a small marble building drew his attention.
***
An older man stood before an altar set upon the steps of the small temple the people had built, the first fish of the new year dutifully burning in a brazier as he invoked the gods.
"Goddess of fertility, bless our fields, our animals, and the wombs of the women who stand before you! God of the Justice, render a just judgment! Acanthus, god of wisdom, teach us! Great God of the Sea, hear us, we your most devoted servants. Bless us and reward us with your bounty and compassion. Defend your servants from our enemies and guide our lives!"
The waves of the Sea crashed against the shore and cliffs of the land as if in answer and the old man smiled. That was a good omen. A traveling creature, black as night. He claimed to be a Prachian, a soothsayer in the service of the god of wisdom, Acanthus. He advised invoking the gods this way, suggesting that the Sea God may answer.
As he pondered this, a mist from the sea sprayed infront of the altar and a proud-looking deity standing in front of the altar appeared, his formed robed and a trident in his right hand as he spoke.
"I take you on as my servants and people. I am Ulmo. God of the Sea!"
That was when she heard a prayer to bless the fields, animals, and wombs of women present at an alter. "One moment, Genocide. A prayer to answer involving my duty of fertility." Closing her eyes, she focused her energy on said items mentioned in the prayer. Glittery powder of pure Paradise energy blew all over the fields, landing on the soil to make it suitable for farming. It touched the animals and blessed them with good health. It even floated around the women in front of the alter and made their wombs capable of carrying babies who will one day grow up and make a difference in the world. During the entire time, her necklace of beads glowed silver.
Once all that was complete and the beads returned to normal, Adarani opened her eyes, saying to Genocide, "Well, is there anything your krul need, as of yet?"
As Aspestis wandered around the realm, towards where the sense of that energy was the strongest, the god was contemplating how to improve the gift of disease. I know my gift could be improved in strength, but what else could my gift use? I know I wish to spread disease to as many as I can, but I don't want to spread it by myself, as those who receive my blessing will only have living and holding my gift as their purpose and why have strength when they won't use it? How else could they use that strength and also show their love and appreciation for me?... Of course! They could assist in spreading my gift to show others my love as well! Yes, now if I just redesign it like this... Then I tweak it here... Yes, yes, this is coming along splendidly, my new disease will be able to be spread through contact from one to another. Aspestis had finally found an improvement to disease and couldn't wait to spread it.
After much wandering, Aspestis came upon a house. The young god was curious about it and decided to see what was inside. There was a window and through there It looked. The young god saw two creations, both of them seemingly happy, but one seemed to have some pains in his arm. The couple saw the god looking at them and only smiled, the one with a more masculine figure went to the door and opened it. "Welcome stranger, my name is Pupo and this is my lover Hesperida, you are welcome in our home if you wish to rest, for this home was given to us from our great and lovely goddess Nylia. She is the one who brought us to life and for that we are thankful. She is gone for now, but she will return if you wish to meet her," the creature said and winced a bit at his arm.
"I do not believe I need to rest just yet, Pupo, but I thank you for the offer," Aspestis said. "My name is Aspestis and I would very much like to meet your creator, you make her seem like a just and noble being and I am incline to believe you. Pupo, I couldn't help but notice that you appear to be in pain, I believe I might be able to help you with that as I am also a god and may be able to relieve you of your pain."
Pupo looked towards his wife and they both shared an excited stare, the he took his gaze back towards the large god and said, "If you could remove my pain, I would be eternally grateful. If my goddess permits it, I would worship you as well as her."
If Aspestis's face weren't covered, the mortal would have seen a smile in the god's face. "No, I don't need you to worship me, I only want you to embrace the pain and the gift that I will give you and I want you to spread the gift to as many as you can. As long as you do these, not only will the pain be just a distant memory in your mind, you will also grow stronger with my gift. My blessing is called disease and it weakens those who reject it and pain and suffering, but to those who embrace these, it gives them strength and power. Will you accept my gift, Pupo?"
The pain in the doll's arm was great and he would be glad to be rid of it, but it seems the god wanted him to accept it in order for him to be freed of this pain. The mortal decided that even if the pain didn't leave him, embracing it would probably help dull it, so after a while, he told the young god, "Yes, I will embrace my pain and your gift, and I will spread it to as many as I can, great Aspestis."
The god was happy the the mortal would accept and embrace It's gift. The god lightly touched Pupo's face which immediately contorted in more pain. The doll was confused at first, but then Aspestis said soothingly, "it feels incredibly painful at first, but embrace the pain, for then you shall get stronger than you ever have been before. It will take some time before you strength gets greater, but not much, so don't worry and the pain will turn to utter bliss for you, just embrace it and you will know my promises were not empty." After he heard these words, Pupo stopped struggling against the suffering and attempted to let it all in, hoping that it would end soon. The disease attacked every bit of the mortal for what felt like an eternity, but the promise was the only thread keeping him from being lost. The illness had affected the Amaren man's mind and twisted it. It freed the man of his love for his goddess Nylia and made him love and worship Aspestis as the god's promise was being fulfilled.
It was only an hour after the man had awoken, blissful with the pain and disease within his body. The man's lover was right next to him, clasping his hands as he laid on their bed, while Aspestis stood at the foot of the bed, observing what the It's creation had done. "Hesperida, join me my love, for the great lord Aspestis promise was so much more than mere words could explain. This is complete and utter bliss, please join me and let us both spread our new god's gift!" At first, Hesperida seemed afraid of her husband, afraid because he was putting another god before their's, but after seeing the utter look of bliss on his face for a few moments, she made her decision.
"If it would make you happy, then I would be happy as well, but I'm not so sure if I will embrace this Aspestis, as my new god as you have. I will give it a try."
_____________
Ten minutes later, Aspestis decided to leave the home, for the young god felt that finding the one who had given It life, should be thanked. It decided to leave the woman in the man's care for now and would return to see them again, but after proper thanks was given to the god's gardener that gave the seed some nourishment to allow it to grow.
While traveling, It was spreading the new disease it had created towards anything that lived, mostly plants, but those plants had spread those diseases towards the animals which spread the disease to more plants and animals. The god decided to rest and sleep in the center of what seemed to be a swamp, this was a rather large one, and when the god had awoken, it was pleased to see that disease had spread much in this area of land. The creatures and plants here, seemed to embrace the suffering and disease almost instinctively. This had become Aspestis's land and the god decided to name this land it's home.
((Edit: I decided to let Aspestis have a bit more adventure before finally meeting Acanthus, not to mention he seems to be busy right now.))
Njin would erupt from the wilds at the sight of something most strange to him, his fur bristled as he prepared to face whatever it may be, only to find that it was the very essence of himself, a pale glow, but no substance. It seemed fufilled in the sight of him and before the werewolf could confront it, it was gone. He would look about allowing one of his gangly, muscled arms to dip to the ground as he reeled back to howl. Something wasn't right here in the forest. His master was still away to fight the battles of the Wilderness. There was nothing to do but heed the God's requests, pulling back their numbers to a sizable plot of land. They had nearly been destroyed with the fighting and battling of the Gods and various creatures. But not Njin, not Cragin's chosen one. The one with wild pale green eyes and a leader's disposition. Blood still thick in his fur he called his brothers back to this chosen land and set them about defending an imaginary border.
He bellowed the howl looking about for the essence of his kin, before standing upright at seven feet. Slowly the fur would diminish and he would lurch forward in pain as his bones corrected themselves. Leaving where the beast once stood an intelligent looking man. His ashen gray hair dark and long, flowing down his back in a scraggly fit. Pale skin was left over carved muscles, knotted and yet bulbous. His eyes still the same odd green of his other form. He stood at at the least six foot three inches tall and his skeptical eyes looked about the forest. He wore nothing, thinking nothing of the nude. His skin would be lined with etchings of his bone structure, from the lines of his skull to the outline of his femur, they covered his skin. Even at the ear.
"These visions...they keep depicting a place with white, fluffy things on the ground and in the air." "I see marble hallways and cylindrical pillars and fountains and stone work." "Golden accessories to the buildings and many, many beings with wings like Lyandra's". "Some of them wear robes like yourself and others wear armor like myself." "They roam about this structure working, either by tables or with weapons." Mathias continued to explain as he had this most perplexed look upon his face. "I see this tower towards the back of rows of round, domed buildings." "It stretches higher than any of the buildings and within one makes their way up to the top to enter a room with a table in the center." "In the center of that table I see a sphere of something, something that I'm not sure how to describe." "I see figures sitting high above it as if watching it." "They all wear robes and some even have more than one set of wings." Mathias began to rub his head as it continued to throb.
"Then came the most perplexing vision." "I see a golden figure and it looks down to see...my kin...the area is dark and all I see is my kin being...watched by this golden figure." "Why it watches I don't know but what I do know is that beside it are rows of armored warriors all gathered in a formation." "They just stood their like rocks, unmoving, stationary, and then I see them coming from a bright place from high above." Mathias then staggered in his stance as he was hit by the largest throb yet. Leave. It spoke. "No!" "Who are you!?" "Why do you speak to me!?" Mathias called out only to receive silence. Mathias then looked towards Acanthus, "Please tell me hearing and seeing things are normal!" Mathias obviously worried about himself. He was nervous and apprehensive as he waited to hear what Acanthus thinks of this.
The Blue Crane could hear the conversation between Adarani and Genocide from inside the monastery. "So far, no blood, and I believe Milady is has somewhat pacified the violent God, for the moment. What do you think will happen between them in the future, Benjamiir?"
Benjamiir held up a finger as if indicating something for certain he knew. "Ahuv, this could be the start of newfound hope for all nations to come. I know not what will exactly happen, but I have a vague idea, given the power of the soothsayer invested in me. A prophecy has just come, one which we must not tell any immortal, aside from Acanthus, maybe."
Ahuv tilted his head in confusion. "Pardon me?"
"Purity and valor shall be in union, producing legends which combine the traits of both. Advanturers of reknown shall come from purity's womb, with valor to guide their movements in battle, and purity to guide their hearts to help the needy."
"Wait, wait, wait! Hold everything!" Ahuv's eyes widened in disbelief. "Are you saying Genocide could father any children Adarani may have? Seriously?"
"Perhaps. I shall relay this prophecy to Acanthus and see what he thinks." And Benjamiir did just that.
After Nylia was done with Kylian she opened up an empty book. She had decided to write a book on the process of having children. She knew that not many people, even the other Gods would know to do without it. So, she wrote all about the act and how to come about it. However, she wouldn't simply kindly distribute it to all of the Gods, she would keep it as leverage in case she ever needed to use it. Childbirth was an easy, more efficient, and more pleasing way to create things so she was sure that eventually it would come in handy. Once she was done she put it in her bag and exited the Great Hall, flying back to her domain to check on her creations.
When she arrived she was proud of their work, already having fifteen children. "Very good Pupo and Hesperida," Nylia said smiling. "Now, I shall create a castle for you two to reside in, and a village for your offspring," she said. "Thank you very much Nylia...however, Hespirida and I would rather have Aspestis make our kingdom," Pupo said smiling back at her. "W-what? Who is this Aspestis!" Nylia shouted angrily at Pupo. "Aspestis is the God who healed my arm, because of him, Hespirida and I were able to produce offspring much faster," Pupo said almost as if he was brainwashed. "Well, I'm very much okay with you being grateful to him, but I am your Goddess and I don't enjoy the fact that you regard him higher than me," Nylia said firmly. "Do you think we care Nylia? Your pale in comparison to the power of Aspestis," Hespadia said defiantly. Nylia was outraged, this female was modeled after her and it believed it could speak to her this way. Nylia drew her sword, quickly slashing through Hespadia's flesh, killing her. She then killed off every single Amure with the cursed disease, except for Pupo, she just couldn't bring herself to do it. It wasn't their faults that they were deceived like this, it was Aspestis' his named seethed with disease and sorrow and she would exact her revenge. However, for the time being she had to cure Pupo, but how?
Nylia suddenly remembered Adarani and knew that she would be able to help. "All of you, concieve children and if a God by the name of Aspestis comes, don't listen to a word he says," Nylia said flying away with Pupo, following Adarani's energy source, until eventually she made it to the islands Adarani resided in. She couldn't find Adarani so she went to her monastry. "Adarani, I request your assistance!" Nylia shouted out hoping she would hear. "My creation has been struck with a disease and I need you to cure him!" Nylia shouted some more.
When the souls started being dragged in one by one and bowing to him, he got a little happy but now he had to choose if he made them better toys to talk to, or better to play with. He decided the test would be to tell him a good story if he liked it then they would be changed by chaos which usually led to him getting the best toys, if not he would mold them to be servants. The first soul that tried was a dragon and his story was just him bragging about being the best thing eve, Kreios didn’t even let him finish the story he grabbed him turning him in to a wyvern. The next was a wolf pack they all told a part of the story about a great hunt, when they killed a mighty boar, he didn’t know what that was but stop him from firing a beam of chaos, they seemed to absorb the heat of inferno, becoming hell fire themselves, the first pack of hell hounds were born. But Hydra brought news that there were subjects that could not leave place, in the west there was the sea of the dead, in the north the frozen dead wastes, in the east there was the dark pits and in the south, the valleys of hell were pits of lava. The constructs that were now homeless he commanded to carry the stones and metal of their ruined city to these four points and moved his main chair to the forest, he also saw that he would need more energy if he was to split himself into four parts, so he made another change to the lookalikes constructs he made them chaos batteries, they store energy so that his copies could make changes too. So began the self-proclaimed rule of Kreios king of the inferno.
Crazy flies
They felt two of the last flies die, they had been destroyed before the last command that they had been given could be completed. That command was to ruin the minds of the toys that others had made, already the four dragons was getting greedy for anything other dragons had, and the three wolf men were getting head strong. The Prachian was having the most immunity but the one called Laoradah, would soon hopefully go mad.
Portal worm
The portal worm knew that is only purpose was to eat. The more it ate the more times he could split in two it took more and more food each time, but it already had sixteen of itself. It had started consuming this great coral reef. It was tired and it believed that there was better food, closer to the center. As it’s sixteen bodies dug in the came out in a room with a throne, in it sat a blue man with a weapon, it could feel somewhat of kinship to this thing, but he backed fifteen of his bodies back into the wall to look for other food. The last one of him in the room camouflaged itself and started to eat a hole on the bottom of the throne.
Aspestis pondered long and hard for what should be done. What should I do? Though they are diseased, I just don't feel full satisfaction. I need something more, something that once someone looks upon it they immediately think, this is the god of suffering's dwelling, the home of the despairing, the center of disease. But how should I do that as you cannot tell these creatures and plants are diseased unless you observe them a little. I want them to see disease at a glance, not have to find it... But of course! I change their appearance and form drastically! I shall erect a castle created by the suffering, the despairing, and the diseased. A castle the could be seen past the edges of the center of this land that rises far above the trees and appears like a diseased, sickly mountain. Well, perhaps not so grand, as I don't want any of my kin to believe I think myself greater than them, perhaps just the size of a large hill or a small mountain. Yes, a rather small mountain that can be seen just a bit further than the edges of my new domain. Now, how to do this. Perhaps if I create a disease like so, then add this... remove that, adjust most of these and... Here we go! This should work to create my castle.
Being satisfied with the new plague, Aspestis gathered as much power and disease it could, well just enough to cover it's new land, and thrust the seemingly leather gloved hand into the ground. At first, the disease merely spread, it started spreading a quite a quick rate and once it had spread enough, it started doing what it was created to do. The plants and trees started growing and intertwining with each other, fusing into twisted, diseased looking shapes. Even some animals were taken in and fused with the walls and floors, to forever provide the moans of the despairing and the howls of the suffering, all of them diseased. Almost all plants, but those in the edges started gathering and forming together, making a pale, diseased and twisted looking castle, which started growing quite large until it filled about half of new land, directly in the center, flowing with the borders Aspestis set, but never touching the edges of the land. It was a massive castle fit for more than a king, it was fit for a god. Aspestis was pleased with the castle and now it was time for some subjects, for a god requires worshipers and servants.
The disease started doing for the animals what it was made to do for the animals, it caused their bodies to grow large, squirrels becoming as large as bears yet looking nothing like they once were for they were now twisted beasts of Aspestis and the animals the size of bears growing ten times as large, also not looking like their former selves. Some of these new creatures seemed lopsided, others seemed incomplete, and the rest seemed to be complete. But they all looked twisted and sick and this new transformation had increased their suffering, for they all had grown many horns, teeth, limbs, eyes, or other things. The horns, teeth and such, some of them had grown into the animal, giving it more suffering with its every movement and others seemed useful for chewing, piercing, chomping, etc. They all looked horrible, disgusting, and twisted, but Aspestis loved them, for they were now the god's children and servants.
In a voice that sounded like the begs and screams of countless beings all forced into a pattern to seem to speak words, the god spoke, in a surprisingly gentle voice that was full of love, patience, and kindness, and said, "My children who have been birthed from my plague, spread the disease that I have given you to as many as you can, those of you that can fight shall stay here and guard my new palace, and the rest of you shall do my bidding. Now go, my most beloved vessels, go and show the other gods my works of art that I have blessed. Go!"
After those Aspestis had sent were finally out of sight, It sighed a sigh of happiness, for It could not weep. It was happy and proud to show off It's work of art and hoped to see the beautiful creatures created by It's kin. It wondered if they would share in the new god's happiness. Tired from having spent so much energy, the god went into the castle, which molded itself around the god and took Aspestis straight into the the very top of the tallest tower where in it laid the young god's room. The god went into It's bed, and slept, dreaming of the looks on It's kin's faces when they had seen the young god's creation.
Mathias seemed to go into hysterics and Acanthus got up and walked over to him. “What has come over you child? “ He shook his head in sadness. “These voices may not be natural…”The quill pen continued to write even though he was now far from his desk. Acanthus put his withered hand on Mathias’ head. “I would see this vision for myself, if I may.”
Sinclaire, Yldrich, Fen, Whisrul, Xin, Laoradah
Sinclaire received vacant stares from the Senri. It wondered what its master would do at a time like this. In spoke into their minds softly, “What are your names?” The Senri simply shook their heads. “No names?” Sinclaire asked dumbfounded. “Well that can’t be right…Which is first among you?” The firstborn of Trelas stepped forward. “I will name you Jehtah because it means firstborn in the magic language. “ It bowed before the Senri. “Now, Jehtah, how may I serve you?”
Yldrich walked forward towards the dragons. They seemed to be napping. It raised its mental voice slightly. “Hail, dragons! Well met! I am Yldrich!”
Fen stopped short when a large wolf creature ran into a clearing. It was not sure about having to deal with such a large beast. But then the werewolf shrunk down into a more manageable size and Fen relaxed a bit. “Hi there! I’m Fen.”
Whisrul and Xin continued walking ever forward until they noticed the large group of warriors who seemed to be on horseback. They continued on. They were peaceful in nature and did not think anything of this group. They waved their arms in greeting.
Laoradah walked towards the red Krul. The fly in its head buzzed but could not move towards its brain. There was no blood to take it there. Laoradah, fully prepared, entered the forests of the Krul. It truly did feel mad, entering the home of the god of violence and war. But it had a duty to do and it would not desist in its attempts to meet these mortals.
As her creatures ceased their swimming and began to explore the large cavern, Foteea simply watched from above, pride radiating from her core. They seemed to pair off, two digging and searching for coal and different metals, while one streaked through the air between the stalactites, the last looking as if she was chasing the bundle of energy. One of the Grynix on the ground began to dig through the wall and gave a lump of ore to the other while the others flying above them were breaking off some coal that was hiding in one of the upper corners of the cavern. Before long, the group had a proper forge going. The goddess lowered herself to the ground to speak with her mortals again. "Greetings, Grynixa, quite a lot of progress you have been making. Have you discovered your names yet?" One of the Grynixa strode forward in answer and bowed before her.
"Greetings, my goddess, I am Kayle." The Grynix stood humbly and her name spoke volumes. This creature held a feminine air about her, a caring, kind, polite and nurturing mother. She was the one who had been following after the ball of energy, not chasing, but looking after.
The second creature also bowed before introducing himself, "Thank you for your praise, goddess. I am Vincent." He appeared to be the primary metalworker, shaping the very forge that they now used, and the felt the pride that comes with being the best in your craft.
The third dipped her head in acknowledgment, "Hello, Foteea, I am Brigit." This was the Grynix that first dug into the earth, an air of confidence pervading the space around her. The confidence of one who can dig anywhere and never lose their sense of direction. She was an explorer of the depths.
Finally, the last of her creations came bounding from across the cavern, taking several leaps in midair as he did so, and slid to a stop, managing to avoid crashing into anyone and said, "Hi, Miss Foteea! I am Kass!" This Grynix was the soaring child that she had seen earlier, the epitome of joy and curiosity. This one amused her more than the others had, he had the wonderful innocence of a child that kept everything new and wonderful.
She nodded at each of them in turn, smiling at them all. "It is nice to properly know you all. I believe that you already know all that you need, I cannot teach you much else. If you need anything else," She paused as she looked at them all, her grin even wider and continued, "You have the tools to discover it." With that, she dipped her head before disappearing in a whoosh of flame and reappeared in a gigantic metal room with giant metal walls that reflected the activity on the surface, with a few select panels reflecting each of her children. She watched them with a longing, but knew that they had to do things on their own. As she looked into the other panels, she began work on her next project.
Brigit
As the goddess disappeared in a bright flame, Brigit looked at all of her siblings, who had begun to go back to what they had been doing previously. Vincent took his hammer and began shaping the bars that Kayle made by removing the impurities in a furnace. Kass... well, Brigit wasn't entirely sure exactly what Kass did. Most of the times she watched him, he seemed to be looking for something, constantly bounding from place to place, and this is exactly what he did this time, except he dove into the lake and didn't come up for a time. She simply shrug her shoulders, as that is what he seemed to do. She held the walked over to indentation in the wall that held the iron ore deposit that she had been digging into for a time, now. As she was just beginning to bring another chunk of unprocessed iron to her siblings, Kass lept from the lake, sprinting up to them with more excitement than usual. "Siblings, Siblings! I found something! I've found something fantastic! There is an entire other world up there!"
Brigit tilted her head in confusion as she stammered, "Uh huh... what exactly is this place of yours?"
Kass' eys lit up as he exclaimed, "It is a world of green and brown and plants and animals! I am going back up there. Someone has to go with me!"
Brigit stood there awkwardly as she felt the pull of exploring such a world, yet the same desire to explore the depths and help her kin in the creation of their society. Vincent chucked at his brother's antics, and shook his head in amusement without taking his eyes off of his work, "I don't think I can go with you, Kass. I am a tad bit busy."
Kayle, however, looked at Brigit as if she saw her inner dilemma. She walked towards her and said in a kind voice, "It is okay, Brigit, we can take care of things here. Just make sure that you keep him under control," she paused for a moment to reconsider, "Well, try your best. Farewell, you two, and come back safe." She patted Brigit on the shoulder before returning to the furnace.
Brigit bowed low before her two siblings, wings outstretched before saying, "Thank you both. Until we meet again." She turned to follow her hyper brother to find him diving into the lake again. She sprinted towards the molten lake, took to the air for a moment above the lava before retracting her wings to follow her sibling. In the dark orange of the molten rock, she could see the outline of Kass in the distance. She continued to follow him until he seemed to disappear from her sight. As she moved to the point where he disappeared, she met the cool air of the surface and she gasped when she saw what her sibling had described. Kass was there, flying above her screeching, "See? See? What did I tell you! It's fantastic." Brigit extended her wings to join her brother in the sky and she had to agree with him. All of her regret of leaving her other siblings seemed to fade away as she continued to look upon the beauty and thought of all the places she would see.
"Yes, Kass, yes it is."
The Lead Scout and Captain of the horsemen patrol turned at the sound of one of his men. The Centaur was staring out towards in the distance at two figures. Septimus turned his gaze and eyed the two curiously. From this distance all the captain could make out of them was that they were dark and that there was two of them. Then they waived oddly at the group before continuing to walk on. Septimus hooves stopmped at the dirt in front of him in displeasure at the sight of the intruders.
"Centaurs, let's give these outsiders a proper greeting!"
Septimus barked before racing off, his hooves pounding the dirt as he galloped. His men followed suit and in seconds the entire scouting party had altered their course and was galloping straight for the two individuals. As Septimus grew nearer he was able to make out more distinguishing features. Pristine ebony skin darker than the deepest shadow. They had strong defined limbs yet did not have the look of warriors to them. That flawless onyx skin was adorned with glowing runes that emanated magical power. Septimus had never fought a magic user and though today may just turn out to be that day.
The force of eight Centaurs rushed up to and encircled the two servants of the God of Magic. Now trapped within a circle of muscle, hooves and armor the Prachians were unable to proceed in their trek. The Centaurs all leveled their weapons at the two dark men, all glaring down at the intruders into their land. Spears, sword tips and arrows all aimed for the heads of the onyx men. Septimus was the only to speak, the others were much too well trained to speak out of turn.
"You are trespassing. State your business here."
Septimus ordered with a growl. His tone was sharp and had about as much gentleness to it as a punch in the face.
The two bowed at their new hosts. They spoke together into the minds of those around them. "Hail!" Xin said, wanting to introduce itself.
Whisrul jumped in. "Yeah, Hey. How're y-"
"Fool! That is no way to treat a host! We should be more cour-"
"Lighten up Xin. I just wanted to-"
"No! You are just going to cause tr-"
"Anyways, we just wanna give you g-"
"We are here to instruct you in he ways of-"
"Teach you all about-"
"Wisdom!"
"Magic!"
The two finished and looked at each other, shaking their heads in almost disgust, and then back at the horse-men.
"Demons! They seek to enter our mind and control our thoughts! Kill them!"
He cocked his spear back but before he could let it loose he knocked to the ground by the charging of his commander. Captain Septimus had reared back and put his unruly man down hard with a smack of his front hooves. The centaur, after gaining his bearings, looked up in shock at his leader.
"Still your ravings you damned mare. Your a stallion, act like it."
He said forcefully as he glared down at his soldier who looked away in shame. Septimus then turned to look at each of his men gathered.
"That goes for all of you. If you cannot hold steady in the company of two mages I have no use for you. You might as well strap a cart to your back because the salt mines would be the only place for you."
None of his men spoke, they knew better than to incur their captains wrath any further. His men, once again under his control, Septimus turned to the two servants of the Magic God.
"Never before have outsiders entered these lands and used magic on the minds of it's people... "
He said darkly, the disapproval at having another force enter his mind evident on the face of the Centaur Captain.
"You are hereby placed under arrest and are to be brought before the state. The king will decide what to do with you."
His decision made Septimus nodded to his men who quickly changed position to form a box shaped column around the two outsiders. The Centaurs, led by Captain Septimus then began to march the two prisoners toward the large stone settlement where their King Lorio resided.
Meanwhile in the lowland forests of the Mountains of Sovngarde a massive form lumbered through the trees. It's raspy, old voice humming a calming melody of glories long past. It's heavy hooved feet stepping over pine needles and stone. Then it was that Cairne, leader and chieftain of the Minotaur Clans exited the tree line and found himself looking upon the home of his creator and god of his people, Braun the Indomitable. A warm smile of joy and reverance dawned on Cairne's face as his trek was over. Now to speak with his patron and request of him what he'd come here to request of him.
Ahuv and Benjamiir
Ahuv noticed the Goddess of Revenge shouting for Adarani to help. "Milady is currently conversing with another immortal, on the island next to us. She should be here, soon. The conversation seems to be almost done. I can hear them from all the way over here."
One attempt from Benjamiir at a message to Acanthus, and it seemed the God of Wisdom was busy with something. He could only hope he received the message. If not, then nmo immortal would know abut the prophecy.
Adarani
Adarani listened intently at Genocide's request. The poor woman did not even suspect he was scheming. "Of course!" Closing her eyes again, Paradise powder came down from the sky and sprinkled all over the female Krul, blessing them with healthy wombs which can reproduce without much difficulty. Once she did what was requested, the powder stopped coming, and the Goddess opened her eyes to look upon Genocide's eyes, smiling her innocent smile. "That should do it! I better go! Nylia is over at the monastery, and needs something!" She gave him a small hug. "See you later!" Letting go, Adarani turned into a dove and flew over to the monastery.
During that flight, it occurred to her: she was developing romantic feelings for Genocide. It was only the first time they conversed, and already Adarani had a crush on him. Her thoughts began to fill with what could possibly happen between them. For all she knew, it could be one-sided. Pondering over the matter would have to wait. Nylia needed her help, and she was gong to give it. She landed behind Nylia and reverted back to her humanoid form.
"Where is this creation of yours that is infected, Nylia?"
She then noticed the person in her hands. Adarani walked over to and placed a hand on Pupo, a smile on her face. "This may tickle a bit."
"But, Asp--"
Before Pupo could say anything, Adarani already worked on the cure. Her beads glowed silver, her hand covered in pure Paradise light. Once the operation was over, Pupo looked around to see that it was the monastery all three indiiduals involved were in.
Adarani looked up at Nylia. "That should do it!"
((Again, Follower, Don't go overboard conquering other islands within the area. XD ))
As the Centaurs became more frustrated, Whisrul and Xin slowly backed closer together. The creatures were disturbed by the two Prachians, but they were unable to speak in any other way. "Never before have outsiders entered these lands and used magic on the minds of it's people. You are hereby placed under arrest and are to be brought before the state. The king will decide what to do with you." Said the leader of the group as he quelled the ravings of his soldiers. The two Prachians looked at each other, the symbols on their faces glowing ever so slightly.
Xin smacked Whisrul on the back of its head. "Look what you have done! You have angered our hosts."
Whisrul shook its head vehemently. "It wasn't me! You're the pompous one, 'oh we'll guide you in the correct paths of blah blah blah.'"
Xin began to whip up an electric spell against Whisrul, but stopped when it remembered the large creatures around them. "Forget my assistant. We will gladly go with you to see the king of your people."
It was Whisrul's turn to be indignant. "Assistant! If anything, I'm the leader here. Who was the one who got you out of that problem with the giant-"
"Quiet Xin," Whisrul said, "You are disturbing our hosts. Lead on good fellow."
The column marched it's prisoners through the streets as women and children all stared at the odd looking magic users. Some of the fauns pointed in curiosity but their hands were quickly moved by their protective mothers. The servants of Acanthus were no doubt left to marvel at the amazing ingenuity and work ethic on display by the intelligent and ambitous Centaur in the form of the marvelous city they had created. The prisoners were marched through the town square where vendors stood in stalls barking out their wares to passers by. They passed by stables where weary Centaur could buy food and drink before bedding down for the night. More than a few armories and forges were passed showing the dedication to warfare that the Centaur had.
Finally the home of King Lorio appeared at the end of the street. A massive tower of white stone where the king resided. Countless banners dotted the exterior giving the structure a very regal appearance. Heavily armored Centaur knights stood guard in front of the entrance to the tower. Their destination in sight Captain Septimus marched the company toward the tower and the king.
The goddess of the forge continued to work on her project as she looked into one of the panels portraying the large, boisterous god from Acanthus' hall. She watched as he took a minotaur in a bear hug and began to discuss matters. Foteea looked away from the panel, added the last of the details and backed away to appreciate her newest work. Before her stood a winged statue of bronze in the shape of warrior woman holding a large kite shield in her right hand and a large, double-edged sword in the other. She was as tall as the god she was made for and just as prepared for battle. Just as she did with her other creations, she breathed into it a spark of life. The Valkyrie opened her now glowing eyes before asking, "My goddess, what would you ask of me?"
Foteea nodded to her creation before declaring, "You are to be a gift to one of my brothers. You are to protect his hall until your last breath and do what he wills. You are not permitted, however, to ever leave his hall. You are not to be a tool for war, only for protection. Make me proud. Now, please, follow me." As she said this, a bed of embers in the corner of the room shifted and a portal of orange could be seen. The goddess floated into this portal, the valkyrie hovering behind.
From the large brazier in the grand Hall of Sovngarde, the goddess of embers emerged and said, "Greetings, brother, I hope that I am not interrupting and I apologize if I am. We did not have the privilege of meeting at the hall of the wise god and I felt the need to do so. I am Foteea, Goddess of the Forge and Lady of Embers, and I come bearing a gift." At the end of her introduction, the great Valkyrie emerged in all of her glory, sword upraised and wings extended. "This is my gift, the great Valkyrie, a great warrior made to be protector of your hall." The valkyrie hovered before the brazier before sticking her sword into the ground, gripping the hilt with both hands, waiting for Braun's reaction.
A blaze of fiery light Brauns sister Foteea Goddess of the Forge and Embers appeared in his hall through the flame he had just been staring into. Her body was a mix of fire and dark metal, a truly beautiful goddess indeed. She smiled warmly at him as she spoke in greeting.
"Greetings, brother. We did not have the privilege of meeting at the hall of the wise god. I am Foteea, Goddess of the Forge and Lady of Embers, and I come bearing a gift."
She said before a second figure appeared. Massive in size, equalling Braun's own height it was a magnificent winged metal warrior woman. The massive bronze guardian held a stunning kite shield and masterfully crafted double edged blade.
"This is my gift, the great Valkyrie, a great warrior and protector of your hall."
The goddess said proudly. Braun stared in awe at the gift granted to him as a wide grinned dawned on his face. He turned to his sister whose flame, perhaps unfortunatley for her, could not prtoect her from her brothers enthusiasm. He leapt to his feet to embrace her in a powerful hug . He wrapped his massive arms around her body and lifted her up as her heat would have scorched any mortals flesh. Braun, on the otherhand felt no pain as the heat and flame licked his impenetrable skin harmlessly.
"Such a gift! I am most honored sister!"
Braun said happily as he let loose a roaring laugh. He held her happily for a few moments before letting her down with a chuckle and turning to the Valkyrie with a warm, friendly smile.
"Welcome to your new home friend."
[sorry for any mistakes, doing this on my phone]
Who....Dares...?
A bodiless voice echoed from within the abyss of Mathias' sub-conscious. Soon a flash of golden light appeared before your eyes and with it a mighty blaze ravaged and soon it stretched. It stretched high until an explosion was made and an long, golden, cloak flowed down as face appeared from within. The face itself was golden and metallic, and emotionless. There was nothing but empty space where eyes would normally be located as it looked down at Acanthus. The rest of it's body seemed to form but there was much empty space were limbs should be, instead it seemed to be pure energy. Pure energy wearing golden armor. It looked down at Acanthus as it stood uncomfortably silent for awhile.
"Ah!" "It is you." "The Second Born." The being spoke with a monotonous echo. "I wonder who entered the realm of Mathias' subconscious." "It seems Mathias succeeded...I understand he is worried but fret not." "I am no foe of his." The being spoke never taking it's gaze off Acanthus. "You may be confused, but what you have seen is all that will be shown to you." "My Will is not for your eyes Seedling!" The being's voiced boomed with righteous fury. The weight of it alone felt like it could crush a mortal. It pointed with it's metallic finger very judgmentally at Acanthus. "You and all of the Seedlings may indeed have great power outside this body...but when you've entered here it is MY domain!" "I apologize for my abruptness...but after all you are trespassing." The being opened up it's palm. "I cast you out!" The being declared as a sudden shock wave disconnected Acanthus' magic from Mathias' head.
Even after all of that time Mathias was oblivious to the interaction between Acanthus and The Being. It was as if it shut down a part of Mathias' brain so that he himself could not inhibit upon any of it's doing. So when Mathias looked to Acanthus he asked, "Well did you see what I saw?"
Foteea felt a smile spreading across her face as her brother grinned at her unexpected visit. That was until her brother lumbered towards her and took her in a bear hug. She grunted as Braun held her in his arms, as she had never been touched by another before that moment, but she didn't protest. It wasn't entirely uncomfortable, and it was apparently the other god's way of expressing joy. As Braun released her and vocalized his appreciation, she brushed herself off, attempting to retain some sense of her dignity. Her voiced showed her surprise as she said, "Y-yes, well, I am happy that you like her. She is under your command now. I just have one stipulation. She is not to be used as a tool for war. She is to be used only as a guardian or for any peaceful act."
The goddess moved backwards from her newly met brother, she faced the Valkyrie and said, "He is your master now. Serve him well."
The Valkyrie bowed her head and responded, "Yes, my goddess. I will assist him to the best of my abilities." The bronze sentinel turned to Braun and said, "Thank you for your kindness, my lord."
Foteea nodded in acknowledgement of her new found allegiance and turned back to her brother. "I am sorry to leave so soon, but I must depart. However, if you ever feel the need to speak to me again, you can contact me in this." She waved her hand in front of a wall, and a silver mirror appeared. "Speak my name into this mirror, and I will appear. Farewell, brother." She bowed in farewell and entered the brazier she first entered from.
Brigit
The grynix looked down upon the entirety of the surface, smiling as she did so. Her brother, however, couldn't seem to remain where he was. He shouted, "Come on, Brigit, lets go this way!" before beginning to fly in a random direction. Brigit watched as a great ball of fire was lowering in the same direction as her brother was flying. She sighed as she began to follow him.
For some time Sanguine sat in front of that same door that Acanthus had offered as a home from whatever other home Sanguine had, and it was then that after several minutes of deliberate thought that Sanguine realized that it had no home. Being born on a vast mountainside made Sanguine realize that with its ever growing knowledge of the world that such a simplistic nature would not suffice to keep the young god entertained.
It was apparent however that Acanthus was a god who knew more then just what a fledgling god could know and so with the intent on asking a certain question Sanguine arose from its place in front of the door and began to seek out its older brother. The time Sanguine had been lost in its own mind things had transpired within the hall that Acanthus built.
There was another presence walking about or at least it was here at some point of a very powerful and very unstable god much like Sanguine itself.
But with some time moving about the immense halls and doorways Acanthus was once again spotted not far from where Sanguine and he first met. This time Sanguine could see another God a man of a grand size and covered in muscle, his dress was vastly different from any Sanguine had seen before as it was solid golds and greens many of which were pleasing to the eye.
However before Sanguine could close the distance Acanthus was lost around another wall and the search was on once more because this question burned deep within the back of Sanguine's mind. Pressing past the large golden man and doing its best not to collect the ire of any other god within the hall Sanguine was still searching endlessly for its older brother. The halls of this place went on forever almost and without no real sense of direction Sanguine was sure to lose more time trying to find Acanthus then actually succeeding in the measure.
That was until the familiar glint of silvery white caught Sanguine's eye.
It was Mathias, the other god that was with Acanthus the first time that the three even met.
Sanguine almost could have jumped out of its own skin with joy, and had it the inclination it most easily could do just that. But it was obvious what company Mathias was keeping at that moment and more excitement welled up within Sanguine as it happened upon some interaction between the two.
Acanthus bore a troubled look on his face as his hand pressed against the head of Mathias and for a moment the two where still. Sanguine took some time in closing the distance between them and for a moment contemplated interrupting the two in whatever it was that they were doing. But almost as quickly as his hand was placed upon the head of Mathias it was withdrawn back quickly.
"Well did you see what I saw?" Mathias asked of his brother.
Sanguine was calmly about breaking into the conversation at hand but it felt that it could only withhold some of its tongue.. "Forgive the interruption... but.. but I have a question."
"Well... you can have a seat if you like."
Braun said offering her a chair.
"Is that your command my lord?"
The beautiful Valkyrie asked as it remained still as stone. Braun was a tad taken back by the odd question as he paused to rub the back of his neck in confusion.
"Command? No I... I was just asking. You don't sit if you don't want to I want you to be comfortable here, this is your home now too."
The Valkyrie's head slowly began to move as it looked around the room, taking in the sights, smells and sounds of the Hall of Sovngarde.
"Your home seems very... inviting."
She said finally. Braun chuckled and put his on his belt.
"Well I tried to make it so. I like company, good friends to sit, talk, feast, drink, fight, tell stories of past glories. That is all I would have in a home."
"I can understand the allure."
She replied stoically. Braun chuckled once again, the oddness of this kind yet enigmatic new protector of his home was a peculiar thing indeed.
"Do you have a name?"
"I am Valkyrie."
The Valkyrie responded matter of factly. Braun shook his head as he began to realize she wasn't understanding his question.
"No you are a Valkyrie but what is your name? What do you call yourself?"
"I call myself Valkyrie."
Valkyrie replied flatly. Braun sighed with a knowing smile as he rubbed his brow.
"Very well then, Valkyrie."
It was then that Valkyrie's head perked up and it's metallic eyes narrowed on the door.
"Someone approaches."
Braaun went to the door and after opening it, found his friend and one of his first creations Cairne, coming out of the tree line towards his home.
"It's alright Valkyrie. It's just an old friend."
As Braun went outside to greet the Chieftan of the Minotaurs and welcome into the Hall of Sovngarde the King of Centaurs stood in his grand hall made of marble and silver. The towering pillars that lined the hall gave the entire room a very open yet powerful feel. Lorio was adorned in his magnificent armor, a crown made of polished steel and adorned with a single ruby sat atop his head. His dark eyes measuring the servants of the magic god carefully as they were brought before him. As the scouts released control of the prisoners to the knights present Lorio spoke. His voice commanded respect as it filled the room.
"So... These are the intruders into my kingdom that seek to fill the minds of my people with their magics?"
It had been quite some time since Miurcrost had wandered off into the halls of Hléradr, searching for adventure. Alas, he did not find any. Surprisingly enough, the place was about as boring as any other tower carved from stone. He then went on ahead and chose his door after giving up on his previous endeavor. Said door took on a very ornately crafted appearance, with a great deal of finery and intricate carving, and careful attention to detail. Inside were a small but luxurious quarters in which he could rest during adventures. Aside from the things one would expect from a high-class living quarters (A comfortable Bed, a roaring fire, a Wardrobe, two bookshelves, a fine rug, a writing desk with high-backed chair, a nightstand with a candelabra, and a stained glass window overlooking the mountain range in which Hléradr sat. Near as he could tell, his was the only room in this place that actually conformed to conventional geometry, as far as its position relative to the exterior walls was concerned. There was one more thing of note, however. A key resting on the nightstand. It came with a set of instructions that described its purpose. Placing it in the room's door and turning it thrice counterclockwise would allow the door to open to the last place Miurcrost had set a portal down. He eagerly made use of this feature, and continued on with his adventures. He found many great sites across the world which deserved mention and recognition. He'd decided to postpone his visit to the misty lands, for he had taken a look at some charts that, only now, looked like maps of the world upon which he stood. He'd seen vistas ranging from rugged badlands, to icy caverns beneath a land choked by plague, to the nest of a dormant Dragon, to an endless, golden desert. He'd even payed a visit to his birthplace, for even the grasslands held a certain beauty in his eyes. At each of these places, he'd built a shrine similar to the first, the only difference laying in Color and the Mural that lay upon the far wall in each shrine. And, though Miurcrost had failed to notice at the time, with each shrine he built, each Mural became more colorful. by now, each mural almost resembled the same stained glass that lay in his own quarters. After a great deal of time spent on this traveling, he'd decided to rest and ponder where he should go next, the mysterious Mists...
... or a deep, seemingly endless forest that he'd spied on the charts.
Luckily, Adarani came and healed Pupo for her. While she was healing Pupo though Nylia sensed that the presence of the person Adarani was talking to was quite odd. It felt like something she hadn't felt since a long time ago...Genocide. Once Adarani was finished Nylia thanked her but she still had a look of confusion and shock on her face. "Adarani, thank you for your healing, but be warned, if Genocide hurts my people, I will not be as calm as I was on our first encounter. I will rally all of the Gods and together, we shall kill him," Nylia warned threateningly. However, she felt as though Adarani liked him...possibly even more as a friend. "However, seeing as he has not done anything yet I shall not tell anyone and won't attempt to persecute him," Nylia said smiling. She wasn't sure if her intuition was correct so she kept quiet for now, perhaps she was wrong...
With that, Nylia flew away back to the caves along with Pupo. Once she made it there she began creating again. "Pupo, because you displayed such naivety and irresponsibility, you are no longer the leader of this tribe," Nylia said sternly. "Yes, milady, but, Aspestis told me that I would still honor you more than him...I-I don't know what came over me," Pupo said disappointingly. "However, seeing as you are the eldest and you have the best relationship with me, you shall be their priest and oracle and spread my word," Nylia said calmly, creating two more creations, once she was done and gave them life through her kiss she told them their purpose. "You two are the leaders of this tribe, as such you will only be permitted to have three children, and at your deathbed you may choose which one may take your place," Nylia said. Then she directed their attention to every one. "From now on you shall hide in the shadows, no one may know of your existence, and if any God may approach you, you must run and ignore them, especially if they're named Aspestis. If a mortal approaches you run or kill it. However, if you're good hiders we shall not have this problem," Nylia said strictly to the Amares.
Then she got to work on another weapon. She finally created a large club with spikes protruding from the top of it. Nylia was angry that the God Aspestis did this to her, and it was obvious that the other Gods were too busy with personal matters to notice the epidemic at hand. Nylia flew from her domain, anger bursting through her eyes, looking for disease and death. Eventually, she found a murky looking area, populated by once beautiful, grotesque creatures. But some of them were actually happy, but those were only the ones that embraced the disease, those who didn't suffered. She went to one of the suffering, asking if it wanted revenge. "Yes please, I didn't even want this, it was spread to me through reasons I don't even know," said a sad squirrel, the size of a bear telepathically. "Very well then, who do you wish me to exact revenge upon dear creature?" Nylia asked. "Aspestis, and my brethren who spread this to me-" the squirrel said, unable to finish its sentence for it had died.
Nylia was enraged. Normally, she would have been more logical about the matter, but Aspestis not only diseased the creatures of this land but her own as well, and Nylia was not going to stand for it. She knew that now she was with child, and she didn't want the world they were born in to be infected and destructive. Also, in a more logical view, if Aspestis was not stopped, this disease would be just as bad as Malus' flames. So, Nylia drew some blood from the squirrel who wished to have revenge and lifted her heavy club and began thrusting it at the animals and plants, smashing them loudly with her vengeful club. With each swing she also shot out black razor sharp slices of redeeming energy so that many plants and animals that weren't smashed with her club would be cut with her energy. There were still many more animals and plants to destroy though, unfortunately enough for her...
"Then my friend... The God of Strength will see this plague ended."
With purpose and resolve Braun stepped out of his home and dissapeared from sight in the next instant. As if he'd just vanished as the sunlight touched his skin he was no longer in his home in Sovngarde. He now stood upon blighted soil. The earth was blackened not from fire but from death. It was as if the very life from the land had withered and died. In it's place were rotting trees and decaying life. Braun stared out onto the plague ridden land with eyes thirsting for battle. He stepped forward unafraid as he bravely strode into the lands of the God of Disease, all the while a bold smile a fixed on his face .
"Adarani, thank you for your healing, but be warned, if Genocide hurts my people, I will not be as calm as I was on our first encounter. I will rally all of the Gods and together, we shall kill him. However, seeing as he has not done anything, yet, I shall not tell anyone and won't attempt to persecute him."
Those words placed the poor young goddess in a state of internal panic as she stood in total shock listening to the entire threat. They're going to kill him? Oh, no! They can't! There is good in him! I felt it! When Nylia left, Adarani did her best to not let her fear control her. There is good in him... There is good in him... Immediately, she got to work on her first mortal race.
For the males, she created wings with brown and white patterns that vary with the individual. Their muscles were lean and strong, capable of combat should they need to defend themselves. Their torsos were covered with brown feathers, the legs with short brown fur which looked like leather to untrained eyes. The skin on the arms, neck, hands, feet, and face remained bare. Adarani clothed them in the cloth she had prepared, colored a light shade of brown while trimmed with a dark shade of blue.
The females' figures were modeled from Adarani's own, except stronger so they could fend off assailants. Their wings contained the colors brown and light blue, each pattern unique from the next. Their torso feathers were purely white, the leather-like fur on their legs light blue, like some of the feathers on their wings. The females' clothes of cloth were forest green with trims a lighter shade of blue than that on their male counterparts' clothing.
Adarani looked upon her creation, thirty-five males and thirty-five females, and grinned from ear to ear. "I am Adarani, your Goddess. I created you so you may bring hope to those who have none. You are to heal whomever you see who requires healing, be an advisor on relationships for those who wish you to be, and ensure the harvests worldwide are plenty. When you go on your travels, take only what you need, and nothing else. Should an individual offer a reward for helping them with their woes, help them but reject what is offered, for what good is an act of kindness when people put a price on it? When offered a place to stay, be courteous to your host, because you are not only representing yourself, but also your people, thus you represent me. Though you know how to use your body in battle, do so only when your life is in danger, and try to keep your assailant alive in the process. Answering death with death is an act which brings more hate to this world, something which contradicts all that is needed for peace and prosperity. Should one of you hold a grudge, settle it quickly and peacefully so that you do not bring harm to others. These are my teaching and commands to you, my Vitaiim. Keep them and you will receive my blessings."
"Yes, milady!" The Vitaiim said in unison.
"Jordiik, come forth." A female Vitaiim whose Wings had a four-pointed star and heart on each arrived at Adarani's feet. The Goddess place a hand on her shoulder. "You are to be the Grand Abbot of Agriculture. You are in charge of ensuring all Vitaiim perform their duties with plants and animals efficiently. Teach your students all you know so they can teach others how to work the land. Your desk and seat of authority shall be in within the First Sacriran House of Farmers. I shall impart my knowledge on this matter to you. Davu?"A male Vitaiim with a cross of thinm leaves for his wing pattern stepped forth for Adarani to place her other hand on his shoulder. "You are the Grand Abbot of Medicine. You take charge of all the reports and organization for finding cures, to which end I will guide you. Your students shall be instructors on how to heal your fellow mortals, be it in pain, injury, or other sorts of suffering you find. Your desk and seat will reside in the First Sacriran Infirmiry. You and the Grand Abbot of Agriculture have equal jurisdiction in matchmaking. You two shall collaborate on requests from each fellow Vitaiim who wishes to court another. Only by mutual agreement will you decide whether it is done." Adarani lifted her hands and motioned for everyone to go. "All of you who shall travel, get ready for your journeys. You have plenty of work to do."
At once, all the Vitaiim got to work, gathering their materials and equipment. Some worked the fields of the monastery, some gathered equipment to use when healing, and others busied themselves writing down their knowledge which Adarani implaced in them. Ten Vitaiim, five male, five female, volunteered to go out into the world. Adarani gave her blessing and sent them off, each flying a different direction into the mainland.
Aspestis tossed and turned in It's sleep, it dreamed through the eyes of It's new children, though It did not know. The young god saw two beings appearing in It's land and knew that they didn't mean to admire, they meant to destroy. One being had already destroyed a bit of It's kingdom, though it was only the weakest part, the very edge. Though the god didn't know why, It was afraid of these beings and wanted them to leave. Still being able to control It's children with It's mind, Aspestis gave orders to all of it's beloved nearby the two beings two attack them and not let them destroy the Plagued Kingdom.
Every living being from the bacteria to the trees to the animals that were within two kilometers of the woman and man went after them. The trees and plants uprooting themselves and using heir roots as makeshift feet or dragging them along with their branches attacked the assailants, suffering for the pain of having to leave the ground and despairing that they may never return. The trees with their roots too deep and spread attack where they stood, painfully tearing off their branches or sending their roots up at the assailants, trying to ensnare them with the dull roots and pierce them with their sharp roots.
Large hulking figures, most seeming to be falling apart or incomplete, all of them having a large a grotesque body attacked, in bliss and suffering as they attacked for some of their limbs, horns, and/ or teeth merely grew towards their skin and caused pain. They howled in pain from being pierced and even for just moving, and in bliss from their suffering they welcomed instinctually now, and in anger for the assailants to sadden their new lord and master, to give Aspestis fear.
Everything attacked, even the grass attempted it's attacks and the now hulking fish that used to rest in the low waters of the swamp, now forced on land and to breathe air because of their orders from the god and their size being too big to now fit the ponds they used to call their homes, now their minds were twisted and dominated by the naive god that loved them so. Indeed, all those near the two gods, that Aspestis knew not were gods, attacked and attempted to end their lives, no matter how pitiful or pathetic their efforts were.
Nobody but Apestis could love these vile monsters, but the god did love them, with all It's heart, though tainted and vile it may be. The god did mean well, but knew not what pain was, only that nobody enjoyed it, but the god gave those who felt pain a chance to feel bliss from the pain and even forced unto others, though it knew not what evil was. Still, though it was a fitful, frightening nightmare, the god did not yet awaken. Even in this realm of dreams, the god knew it had to assist the creatures in fighting the attackers of the vile kingdom the god made for Itself. The god would attempt to read the enemies' movements and attempt to strategically assist It's children, though the god was still not entirely sure what it was doing and knew not that this was even a battle. Aspestis just knew It had to do what It must.
The blight itself turned on Braun. Blackened roots shot up from the ground to ensnare the Titan. Hulking beasts, vile and grotesque in nature savagely laid into The Man of Tomorrow. Teeth gnashing, claws racking the denizens of the blight beset upon the massive man until he could no longer be seen beneath the sea of enemies. All that was visible was the shifting mass of sickly, oozing bodies piled around one central point. That was until a bold laugh could be heard from within followed by a growl and a roar of exertion. The creatures of the blight were shot back from the explosion of raw Goddly strength exhibited by the God of Conquest as he stood and threw the beasts off him in a titanic display of power. Fists clenched, chest puffed out Braun was on his feet with a roar tearing from his throat. Those creatures, still conscious stared in disbelief at the pure, unadulterated power of the figure before them. Braun turned his gaze to them and smiled hardily.
"If you creatures seek my death, you will have to do better."
He said before charging at the crowd before him. Braun launched himself into the fray. The first to fall was a massive, tentacled river beast. It appeared as if the corpses of several river dwelling creatures were fused together into one puss filled, oozing, writhing form of slick nightmarish hell beast. Braun layed into it with one massive haymaker that sent the creature sailing through the air, only to skid across the nearby lake as one would skip a rock. It didn't stop until it slammed into an outcropping of rocks with such force the rocks imploded into dust and pebbles. The beast destroyed Braun grinned and turned to the next adversary. A clawed hand gripped his shoulder but was quickly seized in the vice like grip of the God of Strength before the creature was swung like a club and smashed into three of it's sickly brethren.
More ghoulish fiends poured around Braun only to be beaten back almost as quickly as they came. Braun caught the first creature as it's scaled body came barreling for him. Braun caught it's jaws in his hands and held it fast before lifting it over his head and slamming so hard on the ground behind him one would have thought they heard a thunder clap. The God turned around quickly to deliver a titanic kick to the nearest monster. The blow sent the beast flying back to shatter the trunk of a nearby tree into splinters. Two wolf like spider hybrid beast bounded for Braun, Their teeth gnashing for blood Braun caught their throats in either hand and held them out at arms length with a laugh.
"Is that it?!"
He asked aloud before slamming them together and hurling them into the crowd. With that The God of Conquest dove into the swarming crowd of beast. Bodies flew outward from the mind-bendingly powerful blows of the Strength God. Bones shattered under his might. The unnatural, plague filled bodies were crushed beneath his power. He forged his way through the crowd beating to a pulp anything and everything in his path. The grunts, growls, roars and even laughs of Braun the Indomitable could be heard across the blighted land as he waded through the fray. He hurled bodies through the air as the beasts tried with all their might to mar the impenetrable skin of the Strength God but to no avail. His power was like the unstoppable force of an avalanche and all in his wake would soon feel his might.
The Man of Tomorrow let loose a salvo of punches that made short work of the few remaining creatures in his immediate area, sending some flying through the air. The others were put into the dirt hard, with unbelievable force. It was then the ground rumbled with the footsteps of a massive beast. Braun turned to see what appeared to be a massive, sickly insect. Bulbous and repulsive to look upon it had the horns of a ram yet the eyes of a spider. Massive pincers like you would find on a beetle clamped before it's mouth as eight insect like appendages supported it's massive bulk. On it's back were countless tentacles that whipped about wildly with ooze dripping from their coils. Braun looked up at the enormous monster with pure excitement. He leapt at it but one of it's tentacles shot out and swatted the Strength God out of the sky, sending him slamming into a large, dead oak tree. The force of the impact send cracks running up through the wood, threatening to topple the massive tree. Braun fell to the ground, landing on one knee. The God of Conquest chuckled and rose his head as he looked at the hulking beast.
"Now that's more like it."
He said happily still unaware of his sisters presence.
(EDIT: Just saw Braun posted one second let meh edit :P)
(EDIT: All edited :3)
Nylia
Nylia watched sadly as the lifeforms began attacking her. She felt pity and remorse for their lost souls but it was too late for them now, they would only spread their disease until Adarani came, and she wasn't even sure if Adarani was even going to be able to combat the disease. As the creatures attacked her she swung her mighty club, breaking them in their frailness. Occasionally, one would wrap around her horns and daze her but she was still able to knock them away. She also saw Braun come into the fight, he certainly was a mighty fighter, and thus was a good ally. "Welcome brother, the name of the God who caused this is named Aspestis, I believe I'm going to go find-" Nylia said getting interrupted as she noticed that she felt weary. All the time she spent fighting the enemies she could see, she didn't notice that she was being attacked by bacteria. She snapped out of it though, not that greatly effected, she had assessed the situation and realized the enemy that hurt her was so small that not even her godly eyes could see without focusing hard enough. "Be careful, look really closely in the air, and you shall see microscopic enemies, they may be small, but they're dangerous," Nylia called out. She directed the energy on her club onto the bacteria and kept swinging the club. She knew that Aspestis was in his catle but the question was, when would he come out. She presumed that the bacteria effected you internally as you breathed it in, seeing as it was airborne and everything, so she warned Braun about that as well just in case.
She watched in amazement as Braun fought many of the most ferocious diseased creatures. She knew that he truly was the God of Strength as he defeated all of his enemies. However, he defeated many seemingly menacing creatures and dove into a pile of them. All the while she had to keep reminding herself that these innocent creatures had to be slain in order to keep the Middle Realm safe. Nylia swept away many of the less monstrous seeming creatures, especially focusing on the destruction of the bacteria. Because, though Braun was defeating many of the large, powerful enemies, he was still being quite rash and not defending himself against the dangerous bacteria.
"Well met sister! Welcome to glorious battle!"
"Be careful, look really closely in the air, and you shall see microscopic enemies, they may be small, but they're dangerous,"
She warned as Braun punched the beasts several times in quick succession before getting up underneath it and lifting it over his head. With a roar he tossed the massive beast across the battlefield to crashing into a thicket of trees.
"Bah, nothing so small could possibly harm me sister! I'd be damned to the inferno before I allow myself to be felled by creatures too small to see! That would just be embarrassing."
He jested boldly as he launched himself at the giant creature who was starting to rise. He was grabbed by one of the tentacles around the mid section. The beast squeezed in hopes to crush the life from the God but Braun had no intentions of being defeated so easily. He grabbed a firm hold and pulled the beasts tentacles off of him before diving at the creature. He rained heavy handed blows on the beast as it howled in pain before one more massive blow felled it for good. Braun took a few deep breaths and groaned as his vision blurred from the bacteria in his lungs. He grunted and brought his hand to his head as his head swimmed.
"I... I..."
Braun's words were cut off as he let loose a gigantic sneeze, expelling the irritation from his nasal passages. He chuckled and rubbed the back of his neck feeling significantly better before leaping to the ground to land beside his sister.
"Right... bacteria... perhaps size is not what marks a dangerous beast after all."
He said with a laugh before turning to look into the distance.
"You say this plague comes from one of our kin?"
"Bah, nothing so small could possibly harm me sister! I'd be damned to the inferno before I allow myself to be felled by creatures too small to see! That would just be embarrassing." Nylia wondered if the bacteria truly wouldn't effect him. If not then she would have high respect for the man. However, the bacteria began to penetrate his defenses as he began sneezing. It was nothing too serious but it was only the start, and they didn't have a lot of knowledge on the subject. "Yes, unfortunately this was caused by Aspestis, the God of Illness, Despair, and Suffering, and is one of our siblings," Nylia said grimly pointing to the castle. "He is most likely residing there, but before we can approach him we must finish off these enemies," Nylia stated swinging her club one more time. It seemed that they had almost wiped out the entire spread of disease and only a bit of it remained. After they destroyed the last of it, it was on to Aspestis.
(Short post is short ._.)
When she got within talking dfistance, she lifted her hands and the Paradise energy of Healing within her began to glow all over her body. She connected with the bacteria she sensed and felt it vanishing, unable to take so much energy swelling from her. She also healed some of the creatures around her, as well, granting them healing abilities so to assist her. Surely enough, more and more creatures began to cure and be cured.
This Fen, character. Seemed a bit odd, void of features, creating an air of mystery that left the werewolf a bit unsettled. He had seen Praichans before and they never ceased to be the slightest bit creepy behind such veils, but they always did right by the wilderness, running about seeming content to duties more profound than their thinking allowed them to understand or question completely. He had had no idea they could speak, and assumed based on the lack of tongues. It was uncomfortable to say the least, the voice within his mind, as if his privacy had been breached and he wondered what else was trifled with.
His voice would be noble and hesitant in places, deep and skeptical. "Hello, Fen, I am Njin, and I'm pleased to make your acquaintance." His eyebrows would raise slightly, one arched as he guessed at a great many things. He would cross his arms, the muscles protruding to reveal a small metalic clamor of light making a wicked path down his upper right arm. "Might I ask why you're here?" He would reveal a wolfish grin, the right canine slightly revealed to further reveal the man's animalistic nature.
Cragin
Cragin appeared in a vast field in the territory he had chosen at the corner of this vast Realm. The encounter with his brother Malus had been easier than he had expected, void of combat and only heated words. There was more to the Dragon Lord than met his eye. A respect and willingness to be open minded. More heart in that fire of the God's soul than was to be expected after the senseless action of burning the Middle Realm.
There was an aching in his very being, a yearning to rest, but now was not the time. This territory would require a race of powerful people to inhabit it. So Cragin set about the task, leaning on the branch for support as he envisioned his people. His elite werewolves stood about, save Njin and a few others. There was no telling where the warrior was, and Cragin did not mind. It was not a requirement they be here, after all. After all the fighting there were less than thirty five of the beasts about the forests.
He focused, long and hard thinking, and he would be a sorry sight, as he pulled himself from the branch to stand straight and tall in his actions. He held the branch out before him and there would be a stirring of the trees, and a rustling of fallen leaves and brush. Structures of wood would appear between the trees surrounding the forest, seeming to bend and mold themselves to be a natural part of the environment. A stone mass would rise from the ground and he would break it down to reveal a cavernous space with a glowing, representation of a fire pit. He would create a vast city in this natural manner and soon a hundred mortals would walk about their most beautiful home, a waterfall of dark unnatural looking water would cascade in the middle where a small mountain had a clear cut extension striking into the depths of the city. Here he carved a great expanse of stairs to the top and placed upon it a large palace of stone, adamntite stone, of a deep green color. Running out of it the very waterfall.
He set upon this city a shroud of pale gray that made the scene eerie and the sun seem dank and colorless, though it shone true it's affects and was only masked to the people of Ossirix, the nation of the Ossis. A race of proud people, bearing the marks of change, and the gift of it, naturally agile and fierce. True in their beliefs, in wicked nature, true to themselves and others in animalistic beginnings.
He finished on one knee still holding the branch out before him, wobbling now before he vanished from the field in an array of pale green.
He fell into his tome, the growth forming at the opening to the front and darkness taking him to a place of rest and peace.
Acanthus
There were white robes among the many clouds of Paradise. Acanthus’ view shifted upward and he could only fall under the glory of the All Father. Such power and glory reigned down from the Higher One. He looked away from the blinding glory and back at the table. It was clear to him that these were not gods, but mortals or something near it.
Then Acanthus’ vision blurred, on the table he saw a Great War. The two sides, one a large army of darkness, the other seemed to be filled with all of the races of the gods. War spread throughout the land as the two forces fought. But none of the soldiers fell. Even as their limbs were ripped from their bodies, they would regrow and the fallen soldiers would fight again. Out of the maelstrom came the sound of newborns crying.
After that vision faded, he saw another god, or what seemed to be one. It named itself Justice and said that it would cause no harm to Mathias. The thing then proceeded to call Acanthus a ‘seedling’ as if it were somehow higher. While Acanthus agreed with the need for law, such rudeness was not appreciated.
Acanthus said nothing to Justice and released his grip on the magic that held him in the mind of his brother when the creature said to be gone. He shook his head slowly as Mathias asked if he had seen the same visions.
“I think not. But I did see much worth sharing. The creatures that sat at your round table? They were indeed created beings. Yours, I assume.” He stood at the sound of someone entering the Library. He continued more quietly. “Justice speaks, and it resides within you.”
As Sanguine approached closer, Acanthus sent off an answer to the Prachian who had sent him the vision. “I see war and pestilence. I see soldiers fall in battle only to rise again. This war will never end and the only winner seemed to be disease and the malice in the heats of the soldiers…” He paused as Sanguine said that it had a question.
“What is it you need child?” He asked politely.
Whisrul and Xin
They both bowed low towards the king. “We apologize for scaring your warriors.” Xin said calmly. “They do not seem to understand. We cannot communicate but in the thoughts of others.”
Whisrul popped in. “Yeah, it’s not like we have mouths or anything you know? Besides, I can’t read your thoughts or anything. This is just how we talk.”
Xin cocked its head at its partner. “Must you be so rash? We are in the presence of royalty.”
Whisrul laughed. “Royalty! Just last week I talked to a god! Why do we need to do anything special for other mortals like us?”
Xin smacked Whisrul on the back of its head again. “Fool! All you are going to do is compromise our mission! Silence yourself.”
Whisrul said no more but conjured a gallon of water above the head of Xin. It released the spell, sending the cascade right onto Xin’s back. Xin looked at Whisrul and conjured a flame, but in a burst of self-control it simply put the flame out and turned towards the king, completely ignoring Whisrul.
Fen
The werewolf seemed a bit surprised but Fen raised its hands in a peaceful gesture. “It’s great to meet you Njin! I’m Fen-oops! Silly me, I already said that. Anyways, I’m here for you! Well, not…just you but all of you. I mean all of you werewolves! And the Ossis of course. The Ossises? The Aussies?"
It looked around, noticing that Njin was, in fact, the only werewolf in the immediate vicinity. “Anyways...I’d like to help you, or teach you, or really just be with you all. I feel like that’s what I’m meant to do…You understand?”
Jute
The Child awoke upon luscious sands. She looked around and stretched, catching her bearings. Her heart told of a problem in her land in the Inferno, but she dismissed it as the ramblings of a corrupted child god. The sword told of new mortals and almost slicing into the flesh of a god. Almost, but not quite because its wielder had sheathed it and caressed the god instead.
Jute clenched her fists in disgust. If she wanted something done, she would have to do it herself. She began to walk in a random direction, wondering where she might go and what she might meet when up in the sky she saw flashes of bronze and gold. Metal mortals? She thought to herself. This is interesting.
She waved her arms at the flying creatures. “Hey! Down here!”
"Crimes ?" thundered the Dragon, his voice level " Do not presume to pass judgement upon me, Little Brother." he said " It was thee that abandoned thy charge and allowed fire to ravage and destroy unchecked. The blame for the loss of thy precious realm falls upon thy shoulders alone. I fulfill the purpose tasked to me by the All-Father and it is to him that I answer, not to thee nor anyone else." he said, turning to move around the God, his steps bringing forth new flames.
The war god was unsure how to act when the little figure wrapped her arms around him and hugged him tightly. The motion was one of comfort and affection, concepts alien to his mind so set upon the harm of others. It was a bizarre show of weakness and foolhardy emotions that only proved to leave you open for a blow. And yet he felt yearning when she let go and made her leave, the warmth from the embrace still clinging to his steely shell as he yearned for it not to leave him. He moved in a daze as he made his way back to the lip of the volcano, sitting at it's edge as he let the heat consume all feeling. After a short spell, his mind was clear as well as his purpose. War would still come but it would have to be taken to another. There was too much at risk if battle were brought here but there was always fresh challenge for others to offer up. He had given his opposition plenty of time to create their pawns. As strategies and plans began to form in his mind, the bright face of the young goddess crept into the back of his mind. A mix of affection and detest rose in his chest as his mind refused to cast aside the image. Unable to get rid of it by force, his devious mind came to a wonderful conclusion: he'd focus on it. The Great Warmarch would have much blood spilled, battle fought and many, many trophies to take. What trophy could possibly be better than the hand of the fairest goddess of the realm? The dark warlord's mind was like an arrow and it had found it's target.
The Krul
The crimson warriors were incredibly quick to pick up on what the master had taught them in their birth. Already they had made rough clothing of hides, tools and shelter from beast parts, wood and stone and even fire for them to cook succulent meats upon. The krul who had spoken to the metal master had been named leader and given the name Skir. He in turn helped to name the other nine First Ones as well as as the beasts they so enjoyed hunting and slaughtering. A particular favorite among the group was a species of hefty dark furred brutes with four strong legs tipped with hooves and four massive tusks jutting out of their maw. Skir had killed his fair share of them alone and had even captured a particularly nasty one that he had taken to riding after he had broken it. They lived a simple life as they trained and hunted, two of the women being able to do less and less as they quickly became burdened with child. That's when the third male named Malgren approached the other telling of a strange beast in the forest. A creature of dark skin and few features that give off an aura of unease. A foreigner. An invader. Not wasting another moment, the warband of eight gathered their weapons and marched to where it was seen with Skir and his boar beast on point.
Jordiiv and Davu kept the rest of the Vitaiim within the monastery organized in Adarani's absence. A male Vitaiim, Saulkovte, had already asked if he could court one of the females, Hagarguum. The two Grand Abbots discussed the matter in private, within the nearly-empty Circle of Abbots, a room within the First Sacriran Hall to be used in the future for meetings between all Abbots from each monastery, the one in existence destined to be at the head of Vitaiim society.
Jordiiv pondered for a moment. "Well, from what we have seen, Saulkovte is rather gentlemanly."
Davu nodded in agreement. "And Hagarguum can be a little mischevious, at times, which could add some flavor to Saulkovte's life. Not only that, but she also has an extremely bright and creative mind, a compliment to Saulkovte's attention to detail and resourcefulness. I see a bright future for them."
"Agreed." Jordiiv grinned from ear to ear. "They will both make great Abbots, now that I think about it. It would be a shame if they were to be put in separate monasteries, on different islands."
"Indeed. They seem to have a liking for each other, too."
Another moment of discussion, and it was decided. Hagarguum was summoned prior to the Grand Abbots showing up in front of her and Saulkovte. Jordiiv informed them that the request was granted. Davu added to it: the pair were to set up a monastery on an island north of them and be its Abbots. Ahuv and Benjamiir assisted with building that monastery, resulting in the first one, the leading one, renamed by Jordiiv and Davu as the Central Vitaiim Monastery. The monastery to the north of it was empty of Vitaiim, save Hagarguum and Saulkovte, who spent their days together in the fields, enjoying every moment as they brainstormed ideas, tested them, and delighted when those plans worked, reporting the results to the Grand Abbots whenever they found time.
Cragin would reel back, "Crimes, judgment, the All Father. Your ignorance," Cragin would snarl beneath the hood though he held a calm disposition about himself, "Little brother" there was a small burst of internal laughter as one word escaped the depths of his hood, radiating a deep and bellowing echo, "So ignorant!" He would be a flash of movement, raw and untamed his body would quake and as the massive beast was all to close and easy a target he thought the ensare him as he had, Genocide though the consequence would be clear, further wrecking his already troubled body. The seed would come from a deep flare of the branch and the seed would radiate a pale glow, a bullet of minscule size, though holding great, extraordinary power.
Njin
"Well while I'm sure we aren't in need of it, as of yet. It would be greatly appreciated." There would be no hint of pride but rather an indignant nature, independence so feral it would seem dependency or the admittance of such a thing should be taboo. "Follow me, if you would Fen." And with that he would turn, walking deeper into the lush forests Ossirix.
"Enough... Cease your endless bickering."
He said with a sigh before continuing.
"To what point and purpose have you entered the boundaries of my kingdom? Who has sent you on this errand?"
King Lorio asked, his intelligent mind already moving a few paces ahead as he began to consider the implications of this meeting. If these two were truly sent by whom he thought they had been sent by then that would mean a whole new avenue of power could be open to his people. He needed only conformation from the two envoys.
Meanwhile back at the blighted land of Aspestis Braun and his sibling laid waste to any forces before them, all the while their dutiful sister ensured their good health. Braun caught a screaming, twisted creature no bigger than the size of a young man. The creature had a wild looked in his eyes as the delirium from whatever disease ailed him wracked his mind and body. It's teeth were sharp like a hundred needles in his mouth and his skin was blackened as if it had rotted through. Braun had one hand wrapped around it's thin neck, keeping him from biting distance as the creature sporadically went into convulsive spasms in his grasp. Braun put him down hard by slamming his frail body into the ground with such force small cracks erupted in the earth from the point of impact. The God of Strength then looked up and drove forward. With a balled up fist he landed a massive uppercut on an advancing monster. The blow was so mighty that the creature was sent sailing through the air and far into the clouds beyond. Braun laughed heroically before combating the next threat. A slithering snake beast, dripping with pussy filled legions wrapped it's self around Braun, hoping to suffocate him but attempting to hold the God of Strength enthralled was more monumental then trying to reach the sun. Braun tore himself from the beasts grasp before he pummeled it into the dirt.
Braun turned to see Naylia doing quite well against the advancing forces. Swinging her club, beating back all who advanced. It was quite impressive for one Braun had not originally seen as a warrior type. No sooner had the thought crossed his mind had a howling wolf beast with a lizards tail and gaseous smoke pouring from it's jaws leapt out of the brush. From behind his sister this creature attacked, looking to wrap it's diseased maw around the back of her neck. The wolf beast, however, never got the chance. Braun and launched himself through the air to tackle the beast right in the middle of it's lunge. The two came crashing down in the dirt where Braun set loose upon it with a flurry of close quarters punches, elbows and knees. The beast relented to the onslaught quickly and lost consciousness from the torrent of forceful blows. Braun got to his feet to see the advancing horde. There were not many left but Braun's mind told him that Aspestis would just keep launching foes at them if they did not make short work of them now and reach their master. Braun smiled boldly as he strode up a step in front of his sister, fists clenched on either side of him.
"We have business with your master, demons. Saddly we cannot afford to play with you any longer."
He said before bringing his fists up above his head. With a roar Braun brought his fists down hard on the ground in front of him. Such force wracked the land that the very ground trembled beneath the might of the god of Strength. The massive blow could be felt all across middle realm as The God of Strength put his namesake on display. The blow caused the earth to split before him creating massive crevices to appear in the ground and shoot forward along the earth at terrifying speeds. The shock wave from the blow alone launched most in front of the two gods well off their feet. The others succumbed to the violent shaking of the earth or fell into the deep cracks that formed from the might of Braun.
The God of Conquest got to his feet, pleased with his work as the earth finally stopped it's shaking. The creature army now defeated he turned to his two sisters with a fiery grin.
"Let us pay a visit to our kin eh?"
Adarani nearly fell on her back when she was thrown into mid-air by the impact of Braun's blow to the ground. Thankfully, her dexterity and grace enabled her to land on her feet as she continued her healing powers. The army of disease was defeated by the time Adarani knew it was safe enough to open her eyes, still using a bit of her energy to keep her two siblings healthy.
Her eyes widened as she heard that they were about to visit one of their own family. "O-okay! Right behind you!"
Ahuv and Benjamiir
Ahuv felt the presence of a child on a nearby island. He extended his wings and said to Benjamiir, "I'll be but a moment! There is someone who may be stranded!"
Benjamiir nodded. [/b]"I can handle matters here until you return."[/b]
The Blue Crane flew on over immediately following Benjamiir's assurance. His eyes spotted the little girl, seemingly much younger than his mistress, on the beach. Once his eyes focused hard enough, Ahuv made ready to land, swooping down in a circle. He landed next to the fragile-looking child, and picked up an aura of a mortal, yet he could not figure out who created her, or even her parents, if she had any. Perhaps Adarani did not meet the diety, yet.
Ahuv released his calming aura to sooth the little girl while saying, "Greetings, child! What are you doing here in the Sacriran Islands, all alone? isn't any of your family around? Brothers? Sisters? Parents?"
The three sibling Gods were forced now to look upon the nightmarish sight of their siblings hideous home. A tower like castle, grotesque in nature loomed before them. I was pale in color like the skin of the dead. The walls were comprised of a mix match of rotted woods, decaying plant life and horrid animal remains. Most terrifying of all was that many of the inhabitants of the walls yet still lived. Their moans of agony granted unto the castle a ghastly chorus, the musical of the damned. The very air surrounding the tower was rank with disease and sickness. The air was stagnant with the scent of decay and disease causing all in the party to begin feeling overwhelmed by the stench and the thick fumes. Braun grunted in distaste as he brought the back of his hand to wipe his nose as if to brush away the scent but to no avail. If it wasn't for healing aura of Adarani the trio would have been overtaken by the pure sickly air surrounding the castle. The idea of falling not to some great enemy but to a disease that cannot even be fought was a horrendous fate to consider for the mighty God of Conquest.
Braun stepped forward, protectively taking his place in front of his sisters as he stared up at the tower where his kin resided. His eyes stared deeply into the home of his mysterious family member. He could feel their power within as they could no doubt feel his. He came here to fight and fight he shall.
"ASPESTIS! YOUR KIN HAVE COME!"
Braun roared out to his sibling within the walls of their home. His voice took on a hint of the great roar of his lion form, filling the halls of the castle with ferocious, strength. His challenge had been made, now for the response from the Lord of Despair.
"Mathias..." it spoke.
"J-Justice?" Mathias numbly answered.
"Yes...it is I." "Acanthus The Wise, has unintentionally awoken me." "I already existed and although the delicate balance is in peril, it took one's close interaction with I to fully summon me."
"You must listen to me now Mathias." "Leave this room and enter your own there we shall make the foundations for the rest of the world." Justice spoke as it's voice faded.
Mathias' widened as he felt like he was in a stupor. So surreal this experience but he knew he must heed Justice's words. Mathias turned to Acanthus and Sanguine. "Excuse me my kin, I-I must leave for my quarters...good day." Mathias listlessly spoke as he bowed to both and left them to each other. Mathias exited the library and almost as if following a trail Mathias immediately entered a room. Once inside the entire walls, floors, and ceilings began to shift like waves on a beach. Soon the room emulated the architecture of his visions. Nice white, marble tile floors, with a golden trim. High stone walls with arches at the top of the very high ceiling. There were some pillars as well connecting the floor and the ceiling. The room was mostly white Greek style mixed with some Gothic features for the architecture of the room. In the center of a grouping of pillars is a fountain with a domed, stained glass ceiling looking down upon it. From the center were many narrower marble, tiled paths. Upon each side of the marble were, smooth cobblestone between the gold trim and the white walls.
"Go right Mathias and sit at the table, your work must be fulfilled." Justice spoke snapping Mathias out of his daze.
"Alright." Mathias responded as he turned right at the fountain.
Mathias wandered the long hallway until he entered a room with an table and chairs in the middle. The room was more darker colors than the rest of the room as a dark wooden table sat in the middle. The table had a red cloth covering it with a golden trim. The chairs were elongated at the back and short around the arms. The legs were at height with the table's. There were some bookshelves but nothing as extensive and grand as Acanthus'. Yet in the middle where three rather large books facing a fireplace.
"Sit." Justice calmly spoke. Mathias sat in front of the books. "Now we shall begin writing."
"Writing?" "Writing what?" Mathias asked.
"Why we are going to write Law." "Law of all sorts and interpretations." "Any and all Law for any and all to obey." "Pick up the first book in front of you." Mathias picked it up. He skimmed through it and found it empty. "Now take your spear-"
"My spear!?" Mathias interrupted confused.
"Yes, your spear hold it out, point facing the opposite direction of your body." Justice instructed as Mathias did as told. "Turn your head towards the spear and relax."
Mathias looked at the spear and then his eyes began to glow. A golden aura enveloped the spear as it became illuminated. Then it began to shrink faster and faster as it finally morphed into a pen. The spearhead was now a pen tip as the rest of the body was made thin. The glow in his eyes diminished as the aura evaporated into a smoke. Mathias eyes widened with astonishment as he looked at his spear turn pen.
"What happened?" Mathias asked.
"All I did was channel my energy to transform the spear into a pen." Justice explained.
"Can you do that again?" "With anything?" Mathias curiously asked.
"Sadly no, while my powers were once great...they have been considerably thinned." "I just cannot use my powers excessively or it could bring a great risk to me." Justice spoke with a hint of longing. "I survive though and that is all that matters." "I have you now to do what I cannot." Justice spoke his mood returning to it's indifferent state. "Now let us commence." Justice spoke as Mathias' eyes glowed again and the book open and Mathias began to write.
Similar to Acanthus' style he wrote without stopping but instead of using magic making the pen move on it's he controlled it. Yet, he didn't control it at the same time. Justice is slightly possessing his movements to vastly quicken the pace of his hand writing. The ink from the pen glowed with a golden light but the light quickly diminished with each new word as they were permanently etched on to the papers of the book. Mathias would lose concept of time and pace as Justice performed most of the work. Soon he would finish the first of three books, this one will be the Book of Law.
The goddess of the forge continued to view the activity in the other parts of the middle realm through her panels. She shook her head at the sight of her siblings fighting again. No doubt that there would soon be another trial, which she wanted nothing to do with. She looked at the twelve silver sickles that were the gifts for the winged farmers, but would wait for their matron to return before bringing them. Instead, she lifted her newly made adornment for the God of wisdom's staff, a silver owl. Picking it up, she used her portal once again, this time heading to her room in the grand hall. Foteea emerged from the embers, left her room, and entered Acanthus' library. "Greetings, wise one, I never had the chance to properly thank you for your hospitality. I come bearing a gift," The goddess said as she presented the silver owl. After presenting it, she noticed the androgynous god that was also in the room. "Um... I apologize if I interrupted anything."
Brigit
As she and her brother continued on their journey, Brigit heard a shout from below and saw small mortal child waving at them. Before the thought of investigation registered in her head, Kass was already descending to meet her. As Brigit landed, her brother was already battering the child with questions. "Hi there, miss! My name is Kass, what is your name? What is your favorite color?" He asked in rapid succession, and then licked her on the face. He gagged after his tongue met with her flesh and shouted, "Eww, you taste nasty!" Before proceeding to spit and attempt to scrape the taste off of his tongue with his talons.
Brigit simply shook her head before saying, "Serves you right, you know better than to lick people..." She turned to speak to both the child and the blue crane that had recently landed. "I apologize for my brother, he is a bit... Odd. And he forgets his manners!" She accented the last of her words by glaring at Kass. The Gyrnix bowed her head in getting before introducing herself, "My name is Brigit, an honor to meet you both."
The battle between powerful beings and plagued creatures seemed to go on forever, but then Aspestis saw one of them say something, It couldn't hear for It could only sense the creatures themselves and what they saw, but none of the other senses like hearing. Once the hulkish man had stopped talking, it pounded upon the ground, sending a large quake around the world. The tremor was close enough and strong enough for Aspestis to have felt it while sleeping. The god woke up, but only managed to get half awake, for It was still tired from creating It's kingdom and was also bad in mornings. The god sat up in bed, glad to be rid of that terrible nightmare. It sat there contemplating the nightmare for a bit and tried to reach out for It's children and saw that a great deal of them were gone! The nightmare had followed Aspestis into reality and the god wanted to cry in anguish at losing it's children. The god was also incredibly angry, to have It's beautiful and wondrous creations to be killed for no apparent reason at all. Then the god remembered the attackers and knew that it must do something about them.
But what would I do?! The large, brutish man could most certainly beat me into the ground until I was merely bits and pieces unable to function and then some. The beautiful woman with the dangerous looking weapon with an even more dangerous usage could possibly turn me into nothing but ash and memories like it did to my poor children. And that innocent looking child, she might do something absolutely more horrendous than that. She could possibly deny me of disease and possibly take away suffering! Oh, woe is me for having powerful attackers, but this is not right! Why would the come, destroy my kingdom and kill my blessed, lovely children?! I must confront them and demand to know why they've done what they've done. Perhaps they had a good reason, perhaps they're destructive beings meant for- And that's when the god heard the roar, it was a roar that would have brought Aspestis to It's knees were It standing. This was a great, mighty, animalistic yet some how royal, roar that said, "ASPESTIS! YOUR KIN HAVE COME!" This is what finally pulled Aspestis from It's half sleeping state to fully awakedness and then some. After a moment, Aspestis finally realized they were indeed It's kin by finally managing to sense their power.
My kin?... My kin! The ones I was trying to impress are angered by me in some way! Oh what have I done?! I attacked them and didn't even stop to consider why they were so powerful. I was just so angry that they invaded my lands and killed my- no. There is no excuse! I should have wondered why they were so powerful. I should have attempted to sense them and not be so proud that I would ignore all else and pay attention to only my creations. This is my fault, so I must take responsibility. But why would they destroy my children? Bah, no foolish thoughts! They are my kin and they would most certainly have good reason to. Maybe I've angered them in some way, or perhaps they didn't believe my creations were worthy to walk this realm. And even if they did indeed do this for nothing, I will forgive them, for they are my family. Anyways, I must go greet them and try to make them feel welcome while I ask them why they've done this.
Having thought it over, Aspestis's thoughts taking only a second, It quickly got up and went towards It's kin. The castle contorted itself to the god's whim as it had before and let It stand as the castle moved Aspestis to It's kin. The beautiful music of suffering filling It's ears while It rode. After a few moments the young god finally reached It's kin. The man, tall and muscular stood proudly glaring at the god, the Woman had murderous intent in her eyes and It was sure she was going to thrash the god if It got too close, then there was the child, which sent a shiver up Aspestis's spine. How could one looking so pure be so malevolent? The young god shook it off and tried to look as humble as possible.
As soon as the young god reached them, It spoke, It's voice seeming to be made of the screams of the suffering, the wails of the despairing and the moans of the diseased all put together into some pattern that could be recognized as speech, and said in a surprisingly gentle, humble, and loving tone, "Brother! Sisters! Welcome to my humble home. I am so terribly sorry for attacking you. I thought you were merely intruders, but my pride and ignorance made me blind to sensing you as family. I'm sure you had perfectly good reason to destroy some of my kingdom and half of my lovely, beautiful children. Did you like them? Probably not since you destroyed them, don't worry I'll try harder to impress you next time, beloved family. Did no one else come? That's a shame, I suppose I will meet them another time. So, how am I doing so far? do you like my castle? I tried to make it as lovely as possible filled with the most joyous sound of suffering and despair. But enough about me, how are you? Brother, you're quite strong, you killed my children as if they were nothing but mere nuisances. Sister, you're looking quite lovely and that is some terrifying weapon you have there, how is it made? And you, sister, you look so innocent and adorable, but I must admit you terrify me. How did you remove the gift I had given my children? It saddens me that you would do so. It seems my family is quite powerful indeed, I hope to one day impress you with the loveliest creation I can make." After that, Aspestis stopped speaking and allowed them to answer, since It realized it was rambling a bit.
Nylia was astounded at the sheer power and ferocity that Braun possessed but was more surprised about how he didn't use it for evil, similarly to some of her siblings. He used it to fight for others and to protect those around him, as he demonstrated when he saved her. Finally, Braun finished off the last of Aspestis' creatures and Braun, Adarani, and herself made their way into the castle. It was obvious that their youngest brother was not a force to be underestimated, so they had to keep their guards up. "ASPESTIS! YOUR KIN HAVE COME!" With that, Aspestis suddenly appeared.
He reminded her of Kreios in that he didn't understand that what he was doing was wrong and harmful, but he seemed intelligent enough to learn. "No Aspestis, what you did was wrong. Though some may accept your gift, some do not and it just gets spread to them. Some don't even know that the gift you give them would be disease and because of that they suffer. Just heed this warning, if your diseases touch any of my people, any of my followers, any God close to me, or any mortal that requests me to reap vengeance for them, I shall, so tread cautiously." Her voice booming with stern anger. Hopefully the message went across, and he would stop his ways.
His confusion cooled the fire in his heart from the battle. It waxed away the lust for combat. The concept of punishing this wayward sibling seemed an ill thought out plan now as Braun looked upon his welcoming family member. The God of Strength rubbed the back of his neck, uncertain of what his next action should be as he cast a quick glance at his sister Nylia for direction. Nylia, however, was at no loss for words. She strode forward with purpose and determination as stern anger filled her voice with strength.
"No Aspestis, what you did was wrong. Though some may accept your gift, some do not and it just gets spread to them. Some don't even know that the gift you give them would be disease and because of that they suffer. Just heed this warning, if your diseases touch any of my people, any of my followers, any God close to me, or any mortal that requests me to reap vengeance for them, I shall, so tread cautiously."
Braun cast a wary look from Nylia, to Apsestis then back to Nylia. He half expected her to strike her but no action was taken. Braun may not have been able to see Apsestis' facial features be he guessed they were still trying to understand their wrong doings. As he struggled to understand their motives, Aspestis was no doubt doing the same with the actions taken this day by Braun and his sisters.
"Aspestis..."
Braun began taking a step forward, his voice considerably less cold than his sisters yet still held a regal authority native to his animal form.
"... We only thought to protect those not yet afflicted from your touch. Your reasons are your own yet you must understand. Those who feel your embrace, whose bodies are wracked by the plague you spread. They suffer and do not wish to be afflicted so. Many wish for life, wish for strength to carry on. Do you not think I hear them? Their cries and pleas for aid? God of Strength does not mean only physical strength, but also the strength to carry on when the task seems insurmountable. It is I who hear the pleas of the weak when those you afflict fall to their knees and call out for the strength to fight on in order to find health once more. To beat back this disease so they may one day see their families again, march into battle alongside their brethren, feel a lovers embrace. These things are robbed of them if they are forced to accept your... gifts... You are kin, regardless of your actions that fact remains and as blood to me I ask only for your understanding. In return I promise the same."
"Ay' I hear ye' be the one ta talk about land!" The explosive character in the man would only be apparent in the mode of his voice, the green light casting rays upon the God, distorting his color. The water would splash at Cragin's back causing him the slightest discomfort. He would walk forth silently. Happy he was given this respect, asked for a blessing, and because this man was kin, he would gladly give it. He would look about and then lock gaze with Miucrost.
His voice would be polite and solemn, and he would follow it with a nod. "Ofcourse, because you are my kin and I trust you to carry and treat the land well. Do right by the Middle Realm." Cragin would be silent a moment, before continuing. "I request you take only what you need and only what is unoccupied. And you have my blessing and oath to allow the change of it in what ways you choose." His gaze would glow bright, as a slight pain found his chest. Trust was something he wasn't quite used to, and so there were dangers of it, perhaps.
"Now if you'll please excuse me, brother. I must be going, thank you." With that, and minimal focus he would be gone suddenly.
A rather rushed conversation had allowed Miurcrost to protect his seven shrines and the two that were yet to be made, and for this, Miurcrost was thankful. He'd begun to worry about the state his shrines could be reduced to in the future. With this wondrous site preserved, he had but two more wonders to visit. First, he'd go to the Mists. His expedition into the Mists had been put off for far too long, it seemed. And, after that, he'd head off to one of the more... mysterious aspects of the Charts he'd seen. For, in this area, there was nothing he'd been able to find, as there was a hole in the chart. While such an observation may be rather trivial, it seemed odd to him that a map made by the oldest and most experienced among them would have some sort of gap. Was it really an unforeseen imperfection, or was there something more to this mysterious tear in the chart?
Be it mundane or marvelous, Miurcrost was determined to find out what was hiding there.
One of the servants of the Mage, the black things, one very different from the others was fighting against Amentia, fragments of the Monster flying all over the place while the black thing attacked with powerful spells that didn't have much accuracy because of the fog, to Amentia the Fog was no problem but the bulky Prachian defended himself with magical barriers from the monster physical attacks, one of the spell reached one arm that fell to the ground broken, Amentia was furious and from his eye came out yellow rays that were useless to the magical defense of the guardian, The fog around Amentia began to turn purple.
Trelàs swept the place with his left hand which grew enough to beat both beings, the purple mist was dangerous to living things especially for their minds so Trelàs interrupted the fight thinking on Senri safety, he didn't wanted for them to die before doing something interesting, he also was interested in what was doing the black thing in that place, it meant that the Old Wise had something against Trelàs?, that was interesting in one way or another, the mouth on his hand absorbed the purple mist while Amentia rebuilt his arm.
The Prachian don't attacked anymore and stood still while Trelàs toss Amentia a few feet away, "What are you doing here?" Trelàs asked, depending on the reply the God could destroy it, he hadn't destroyed anything alive before so he was a little interested in the process, "My Lord, I was created by Acanthus to protect this place of mortals, that is-" Trelàs concentrated on the built, it showed majestic, worthy of the Wizard "I will change it", put his left hand on the stone wall and started to grow covering the whole structure that began to change in bizarre ways both inside and outside, once he removed his hand, the strange structure was revealed, the entrance was a distorted pentagon and symmetry was a term foreign to the building, the interior had corridors that led nowhere and in some places the ceiling and the floor changed place, "I'm not quite sure how is inside, but there is something that had the aura of Acanthus if you wish to protect it the go ahead" the Prachian entered the structure not knowing whether would go out or not that place, Trelàs decided that will be his house but he would explore it later, for now he didn't feel like doing it.
The God was bored, but didn't last long bored, wanted the gifts offered by the blue bird, to the east also seemed something interesting happen, he didn't chose a room in the home of Acanthus, Trelàs thought for a moment, " Interesting!" His voice echoed through the place as he closed all his eyes, it was the first time since he began to exist that he did something like that and when he opened them again, his vision had changed.
Now he had six pairs of eyes fixed on the front head and now had six heads and six different bodies all of the size of a ten year old boy:
The First had brown skin and two scars on his face, his long black hair was neatly combed and his eyes were green, he was covered with a white mantle.
The Second had short blond hair and golden eyes, wearing clothes that do not cover all the legs and his chest and arms were naked, he had several metal ornaments.
The Third had short black hair like his eyes, he wore a pleated pants and carrying a sharp object made of metal with a sheat.
The Fourth was pale and white hair, silver eyes and markings under them.
The Fifth possessed wings and horns, his skin was gray and his eyes glowed yellow.
The Sixth had silver hair, blue eyes and tiny feathered wings.
"Indeed interesting" spoke The First
"It seems that I can speak independently" said Fifth
"Although I was used to seeing several things at the same time listening to myself is something new," said Fourth
"Heard my thoughts?" asked Sixth
"I-It seems that t-thoughts aren't t-transmitted between f-fragments" Spoken Third
"Let me see... what could I do now?" the Second wondered aloud, the Fragments of Trelàs said unison "I know!" and all dispersed.
First Fragment
First walked quietly, his white robe fluttering in the wind revealing his face at times, wasn't something Trelàs wanted to hide but things turned out that way and the fragment had no urge to change it, he went into the woods where he felt that was the God of the wilderness, the intention of Trelàs was to reclaim the Land the Fog to prevent other discomforts appear and disturb Amentia or the Senri before they develop.
3
5
1 "I have to be more careful, the pain is transferred" realizing something important.
4
2
6
3
2
1 "Is that how others see me?", once again he realized that was somewhat annoying.
5
4
6
12345 "No!", the last thing he wanted now was to sing.
First hasn't reached his destination when looked something interesting, some ruins and destruction reigned in that place so he stopped to look more closely, Trelàs saw another God there so he approched,
1 "Why did I eat that shit?" said spitting
4
3
2
5
6
"Who are you?" Trelàs asked to the stranger.
Second Fragment
Second ran in search of the blue bird, its master promised gifts and the fragment was very fond of these things, unable to contain his joy the blond was jumping and tumbling occasionally, he enjoyed the wind in his face so his speed grew more and more while his metal ornaments made some noises, he soon reached the sea and not far from there was an island, his instinct told him that the blue bird was there so he crossed the sea and reached the beach wet with salt water.
3
5
1
4
2 "In a way it's fun", feeling things that aren't directly related with his surroundings was interesting
6
3
2 "Haha! Apologizing himself", he mocked of himself
1
5
4
6
12345 "No!" there was no time for songs,
His eyes tracked the bird next to a rather small female "Blue Bird! I came for my presents!" the shouted to the bird while running, he stopped right in front of the girl and in the process threw her sand "I'm a sixth of Trelàs" introduced himself, in this state the bird would be unable to recognize him.
1
4
3
2 "I'm exaggerating" he wasn't feeling nothing.
5
6
"Who are you?" asked the girl, with his full body and the other eyes he probably could see the nature of the girl but now he was divided so was unable to perform that feat.
Third Fragment
Third advanced uncertain of his direction, his hands firmly fastened the sheath of a sword too big for his size, Trelàs walked carefully until he tripped over a root sticking out of the ground in that swampy place,
3 "Ouch", whined
5
1
4
2
6
3 "S-Sorry" he tried to apologize
2
1
5
4
6
12345 "No!",
The fragment stood up, wiped the dust and continued toward an uncertain destiny, the place was a swamp that was surprisingly not unpleasant, Trelàs was somewhat intimidated and interested in where and who should be it's master he walked until a voice echoed place
"ASPESTIS! YOUR KIN HAVE COME!"
The scream scared him greatly to drop his weapon and an insect entered his mouth, spitting the bug picked up the sword and approached to the group, had been in the room but only knew the name of Braun, the two females that didn't introduced themselved in his presence so he started to follow them quietly, an unknown fourth appeared and began to talk about something relevant with the group but Trelàs couldn't hear very well,
1
4
3 "I-I don't feel v-very w-well" he wasn't sure if it had to do with the bug or what he eat in another place
2
5
6
Slipped between the group and performed trying to attract attention by holding his sword sheath "I-I'm a s-sixth of T-Trelàs" swallow some saliva and said "What do y-you d-do h-here?, W-Who are y-you?" he asked
Fourth Fragment
Fourth went to the fortress of the Mage, he moved jumping instead of walking, when he was halfway he felt slightly pain that didn't correspond with his current state but didn't care because he could see the cause as if would happened to him.
3
5
1
4 "No big deal" dismissed the matter
2
6
3
2
1
5
4 "In some ways this is worse than the voices" said puffing
6
12345 "No!"
He hadn't arrived when he saw a strange being that was falling apart, it was interesting so on a whim decided to eat it, his mouth grew and devoured the creature without looking lot and discovered that the taste was disgusting the worst was that he did feel a bit sick but it was still an interesting situation,
1
4 "It looked interesting" speak honestly
3
2
5
6
Trelàs reached the tower of Acanthus and entered dodging snow beast that roamed there, he walked through the Great Hall jumped to where he supposed was the Mage, Trelàs was surprised when he saw Foteea alongside the Wise God "Hello Acanthus" he laughed "I'm a sixth of Trelàs, Foteea, Do you remember me?" he made a handstand forgetting the purpose for which he came.
Fifth Fragment
Fifth flew through the skies, Trelàs considered quite interesting that now he could fly so enjoy it to the fullest at least until something made him but didn't delay to recover,
3
5 "Idiot" he said angrily, he had begun to fall when the pain made him lose concentration.
4
2
6
3
2
1
5 "I'm quite noisy", he complained
4
6
12345 "No", the last thing he wanted was to start singing now
He swooped when saw something interesting, a lot of rough and muscular beings, they had a reddish skin tone and black hair, Trelàs started laughing while landing on the head of one of them and then jumped over another just for the sake of make a fuss, Trelàs didn't know their God so rose once more and headed toward him, he was big and muscular "I'm a sixth of Trelàs, who the hell are you?", the connection with the rest of his body irritated him at that time:
1
4
3
2
5 "I will not do that again!" said annoyed and then began to whistle
6
Sixth Fragment
Sixth remained in the land of the fog, he had no desire to travel or anything so sat on the head of Amentia who walked in circles aimlessly
3
5
1
4
2
6 "It doesn't matter" intervened in his own discucion
3
2
1
5
4
6 "I want to sing" doing nothing made him bored so he wanted to sing.
12345
Apparently he didn't feel like singing, leaned on stone monster and began to focus on what his other eyes saw,
1
4
3
2
5
6 "In fact it was interesting," the decadent creature had it's charm so it was no wonder that he would devour it.
Senri
The First Male felt surprised to receive a name that differed from his brothers, surprised and grateful. Jehtah observed the servant of another god who called himself Sinclaire, his deep voice answered the question of Sinclaire "Our God gave us knowledge and power, yet it hasn't been long since our birth and we almost know extinction" he pointed to to the bodies of the dragons, the fog hid them but didn't matter to the Senri "We still are ignorant and unable to use the gifts that were given to us, can you help us with that?"
"I have possessed your movements for a few moments." "I did it in order to hastily place the words of law and community, for your kin have started to create numerous species." Justice explained.
"So they are creating beings?" Mathias asked more for reassurance instead to be knowledgeable.
"Yes for that reason we must present to these Mortals that they have rules and regulations."
"Hm." "I suppose if intelligent, sentient beings are going to inhabit the Middle Realm it would be useful to lay down the Law." Mathias spoke as he sat up and scooped up all three books. He turned to the exit of his room,
Let us do our will." Mathias spoke as he began to leave Hléradr. Mathias stepped out into the frigid cold as he looked all around. He remembers his horrid ascent up this mountain. It was long, tedious, and perilous and Mathias did not look forward descending it either. That was until Justice spoke.
"Worry not about the descent I shall assist you." Justice spoke as the golden aura enveloped Mathias. Mathias was suddenly carried down as if a floating feather and slowly but surely he reached the ground. Mathias looked back up the mountain and then around the land. Mathias could feel it teeming with more life than when he last stepped foot on this ground. Much work had to be done to have the other creatures receive his teachings. Mathias set off unsure who to visit first.
"Please I mean you no harm." Mathias calmly spoke."I merely wish to meet your people and share knowledge with them." "This is a mission of peace and good intention." Mathias spoke explaining himself to the werewolf. He hoped it would respond in a kind matter as well.
He would grit his teeth, remaining silent a moment while he took the shock of the excruciating torture of the transformation before looking Mathias in the eyes. He would look behind him hesitantly. "Ofcourse." He would turn beginning a swift jog, his nimble feet avoiding the foliage and forest growth with relative ease, expecting the God to follow.
Soon they were upon a vast field speckled with natural seeming structures, at close inspection, various buildings could be seen in the trees surrounding the field, at the ground, slightly underground or even in the tree tops. Pale men and women would walk about tending to various tasks, clothed in black leather clothing, only covering their genitals and for the women, their breasts. A great deal of men at one side of the field would practice combat in hand-to-hand with practiced grace and poise, their techniques feral and yet at the same time, showing discipline and cunning, their movements quiet. All of them marked with etchings of the same design.
Wolves would sit about as companions to the Ossis, several rolling about in the grasses with a small child, who laughed and smacked at their faces to which they returned with a snapping of their jaws. The sky was dark, a light shade of grey, the air somewhat cold.
Gensing would turn to look upon Mathias, "Welcome to Ossirix."
Cragin
Cragin would twirl the branch looking down upon the vast trench, eighty feet deep and 30 feet across. He would trust it's message, a clear border, he would then raise his arm and a land bridge would appear, linking the territory to the lands beyond. He would turn then disappearing, and reappearing within the confines of the settlement he had established. Now bearing the look of the people, a man of handsome features at 6'1" with ashen black hair and pale skin. The etchings and color of his eyes silver. He would mismatch, though. As they seemed to lack clothing, he would wear a cloak, the hood risen, along with the loin cloth to expose rippling muscle and a scarred body.
He would look about and see the wolves and smile, a crooked and charming gesture. Hmm, he would walk from the center off into the woods, people taking a bit of notice of the strangely hooded man. He would set about creating something for them to travel upon, beyond domestic. He started with his favored design, a wolf, and made the legs stronger and the feet wider, strengthening the back and enlarging it to be broad and yet lean, tall enough to challenge a small hut at the door. He made them intelligent and made them individuals within their own rights, with personalities and preferences. He created many and gave them the ability to breed and set them about the confines of the territory, turning to head back to the settlement. Sensing the appearance of his kin, he would smile coyly continuing forth.
"Hold on Mathias." Justice's voice ominous. "These are lesser beings, not kin, beware showing such humbleness." "Many beings of their stature rarely understand how to respond to humility coming from one as great as yourself." "Some may even take it as insult."
"An insult?" Mathias thought to himself, speaking with Justice.
"Not an insult to them, however they may fear they've insulted you." "Be wary, the being was unsure of how to act around you when you first met it, so to be safe forgo your normal pleasantries." Justice finished as his voice disappeared.
Mathias looked around the large community. While they seemed to have a natural understanding of alliance they don't seem to have much else in the ways of community. Mathias has a sense that these beings were Cragin's doing. Most likely thus far they are tolerating him and most likely not react well to his teachings. Still Mathias had a duty and he will not abandon it just because it may not be viewed favorably. Mathias took a deep breath as he spoke.
"Greetings, people of Ossirix!" Mathias' voice direct towards everyone in a friendly manner. "I come bearing teachings." "Teachings in the ways of community and law." "Teachings the explain the foundations of law and order." "Teachings to present the beauty and usefulness of society." "Teachings that can help anyone and everyone form a government to serve your needs!" Mathias spoke loudly enough for any and all to hear.
"I have created three books on the very subject and I come to provide the gift of knowledge with your people!" "Please, is there any among you who would wish to understand the basics?" "I am willing to teach as many as you can provide!" Mathias cheerful and jovially spoke. Mathias awaited to see if any of the Ossis where interested in learning.
Modestly transversed by the God who had stride forth before them.
Adarani
Adarani was startled when Braun called for Aspestis, and even more fightened when that deity appeared. Nylia seemed intent on answering death with death, an abomination in Adarani's eyes. Braun was much more reasonable, though. Aspestis, however, gave her the chills.
When asked how Adarani got rid of the disease, she timidly answered with, "I... I heal others. My energy comes directly from Paradise. All the agony and pain... i-it's just too much... too cruel!"
She was about to say more when she noticed a fragment of Trelas behind her. She began to use her healing aura to keep that healthy, as well. "A fragment of Trelas?" Her head tilted as she wa confused as to how that was possible. "I'm Adarani. Why are you here?"
Ahuv
Ahuv saw two metallic birds land. The male, Kass, licked the child he was tending to. The Blue Crane laughed internally when Kass rubbed his tounge on his talons, considering it was not proper for a bird to lick a person. The female, Brigit, was much more proper, something that made Ahuv wish he behaved the same way. He bowed his head in response to her. "Hello, Brigit, Kass. I am Ahuv, Blue Crane of Adarani. I came here because I figured this girl may need help finding her family, if she is lost."
Just then, another child-like figure came that arrived, his sliding stop throwing sand on the girl. When that figure mentioned wanting the gift as well as being a fragment of Trelas, Ahuv nodded. "Fragment of Trelas, I am Ahuv, the Blue Crane. The gift Adarani has for you is prepared for retrieval. Follow me." He turned to the two fellow birds. "I trust you two can tend to matters here." Turning back to the fragment, he said, "If you can fly, follow me."
He flew to the island where the Central Vitaiim Monastery was and waited for the fragment. Once that fragment was in the monastery, too, Ahuv nodded and walked over to a tree that was grown. "The fruit on this tree is for you and your people, fragment of Trelas. Its juice can cure your throat of soarness or any other ailment. It also heals anything else in the body which has vocal chords. This way, whenever you or anyone else hurts their vocal chords or throats while peforming music or singing, you can cure that." The Blue Crane made the fruit fall gently into a single basket, which he picked up and gave to the fragment. "Plant the seeds inside in the spring so you can grow trees of this fruit, called Vocabiln. Should you need help tending to anything you grow, including Vocabiln trees, let Adarani and I know, and a Vitaiim will fly to the Mist to assist with that matter."
The Vitaiim
Saulkovte and Hagarguum soon enough married, Hagarguum pregnant with child. Saulkovte figured it was best if his wife rest while he tended to their monastery himself, since there was nobody else in it, the others over at the Central Vitaiim Monastery on the island to the south. The life of an Abbot was a great honor, yet it had its burdens.
Meanwhile, two more pairs of Vitaiim began courting, one of them setting up a monastery on an island southeast of the Central Vitaiim Monastery. With three monasteries now, the Vitaiim knew Adarani would have to create more of their race. They were patient, however. They realized she was busy.
Abnuutkakt, one of ten Vitaiim currently travelling the mainland, came across a place full of ruins. Perhaps a group of individuals survived the destruction set forth by Malus and were strugling to rebuild their civilization. This meant Abnuutkakt could help someone. Landing, he scanned the area for any inhabitants.
Along a white sandy beach the god walked, waving his hand over the sand to form mortals bodies that would serve as the vessel of his people's spirits. Some, he gave dark skin with white hair while others he gave fair skin with blonde or black hair. Still others, he gave bronzed skin. Everyone of them, however, were thin and tall with lean muscles like himself, though the women were slighter. The people were meant to be lean and muscular, but never bulky. The women were fair with curves while the men were fair in a masculine way. He gave them ears that curved out and eyes that were either a sea grey or varying shades of blue. They had six digits on each finger for manipulating tools for they were not a race of brute strength. When he was finished, he had created 12 mortals in all, 6 male and 6 female.
"Arise, my followers! Arise my Neleri! You shall be the stewards of the Sea as it meets the earth and air. You shall be might traders and mariners! Your civilization shall be the envy of the world!" Ulmo declared solemnly as they stood up.
They awoke, eyes wide as they beheld their creator and themselves. As of yet, they had no clothing or adornment save that which was given to them by their god. Instinctively, they bowed low and Ulmo smiled at them.
"You are my creations. The people of my favor. The Sea shall ever be your ally for as long as you honor it and myself. I am Ulmo, god of the sea and your lord," he announced. And he proceeded in instructing them upon all that he knew: knowledge of the sea and the coasts and islands that bordered it as well as its creatures and of boats and ships, which had entered his mind since Braun mentioned them. Yet, he knew that he could not complete their education himself, so he created Sea Hawks and wrote messages for his kin.
He sent on one to Acanthus, requesting a Prachian to instruct them in magic, knowledge and wisdom. He sent one to Adarani to send her a few of her people to teach healing and agriculture as well as bless the women so they might be fruitfu. He also asked that they teach his people love. From Nylia, he requested she teach them the art of making love. To Matthias, he requested they teach them of justice and civilization. From Foteea, he requested that she inspire them to learn craftsmanship. Eventually, he left as the Nelri began to construct their village from wood, stone, and the earth around them as well as small ship to fish with which Ulmo would watch over. Small though it was, from this humble village, Ulmo foresaw a vast city, one that would be the envy of the world.
And that's when one of Trelas's fragment appeared. Now this confused Aspestis greatly as well, for the child like being seemed like one of the young god's kin, but he seemed considerably weaker than the other gods, even Aspestis. But then It heard that the child-looking god was a fragment of one of It's siblings. We can do that? Aspestis wondered. It decide to speak to It's new kin that had visited It, the god's voice, still the sound of suffering and despair, but also holding the tone of love, patience, and kindness, "Brother, I am one of your kin, Aspestis. It's a pleasure to meet you... er... Trelas, was it? I am honored that you would come to my home and I wish to speak to you some more, but if you'll excuse me for a few moments, I must explain something to my other kin.
"Mighty brother, I believe you have me confused, for I do not attempt to end the lives of my beautiful children, I try to do almost what you do. I give my disease to those who suffer or those who want it so that I can improve their lives. I try to show them the bliss in suffering and despair, instead of simply the negatives of those emotions. All those who embrace these emotions and also embrace my disease will be strengthened by it ten fold. Why, you yourself witnessed the might of my darling children, even though they were no match for you, you must have at least seen how they were much stronger than they once were. And not all of them despised my gift, in fact a lot welcomed it.
"Beautiful sister, I'm so sorry for affecting your people, but I didn't know who they were. And I indeed asked their permission before giving my gift. I also informed them that they must embrace their suffering for them to feel bliss afterwards. But, if you wish for me to no longer affect your people, I will try my best, but I will not deprive those of your people that wish for disease. Unfortunately, I can make no promises that disease will not spread unto those that don't want them as my disease spreads to whatever it wishes, and I apologize, but I will not cage up my disease and deprive it of freedom. But I must also let you know, I had never given my gift to the unwilling on purpose, for those that disliked it, it was an accident and I apologize. But I didn't know how to remove their disease, so I had to leave them as they were.
"Precious, youthful sister, please explain to me how it's wrong. I've only just gained life and I'm still ignorant of some things. How is it wrong to give a purpose to those with none? How is it wrong to give those suffering, the chance to feel bliss from it, rather than despise it? How is it wrong to give hope to the despairing with my disease? I have given some of those in the Inferno a purpose, hope, and bliss, because they embraced my disease. For they had nothing and were abandoned, but I pitied them and let them see light in the darkness.
"I see that you all want me to stop, but I can only promise to limit myself. I just wish you don't try to stop me. I wouldn't ask any of you to destroy your children, just because they're bothering mine. But I understand that mine may be a bit troublesome, so I will try to come up with a solution for that, but in the meantime, please forgive me of my wrongdoings and those of my children."
((The solution he speaks of is gonna be his new race that he's going to make after this whole meeting is over. Just to let you know.))
Just as she was about to look back at the fragment when a sea hawk arrived, ill and hurting. "You are are Adarani, aren't you? I... well first, I don't feel so well..." Adarani healed the bird before he continued. "I bear a message from Ulmo. He requests that you send a few of your people to teach healing and agriculture, plus to bless the women so they can be fruitful."
The Goddess of Love nodded. "I'll go back to the Sacriran Islands as soon as I can and do that. Before you leave..." She placed her hand on the sea hawk's head and light glowed which went inside him. "That should be enough so that you make it back home safely."
"Thank you, Adarani!"
"Well met little Trelàs."
Braun said in his trademark friendly demeanor before turning back to Aspestis. He took a few steps forward, closing the distance between the God of Suffering and teh God of Strength. Now Braun the Indomitable stood before his kin, his massive hulking frame eclipsing the frame of his slender relative. Braun looked down at Aspestis, his eyes searching for the truth in the Gods words, he searched for conviction. Suddenly the hand of the God of Brotherhood reached out and clasped the shoulder of the God of Suffering in friendship.
"I may not agree with your methods but I can understand your motives. You seek in your own way to alleviate the pain of mortals. That I can accept, nay I can respect. The strength of your brood is formidable indeed, perhaps those who do pray for your touch deserve what they get, to whatever end that may be. As long as your creations are not a harm to the innocent I will not slay another of your children. Of that you have my word. In turn perhaps the Centaur and the Minotaur will not know the ravages of disease unnecessarily."
Braun locked eyes with his sibling and gave them a warm nod of brotherhood, signifying the allegiance that had just been formed between them, the bond of family. Braun pulled his hand away from his siblings shoulder and turned to walk off.
"I take my leave then, may you and your ilk find glory and honor. Go where the challenge is greatest Aspestis for it is there you will find the most reward."
With that Braun strode past his sisters and brother Trelàs. As he past Nylia he gave her a firm nod as one warrior to another. Nylia had fought beside her when no one else had. Not his brothers nor any mortal warrior had taken up the cause to combat the plague yet she had done so. She had won the respect of the God of Strength this day and his respect was a prize not easily earned.
As the God of Strength disembarked from the home of Aspesits the chieftain of the Minotaur clans knelt at a shrine. Within the darkness provided by the totem lodge Cairne moved to kneel at the shrine he had erected. The lodge was small, a tepee like structure only larger and with two massive tusks pulled from the carcass of a mammoth jutting out of the roof. Within the air was still and calm, almost tranquil in its serenity. A small fire crackled in the center of the lodge filling the interior with soft light and warmth. Cairne was before a depiction of the forest god Cragin. The old minotaur set a hand full of mountain flowers, a silver dagger and snapfrost berries before the shrine as tribute to the God of the Wilds.
"Oh great Hooded One, one who protects the wilds. I am a servant of nature and pray for your blessing. My people pray for your blessing. We seek communion with the natural spirits of this world and seek to protect it from the ravages of those who would do it harm. Grant unto us your favor and we will ever more serve the trees and the mountains. May the rivers never run dry. May the snow never ensnare our calves. May the creatures of the forest continue to grant us their treasures. In your name, Echo I honor you."
"Oh great Hooded One, one who protects the wilds. I am a servant of nature and pray for your blessing. My people pray for your blessing. We seek communion with the natural spirits of this world and seek to protect it from the ravages of those who would do it harm. Grant unto us your favor and we will ever more serve the trees and the mountains. May the rivers never run dry. May the snow never ensnare our calves. May the creatures of the forest continue to grant us their treasures. In your name, Echo I honor you."
And the Minotaur held a special place in his heart beside the Ossis now, and the wolves and the forests, for they had acknowledged his goals and efforts. He would nod to himself a few of his chosen race stealing glances at him, the strange hooded man that appeared as them, but nameless to the village. He would give them a bright smile, envisioning the Minotaur Shaman, 'My blessing shall be given, the forests, rivers, mountains, yielding to the Minotaur, supporting them in what they do.' he would speak the words under his breath, the hood casting a shade hiding the slight movement of his lips.
And with that the shrine would cast a green glow for several moments, an aimless wind tousling the fur of Cairne softly.
He eagerly awaited Mathias' knowledge.
Nylia saw that Aspestis loved the mortals and truly did wish to end their suffering, but the way that he was doing it wasn't right at all and simply didn't make a lot of logical sense. "Aspestis, my apologies but I still stand by what I said, if your diseases touches any of those people, you have been warned that I shall fight," Nylia said crossly. "Though you may ask if they want to accept your gift, most aren't educated on what it is and don't understand it, so you should not use that as good reasoning. Secondly, the freedom of your disease should be taken away if it is used to harm others, and if you don't believe that to be true then so be it, but let it be known that that is what I believe," Nylia stated staring at Aspestis' concealed face. "Your solution better be good Aspestis, because though you may be getting off with a warning now, I won't be so kind the next time," Nylia concluded beginning to walk away from Aspestis' domain. Nylia nodded back at Braun, he was a powerful God indeed and she wished to meet with him again one day.
When she was out of Aspestis' domain an eagle approached her, delivering a message, Greetings Nylia, Ulmo requests that you enter his domain and teach his people the art of making love, the eagle said. Nylia decided she could leave making a kingdom for the Amares later so that she could teach Ulmo's people and meet with Ulmo again. "Very well, I'll teach them now," Nylia said flying with the eagle to Ulmo's people. Once she was there she educated his people on how to make love, and though her teachings did help, she knew that they would have to be in tune with their primal side as well.
After educating Ulmo's people she looked around for the God himself, but unluckily she couldn't find him on land and decided not to go into the sea looking for him as she didn't remember exactly where his palace was. With that she flew off back to the caves and was extremely happy to see that there had already been quite an abundant amount of Amares. "I promised you a kingdom my people, so I shall give you one," Nylia said with that she took to the sky and looked at her terrain, she observed that her domain was quite mountainous with many caves, so she decided to utilize that in her idea for their civilization. On one mountain there was seven caves, each one higher than the other, the highest being near the very peak of the mountain. In the sixth cave she created a temple for her priest and oracle Pupo. In the fifth cave, she created a castle, for the royalty of the Amarean nation. In the fourth cave, she created a mansion, for her peoples diplomats. In the third cave, she created a market, for her people to shop and for Amarean merchants and traders to reside in. In the second cave, she created a large village, for many Amares to reside and make love in, there was also a temple, with statues of all the Gods for the Amares to worship in. Lastly, in first cave, she left empty, for any Amare to make art, literature, philosophy, or do whatever they wished in, as long as it was good in heart. In the seventh cave however, she made a large beautiful castle, unlike Acanthus' or Ulmo's. It had a more Gothic-Victorian style and was beautiful, yet frightening at the same time and she loved it. However, even though the Amares had a grand and ordered community, though others would know of them, they would never know their location for they were hidden in the shadows of the caves. The only person that Nylia would suspect that knew their location was Aspestis, but he might have forgotten it by now as he seemed to have difficulties remembering who he even diseased.
After all of that creating Nylia was exhausted and had to rest. She entered her palace, too tired to even come up with a name for it and started to fall asleep. Soon she would have her children, and she awaited that day happily.
"Good, good!" "I am pleased to see such a turn out!" "Trust me I will not waste no more of your time than I already have." Mathias spoke cordially as he cleared his throat again and opened the first book.
A golden aura irradiated in the form of a wave carried by a non-existent wind covered the entire area. While Cragin would be unaffected by what just happened and may not have realized what has happened, but a wave of knowledge reached the Ossis in such a rapid delivery. While it was quick it was formatted for them to understand without much confusion. Mathias would turn pages as he spoke but Cragin would come to know that he can hear a voice coming from Mathias' mouth that isn't his own per se. To Cragin, Mathias is seemed to be speaking gibberish but the Ossis hear everything that is being spoken to them as the power of Justice is slowly being released from the contents of the book. It is very possible Cragin could comprehend but the power of Mathias' words would have no affect on the god. In the meanwhile this shouldn't affect the Ossis personality, it should give them new concepts to think about. As if he was just flipping through pages in Cragin's eyes Mathias stopped and closed the first book. Mathias would continue this process with the other two.
Mathias looked around and could see none of the Ossis seemed all that moved by what just happened. Sure some appeared to be in some deep thought but otherwise not much stirred these people and he suspects Cragin is behind it. This was Mathias' first time but he was actually relieved he accomplished his task. Mathias looked around at the beings wondering how much actually got through to them. Mathias was even more surprised to notice Cragin himself joined them. His form was different but his power was undeniable. While the Ossis thought over things he decided to speak with Cragin in the meantime.
"Greetings." Mathias spoke his voice not particularly directed to anyone. "I see your encounter with the God of Fire left you intact." "I suspected the worse but it seems he was more reasonable than previously believed." "Still that was a very dangerous venture, I congratulate you for your success." Mathias spoke in a relatively casual tone.
What was more surprising was the proud God striding forward toward him. It had been pleasing seeing his brother so excited for all of that. If they hadn't suspected this Ossi was different, they surely would now as he was individualized and spoken to by the God of Justice. Cragin's voice would be that of it had before, that of a daring and charming young man wicked unintentionally, "Hello," He would be silent a moment turning to look his brother in the eyes, the hood following his movement, a shaft of light revealing the lower half of his face and he would extend a pleasant grin. "Thank you, I congratulate your knowledge, it was long expected after the.." Cragin would struggle for words a moment, noting Mathias' demeanor and rolling over various thoughts in his rapid mind. "Way you were acting at the arrival of Genocide." He would give a slight nod to himself.
He would acknowledge and seem to skim past the reference to Malus, as if he struggled with the idea of not combating the Dragon God. "And thank you for sharing your struggles and aspirations with the Ossis." The grin would broaden to reveal large canines and fangs, and it was then that Cragin came to realization that Mathias was formal and civilized and in ways opposed what he stood for. His eyes would flash with something feral, though the smile wouldn't waver. Truth lying in every word fluently spoken.
Mathias looked at the people Cragin created. While he can't exactly say he would be so comfortable with their standard of ethics but it's Cragin's will that they exist and so they shall. Mathias then turned to him again as he thanked him for sharing his words with them. "Ah yes, twas no problem, I am happy to do it again." Mathias responded. "I must say though Cragin, your people are very...interesting?" "I really not quite sure how to explain them." "They seem very...difficult to read." Mathias spoke his mind distracted from the conversation. "I mean no disrespect mind you, is just...I'm just not use to something so radical from our standard of living to entering their world." Mathias spoke as he gave an hand gesture as he waved his arm encompassing the surroundings.
"Still I realize I can't expect too much." "I've just presented them with years worth of knowledge after all." Mathias said as he looked at Cragin. "Well I'm glad I got their attention for as long as I did." "I believe I must be off and present the other beings of the world my teachings." Mathias spoke as he gave a large smile as he thought of future prospects.
"And as for change, it comes in time, and will rest in the hands of individuals.." Cragin would resolve himself to silence then, noticing now the balling of his fists, the splaying of them to make them clawed, he would relax them and rest them at his sides letting out a labored breath, "Goodluck in your ventures then, brother." He would not return the bow, and perhaps this would stand as a testimony to the will of his people, free and wild, unbowed, not herds of sheep, but better yet wolves acting as individuals and cooperating as a pack.
Instead, as a show of respect he would nod and hold a calm fist to his chest, where he sensed a beating where had felt pain in his true form. Watching Mathias with analyzed precision, and he thought then to what this God would create. What Mathias would will into existence and what transversal effect it would have on the middle realm, on the wilderness.
The first book was finished being by the pen and another was set in its place. This book was titled “Lyandra.”
Acanthus looked up from his conversation with Sanguine to see the ember god enter the library. Acanthus worried about his books but for a moment when Foteea entered and came up the stairs. She came bearing a gift and Acanthus looked deep into her warm eyes. “Thank you so much darling sister.” He said softly. “Never thought that I might receive a gift, especially not one of this magnitude. I will fit it upon my staff immediately!” And so he put Foteea’s gift upon his staff and it glowed with much brilliance. “This is truly wonderful.”
Then a child-being entered his library and did a headstand. Acanthus was a bit confused until he felt the aura of Trelas about the boy. “You seem to be trying something interesting Trelas.”
Nebious
A bird whistled outside the Hall, too fearful to enter lest it be wounded by the great magic surrounding it. It waited faithfully outside wanting to fulfill it’s duty, but it was in vain. In the end it was found, frozen to death, by a passing pious Prachian.
Nebious wondered at the creature that had come so far from the ocean, and set out immediately to see what was there that drove this creature all the way to the peak of an inland mountain.
Xin and Whisrul
"Enough... Cease your endless bickering." The king said with a sigh. "To what point and purpose have you entered the boundaries of my kingdom? Who has sent you on this errand?"
“The Lord Acanthus,” They both said in unison. “has sent us to your people so that we might teach wisdom and magic.”
“Though,” Xin said roughly, “Usually we come and go by ourselves.”
Whisrul nodded, but said nothing more.
Fen
"Well while I'm sure we aren't in need of it, as of yet. It would be greatly appreciated. Follow me, if you would Fen."
Fen bowed low to its guest. “It would be my pleasure of course.” And followed Njin into the wilds.
Sinclaire
"Our God gave us knowledge and power, yet it hasn't been long since our birth and we almost know extinction. We still are ignorant and unable to use the gifts that were given to us, can you help us with that?"
Sinclaire nodded, and if it had a mouth, it would have smiled. “I would be glad to teach you all that I know. I can teach magic and I can give much wisdom about life and what to do to survive in this world. Where shall we start?”
Laoradah
The Prachian had left a prolonged image of itself in the woods for a long time. As it waited in the tree it prepared itself for battle. It knew that it would have to prove itself before the Krul would accept it. Peace would not be much of an option.
When the Krul finally took the bait it dropped the illusion of its own form and surrounded them with another illusion. This one of large metal bars surrounding them. It dropped to the ground outside of the fake bars. “Greetings Krul. I am a Prachian, and I wish to teach you wisdom and magic. Show me the power you wield. Defeat me, and I will grant you a power even greater. But, I can only bestow that power if I remain alive. Remember that fact.”
Yldrich
Yldrich exited the dragon cave, burnt but but not charred. It shook its head a bit mournfully. The dragons would not accept its teachings. In truth they were more like wild animals than mortals.
Instead of searching for new mortals, Yldrich went away in search of a warm, not dragon filled, place to rest and nurture its wounds in these mountains.
Jute
A bird flew in close to Jute and seemed to release an aura at her. She didn’t feel changed but cocked her head at the bird. She acted startled when it spoke. "Greetings, child! What are you doing here in the Sacriran Islands, all alone? Isn't any of your family around? Brothers? Sisters? Parents?"
Jute spoke, her voice was small and cute, her words dripped like honey from her lips as she smiled at the bird. “Hello little bluebird! My, aren’t you something? How can you talk? What did you do that made everything feel all weird?” She stayed as polite as she could, avoiding the questions of the bird. All the while she felt the stirrings inside of her. She wanted to rip the curious little thing to shreds. She wanted to eat its heart and see if it could watch while she did it.
Then the creatures she had been waving to flew down to her. So mighty they seemed and nearly invulnerable. She wondered what their hearts would look like. One of them came right up to her face and badgered her with questions.
It decided then to do something that it might later regret. It licked her face. She had never felt such disgust or disrespect in her life. It seemed to speak more but Jute had lost herself in her inner thoughts. Her face remained ever peaceful but her mind imagined the many ways in which she would love to torture the beast before her.
Another beast landed and snapped Jute out of her reverie. She apologized and called the other one her brother. Jute began calming her inner turmoil and began to connive and scheme. “Yes, nice to meet you too Brigit. What is it like having to be dragged around by him everywhere?” She said the words light-heartedly, but a special barb had been placed in them. They laid out an even more disturbing question that was left unspoken and yet still rang out ever so loudly. What is it like to lose all of your freedom to that idiot brother of yours?
Another child came and talked to the bird, saying something about being a six. Jute wasn’t interested; instead she kept her cute little eyes focused on the Grinixia. While on the outside she seemed to just be a little sweet girl, on the inside she was intently focusing on what the power of her words would do to the two new mortals before her. She was oblivious to the fact that the child and the bird had left.
Just as Aspestis was about to make It's comment, Braun started walking towards It in an almost threatening manner. The young god simply stood there, half frozen in fear and half bracing Itself for what could only be a beating to come. As Braun raised his mighty hand, looking down on the God of Suffering, Aspestis nearly flinched when the hand came down to clasp It's shoulder. "I may not agree with your methods but I can understand your motives. You seek in your own way to alleviate the pain of mortals. That I can accept, nay I can respect. The strength of your brood is formidable indeed, perhaps those who do pray for your touch deserve what they get, to whatever end that may be. As long as your creations are not a harm to the innocent I will not slay another of your children. Of that you have my word. In turn perhaps the Centaur and the Minotaur will not know the ravages of disease unnecessarily." That was the first time someone had reached out to Aspestis, instead of the young god reaching towards somebody else. It felt nice, this warmth that the god's older brother seemed to project. "I take my leave then, may you and your ilk find glory and honor. Go where the challenge is greatest Aspestis for it is there you will find the most reward." Then the mighty God of Strength departed, leaving his ignorant younger brother to wonder about this piece of wisdom. Go where the challenge is greatest? If mighty brother says to do it, I shall. Although, I wonder what facing a challenge would do, maybe it can make me better? I don't know, but I will try.
Almost immediately after Braun left, Aspestis's beautiful sister began speaking. "Aspestis, my apologies but I still stand by what I said, if your diseases touches any of those people, you have been warned that I shall fight. Though you may ask if they want to accept your gift, most aren't educated on what it is and don't understand it, so you should not use that as good reasoning. Secondly, the freedom of your disease should be taken away if it is used to harm others, and if you don't believe that to be true then so be it, but let it be known that that is what I believe.Your solution better be good Aspestis, because though you may be getting off with a warning now, I won't be so kind the next time. And with that, the Goddess of revenge left. Oh dear me, she's right! I've given my gift to those who didn't even know what disease is! She's may be half correct about confining my creation, should it harm too many. I believe it should be punished and if the same keeps happening, then I'll confine my child, however much it pains me to do it.
After two of the four gods visiting their younger sibling left, Aspestis realized something. Nobody had told It their name. The young god looked upon It's sister and said, "precious sister, before we begin our discussion from where we left off, please tell me your name. It has just occurred to me that, although you all seem to know my name, I know none of yours. I've only learned Trelas's name, because you all happened to mention it." Once Adarani answered Aspestis's question. he continued. "Thank you very much, dearest sister Adarani. Now, let me ask you a question, couldn't it be possible that the purpose of some, could indeed be to spread disease and gain it? And if not, then what would be my purpose of existing? I was born from the suffering and despair of mortals and I gave them disease to make them stronger. I do not know how, but I was born with the knowledge of disease and if my purpose isn't to spread disease, then what is? I try to allow mortals to see the bliss in pain as I do and for those that do, my disease will give them strength. But, I have indeed at least seen the error of my ways and do as beautiful sister Nylia suggested, I will try to inform them as best I can and I will only give it to those that request it. I hope to have made my intentions clear, precious Adarani." And with that, Aspestis waited for a response, knowing that after this discussion, It will have a chat with Trelas.
She turned into a dove and flew back to her monastery. There, she created more Vitaiim and sent seven to Ulmo's land. Those same Vitaiim sent began teaching the methods used in agriculture, giving advice on relationships, even instructions on thier advanced healing arts, going so far as to teaching how to combat disease. Women's wombs were blessed, and the Viitaiim stuck around in case anyone needed anything.
Meanwhile, Jacobti, one of the first ten to travel the mainland, came across a group of werewolves who looked upon him suspisciously. "I come in peace. I am a Vitaiim, a disciple of Adarani. I arrived to assist with healing and agriculture."
Nylia woke up abruptly. She was surrounded by blood. Her abdomen surged with pain...
She had a miscarriage...
She had lost her children...
Tears formed in Nylia's eyes as she realized what happened. She felt numb, as if she wasn't even attached to the Middle Realm anymore. Her tears grew stronger, and came out faster, she frequently lost her breath as she loudly sobbed in her bed. The children she wanted so strongly weren't with her anymore, and she felt more alone than she had ever felt in her life. How was Ulmo going to react? He probably wouldn't want anything to do with her anymore...the gleam in his eyes that she saw him hold at the thought of children...it would be gone...and it was her fault...
No...it was Adarani's fault. She was the Goddess of Fertility, and here Nylia was, no longer with child, surrounded by its blood. Nylia clasped her head into her hands. [i]How could Adarani do this to her? Why would she do it to her?/i] Resentment and hatred grew in Nylia's heart and as her tears began to fade, anger overwhelmed her. She would not come back to her palace unless she held Adarani's head!
She flew off, heading towards Adarani's monastery once again. Though her mind was dead-set on murdering Adarani, in the back of her mind she still worried about how Ulmo would react to her infertility. Once she landed at the monastery she unsheathed her sword, eyes intent on Adarani's. She pointed her blade at the young looking God's neck; though she may have looked sweet Nylia didn't trust her at all. "What have you done, murderous she-beast?" Nylia asked enraged. "How dare you, you've made me infertile, and because of you...BECAUSE OF YOU MY CHILDREN ARE DEAD!" Nylia screamed, sobbing mid sentence as repulsed tears rolled down her face, she had never felt anger quite like this ever before.
"Oh... do you know? How fortunate for you then that your god ensures your safety while you trespass on the property of others. As you have trespassed on mine this day. The Centaur do not know such piety from their lord. The Mighty God of Strength allows us to forge our own path and in so doing build a strength of our own so we need not run to the protection of our creator for every little thing as a child runs to the skirt of it's mother."
The insult hung heavy in the air as the King of the Centaurs stared daggers at the servants of Acanthus. The tension in the air was palpable as the Centaur knights all stood ready to hack down any who challenged their king. At that very moment the lives of the Prachians were in the hands of the first of the Centaurs but fortunately for them he was not such a fool to cross the God of Magic. Lorio leaned back to a more relaxed position before he spoke again.
"As it so happens, I have no intentions of angering the God of Magic. You and your... people... are free to make your way through my kingdom. If you wish to spread the word of your god here that is your prerogative. Though I doubt many Centaur will lend an ear to your ravings. We do not value the skill of a mage very highly here. If you were servants of the War God Genocide then... well we could have more to discuss. You are not so we are done. You may leave my hall now. Perhaps seek out the Minotaur in the mountains of Sovngarde. I'd wager they may be more receptive to your teachings."
With that King Lorio, first of the Centaur dismissed the Prachians from his hall. The two servants of the God of Wisdom were escorted out of his tower to be left on the street of the massive Centaur city alone to choose their own heading.
As The Prachians were left to decide their destination the one who created the Centaurs walked the middle realm on his own. Curious of the world of mortals he strolled the forests and streams, the meadows and rivers. He wandered and enjoyed the splendor of the world he and his kin had created.
Mathias nodded at Cragin as he felt a certain change in personality. Still Cragin wouldn't do anything reckless with his people roaming about. Mathias watched Cragin and could tell that they will come to ahead one day but that day isn't here yet. Mathias decided to leave content with what Cragin said accepting his knowledge, whether it was true or not. Mathias made the trek out of the deep forest and back to the open fields of land. It certainly was interesting experience though arriving at leaving such a land. It was a brand new experience and Mathias nearly got choked up in it all. Yet, he calmed himself and allowed himself to finish his work. Feeling a sense of accomplishment he left the jungle behind him and found himself heading south.
Mathias found himself in a warm, yet fertile land were the smell of smoke drifted in the air. There was much vegitation, in fact it seemed even more healthier than the vegetation in Cragin's forests. It was a pretty fascinating discovery since the plant life lived very close to a force of nature that could easily destroy it. The clouds were thick because of the sulfur that could be found in the air. Mathias was unsure of what matter of being lives in such a uniquely balanced atmosphere but his travels have brought him here. Obviously mortal creatures live here and he must find them. Mathias traversed the land as he stepped upon some blackened soil as he could smell some fumes and such but before traveling too far he saw something flying about. He wasn't sure if it was the mortal creatures he was searching for but he called out to it.
"Hello!" Mathias shouted up high. "Can you hear me?!" Mathias continued to shout hoping to gain the attention of the creature. "I'm down here!" Mathias coughed after the last one inhaling some smoke. He was a bit worried it may be to high up but he decided to watch to see if it noticed him at all. After a few moments he realized it wasn't one of the mortals he was searching for but he did catch sight of a very large metal door. Obviously something like this was the work of the Smith Goddess. Mathias decided to make his way to the door.
As Acanthus so happily and readily accepted the gift, Foteea grinned. So happy he seemed, and she liked making her siblings happy. It was much better than watching them attempt to tear each other apart, anyway. She continued to grin as she said, "You are very welcome, Acanthus. I am glad that you like it. I have a second gift for you, actually." After saying this, she waved her hand above the table, and a circular mirror appeared. She presented the mirror to the wise god, "If you ever wish to contact me, all you have to do is look into this and speak my name, and I will appear."
It was then that the mad god entered the library, introduced himself as a sixth of Trelàs and asked whether he remembered her. "Well, sure I do," She replied with amusement in her voice, "Though you don't look quite the same as you did when I last saw you." She paused for a moment, as she realized that she hadn't made anything for him as of yet. She figured she might as well give him something. "Oh, Trelàs, I have a gift for you." She made a second mirror in midair, and willed it to float towards the god of music. "It may not be specifically tailored to you, but still. If you ever want to talk to me, speak my name into it, and I will appear." She waited for both of the gods' reactions.
Brigit
As the blue bird introduced herself, Brigit nodded in acknowledgement, but was shocked into silence as the fragment of a supposed god demanded presents from him. As they flew away, she looked back to the mortal child before her. The question that she asked caused the Grynix to shake something from her before tilting her head in thought. She looked back as she replied, "Well, he isn't that bad. If it weren't for him, I wouldn't even be out here." She looked around the entire area and up into the sky before continuing, "Besides, he is my family." She extended her right wing and pulled Kass towards her. The bright-eyed grynix, who had stopped trying to claw his tongue off, resisted a moment before shifting closer to his sibling. "Sorry, I not sure, but I don't believe that you told us your name. What would you like us to call you?" she asked politely.
"It seems these Mortals are very preoccupied at the moment...it's going to take more than knocking to have them answer." Justice spoke almost quizzically.
"What? You have an idea?" Mathias asked.
"Knock once more this time there should be a different effect." Justice spoke.
Mathias prepared another knock and as he brought his fist to the door a wave of gold illuminated the door. Not only was the knock loud but from within a wave penetrated deep within the caverns and any creature within would notice the sudden twinge of power accompanied by the wave. And as an extra precaution a bodiless voice would speak, At the Door, almost as if the voice whispered right into your ear. Mathias noticed the glow and figured Justice assisted him and hopefully what ever creature stirs within would be friendly enough to answer the door.
"Now we wait." Justice spoke as his voice faded once again.
Mathias hoped Justice succeeded otherwise they will be at square one once again. Mathias then decided to calmly stand by as he ran over introductions and his speech in his head. This time he will prepare himself for his public speaking unlike last time. Mathias began to wonder how many beings he would see down there. He wondered if it was as many as the Ossis or perhaps even greater? Mathias began to take breaths to easy his anticipation and mentally prepared himself to speak once again.
Njin would erupt from the forest, Fren following, an Ossi man would pass before them riding a large wolf variant bare back. A group of young boys fierce at work training in a strange martial art, their faces grimy and an eerie glow about their markings as the night began to engulf Ossirix. A man would be hard at work at a hearth in the middle, casting light upon the surrounding area. Several women hard at work, making clothing. Njin, realizing he could rest in his duties, would remain in his mortal form, a warm breeze would settle upon the area. A pack of small boys with wild hair climbing a large mangled tree, their laughs small and yet full.
"Welcome then, Fen. You are free to make yourself a home here, to commit to your teachings. Buildings are open, all that you must do is simply pick one," He would give the Praichan a wolfish grin and a pleasent nod before walking away, absorbed by the night to tend to his own matters.
Pack of Werewolves(Mentioned in Zach's post)
They would watch the "Vitaiim" silently, with snarls escaping their throats. "Assisting" but they had heard of Mathias and sensed Njin himself coming upon the Praichan. They would nod turning and walking away, not yet done in their rounds of the borders, they would not find speach but rather remain in their werewolf form, expecting the Vitaiim to follow.
Cragin
Cragin would watch his people with silent pride and love, at their progress and clear aspirations. The frivolity of their work, and the innocence of the children. He noticed their lack of modesty, and yet wished them to be clothed, for the Gods were, and what he had seen were, and so he dawned black trousers and ashen black fur, moccasins, a shirt and a clothe green vest, walking about the village, his people would begin to see, with at first, strange looks. But he was different, and handsome, and his confidence paired with the fact he had been so special as to be talked to a God himself, he knew within days they would wear clothing to, while not taking up modesty, they would realize the practicality of clothing.
He would notice the Praichan and seeing the gift would take it upon himself to think of Acanthus. The wizard that had given him a mind, and the un-warrior like attributes, he would recall Hléradr, the icy peak. He had but twenty five guardians left, the elites that would only grow stronger with time, the ability giving them a near immortality. He would pace about a moment before heading off into the forests, vanishing from the scene in a great light and appearing at the door of the home of Acanthus. He would not bother to see if the God was there, he sensed his kin even in the blurring of the snow, the ferocity of the peak, attacking him at every fiber of his being. He would twirl the branch, it casting a glow that could be recognized through the madness.
Five werewolves would appear before him, individuals not yet to be seen in their Ossis forms, he would color them white to blend with the surroundings, their fur more thick and compact to keep the cold from their skin. Their irises a pure silver, unlike the God's current form. These would be the most disciplined and ferocious of his elites, the devastation of their surroundings making them hardened even more so, the constant snow storm further sharpening their senses and challenging their strength and speed, He would set them about the task, the vigilant guardians of Acanthus, his gifts and means of protection. This could not repay the debt, but would be a start.
Korterra watched as the god dragon turned it's attention strictly to Cragin, who got little more than a vindictive justification. The crazed god couldn't help but feel that he was ignored, and that his presence did not matter to his brothers. Clenching his fists tightly, he felt the tempation to simply attack the god of destruction for daring to suggest they were puny and inferior. He did not have time to deal with Malus and his inflated self worth now, he had left his ruins unattended to far too long. Should they be attacked, there would be no protection.
With a scoff, he turned his back on his foolish brother and returned to his ruins. As he walked, his thunderous steps creating barren, dirt patches as he walked. How dare his brothers ignore him, how dare they pretend that their brother of hallucination did no stand beside their quarrel. No, he would not be forgotten, and he would make sure of that. Reaching his ruins, he looked at the few rocks scattered about, broken from his precious dwelling when the world shook, previous to the arrival of mortals.
Slowly, his form twisted into that of a tall, slender man with snowy white hair and blue eyes. In this form, he began to gather rocks. Yes, they would not leave him, they would not forget their god. With ease, he carried stones one by one and placed them into a row. After placing them in the row, he began to wander about the ruins and gazing at old, forgotten statues. With care, he plucked the moss and vegitation from each one, revealing their hidden gazes. Returning to the stones, he began to place the vegitation atop the stones, each with an equal amount - but one recieving one kind and one recieving another. Once finished, he moved back.
With his great power, he brought life into the cold stone and moss that lay upon the ground. Slowly, one by one, each stone began to tremble as if a chill had reached them. The moss dissolved, almost melting into the stone under it. The red moss made a stone almost pinkish but some remained white, the green did the same to the stones they lay upon. With a crackling, the stones twitched, broke, and reformed as life was thrust into them - Inanimate now gaining forms filled with observation, smell, touch, and thought. Even the god was awed at the form they finally took; Slender, lethal, tall, and - to Korterra's utmost delight - faceless. Their skin was pale, their bodies were hard, their torsos and faces were ribbed and seemed to hide that which was unknown. Experimentally, he reached forward and pried the ribs apart, beholding the circular rows of vicious fangs. A wide grin on the god's face, he stepped back and allowed the ribs to snap shut.
Then, Korterra awoke his people from their stone slumber. Watching as they gained a consciousness and immedately praised him, he laughing, his piercing laughter shrieking with delight. These were his people, and his people only. He was their creater, their god, their lord, their messiah. Yes. But what should he call these mortals of his? Yes - Khyre. He shall name them Khyres, the people of his land. After soaking in their praise and adoration, his cackling calmed and he disappeared, melting into the ground like a water droplet from a leave after a rain - Leaving his people as they were.
Skyn
As the light reached him, the first sight that greeted him was the glorious form of his creator, his lord. Skyn did not know how he know so, but did not question as he and his new bretheran placed their claws together and went down on their knees, bowing their heads and humming. He could hear his lord laughing, and soon, after, he stopped and all was silent. Looking up, he realized that his god was gone. As they all got up to stand on their feet, they looked around their new world - The ruins, the surrounding, massive stones hidden between the tall trees.
"Zile, we must work on hollowing the rocks," Skyn spoke up, looking aroung. He wouldn't exactly explain why, but he knew they all had things to do. He turned to Zile, who simply twitched his outer claws - A gesture most like a shrug to the Khyres. Skyn ignored the others for now, since he knew Zile best out of them all. As they made their way to a large boulder and began to use their extremely sharp claws to scratch at the rock and gouge out portions.
It took a while, many of the Khyres helping one another to make their stone dwellings. All of the large, stone boulders were hollowed well and holes were carved into the side like windows. The undulling, hard-beyond-solid claws cutting and carving the stone with steady work. Once one dwelling was finished, they moved onto another. Again - It didn't take long for the dwellings to be completed. Finally, Korterra's people stepped back and saw their work - seven finished houses and eight which were halfway done, but inhabitable. They returned to work, and Skyn made his way towards his half finished dwelling. He and Zile worked on carving, eventually growing tired of the sounds of their claws against stone, but continued. Few words were exchanged, but there didn't need to be - And so, they worked in silence.
Jacobti saw the werewolves' reactions, yet did not comprehend their speech. From the snarls, however, it appeared they did not appreciate him being among them. As they continued walking, he assumed they wanted him to follow, which he did. Jacobti was unsure what could happen to him, but it was a risk he was willing to take.
Abnuutkakt
Abnuutkakt could sense nothing, at first, but then life began to fill his nerves. It appears it is not as lifeless as I thought it would be. Following the life energy, He came closer and closer to the Khyres. He did not know what to expect, yet the fact he was serving Adarani and her ideals kept him at ease.
Vitaiim at the Central Vitaiim Monastery
As Adarani tended to Nylia's womb, the Vitaiim present sensed the arrival of Kylian, the heroic god from earlier. Davu explained the scneario to him. "Your timing cannot be more perfect! Nylia is overwhelmed with grief over the loss of children who were not even born, and she was bent on killing Adarani for it! She is mending the vengeful Goddess' womb as we speak! That villainous, hypocritical cutthroat had it easy! She should be grateful our mistress is even helping her, to begin with!" Anyone could tell by this Grand Abbot's tone that he was furious at Nylia for threatening Adarani.
Acanthus smiled at the burning god before him. She had seemed strange at first and almost alien but this gift had shown him a different side of her.
"You are very welcome, Acanthus. I am glad that you like it. I have a second gift for you, actually." She said and she conjured up a mirror "If you ever wish to contact me, all you have to do is look into this and speak my name, and I will appear." Acanthus cocked his head, recalling the rings of communication he had made for Mathias and Lyandra. He conjured one into his hand.
“Let us make this a trade. Take this ring and use it in the same way you asked me to use the mirror. I will come to your aid whenever you need it dear one.”
As the pen continued to write Acanthus grinned and bowed to Foteea. “Let this signify a long friendship between mine and yours.”
Whisrul and Xin
"Oh... do you now? How fortunate for you then that your god ensures your safety while you trespass on the property of others, as you have trespassed on mine this day. The Centaur do not know such piety from their lord. The Mighty God of Strength allows us to forge our own path and in so doing build a strength of our own so we need not run to the protection of our creator for every little thing as a child runs to the skirt of its mother."
Whisrul nearly shook with anger at the Centaur king. Xin raised its hand to stay its kin. “We simply meant that only one of us visits each race. That is why we bicker before you. Only one of us is meant to be here before you, yet here we both are.”
"As it so happens, I have no intentions of angering the God of Magic. You and your... people... are free to make your way through my kingdom. If you wish to spread the word of your god here that is your prerogative. Though I doubt many Centaur will lend an ear to your ravings. We do not value the skill of a mage very highly here. If you were servants of the War God Genocide then... well we could have more to discuss. You are not so we are done. You may leave my hall now. Perhaps seek out the Minotaur in the mountains of Sovngarde. I'd wager they may be more receptive to your teachings."
“Ravings!” Whisrul said with disgust as he sat outside the court of the king with Xin. “Why, I’ve more power in my pinky finger than he has in his whole arm!”
“Fool!” said Xin, “Are you more powerful than an army? Stay yourself or your anger will be the death of us both.”
“Forget it, if these morons don’t want my help I’ll find the Minotaur!” With that Whisrul left the city of the Centaurs and headed for the mountains.
Xin just sighed. It decided to stay in the home of the Centaurs. “Maybe there is at least one of these folk that will accept the wisdom of others. I may be able to teach magic as well, if they’ll accept what little I can teach.”
Fen
"Welcome then, Fen. You are free to make yourself a home here, to commit to your teachings. Buildings are open; all that you must do is simply pick one.”
Fen nodded at its host. “Thank you ever so much Njin! You were so helpful!” It then looked around the village for a good place to start. It found a small hut on the outskirts of town. It summoned some help, making a few large apes appear. “Would you be dears and help me fix up this place?”
They got to work, mending the building and making it into a respectable house. They set up an outdoor auditorium and made the inside fit for Fen to sleep in. Fen made a sign for its hut. Fen’s Pavillion. It began making potions and released the apes with a “Thank you.”
Fen waited for people to visit it while at the same time preparing for visitors.
Jute
"Well, he isn't that bad. If it weren't for him, I wouldn't even be out here." The female said.
Jute cocked her head. “Out here?” Where was the place they had come from, she wondered. She wondered if there were more of them. What an interesting idea, to destroy the gods with hordes of their own followers.
"Besides, he is my family." Bridgit said, still talking, thinking that Jute was actually paying attention. Well, maybe she was. She wondered how this family idea actually allowed this creature to resist her lies and temptations. She imagined that if she was a god then Genocide might be her family. What a sad fate indeed for Genocide to be in.
"Sorry, I’m not sure, but I don't believe that you told us your name. What would you like us to call you?" Brigit continued. This question brought Jute to a halt. Her name? She had felt the power of that word in the Inferno. She knew better than to ever say it again. She thought hard, her immortal mind racing at high speeds. Then she looked at the two.
“You can call me Embelsi!” She said cheerfully. She put much of her power of deceit into the word. Anyone who heard that name would feel nothing but pure sweetness, gentleness, and truth. She grinned, her black heart enjoying every lie that spewed from her lips.
Suddenly, Adarani pushed aside Nylia's sword and began using her magic to restore her womb. "Wh-what are you doing?" Nylia asked, suspecting that the other Goddess was going to attack her. But, she finished and when she did she just stepped back...Nylia wasn't sure what happened but she was grateful to Adarani, though she was still suspicious. "...Thank you..." Nylia said, still unsure of what to say when she heard the voice of the Grand Abbot. "Your timing cannot be more perfect! Nylia is overwhelmed with grief over the loss of children who were not even born, and she was bent on killing Adarani for it! She is mending the vengeful Goddess' womb as we speak! That villainous, hypocritical cutthroat had it easy! She should be grateful our mistress is even helping her, to begin with!" Nylia spun around to face the Grand Abbot, her eyes flaring with anger. "You dare insult a Goddess?" She asked tendrils of dark, godly energy surrounding her. "Your life shall be spared due to the kindness and generosity of Adarani, but be cautious; another slip up like that and your measly existence shall be ended!" Nylia snapped at the Grand Abbot.
After calming down Nylia turned to Adarani. "My apologies sister, the stress of this whole situation is most definitely getting to me..." Nylia said calmly. "I am in your debt however," Nylia said changing the topic. "Is there anything you need of me?" She asked smiling slightly. She stared at the Goddess carefully and thought of all the instances she had seen her in. She wondered if the Goddess of Love would need any help with it but she thought that she might as well give it a try. "How about help in getting someone to like you? I have a feeling that there's a certain God of War that you have your eyes on," Nylia asked, a friendly and devious smile growing on her face.
Cragin would give the Hléradr Pack a gift, leaving them with a large home carved into a point with a view of the palace. Showing them the ways of fire, that he had learned from the destruction left by Malus, the changing of the air, with the combining of static, the very way of things to create a warming flame, a comforting flame. They would stand, taller than him by little less than a foot, standing and not bowing though they would show silent respect, revelation in being so close, as Ossis they would be twenty-five, all of them, though the active blood of the werewolf slowing their aging by 1/4 the normal amount. He would give them all the gift of extreme bone morphing, they could change the way of their very structure in mere moments, and then he would leave them with one request, "Pray for strength, pray for wisdom in your tasks, and pray for the ability to learn, to change, to stay wild and unconquered in your endeavors. Forget, not, who your father is. He loves and cares for you, as you should always care for, and love one another." The snow would whip at Cragin, frosting and turning his pale skin a sickly blue, the hood frozen to his hair, and his clothes thick and solid, but the God would seem unaffected, though a bead of water would freeze almost immediately upon his face.
He would turn away walking a few minutes, before opening the door and entering the home of Acanthus, the warmth overcoming and relaxing every tensed muscle, he would walk silently forward, the door closing behind him, forced by the fierce winds, he would make way towards the Sage's library opening the door near soundlessly though he suspected he was already sensed, up the winding stairs he would find that the beautiful sister he had seen before, the flame of her bright and pleasant was there, with the wise one, busy at work exchanging pleasantries and tokens.
His gaze would be like liquid silver, as if he was content to be there among them under the pretense of life, a warm meeting of kin, and no looming threats.
Njin;
Njin would organize the men into loose lines and formations, running harsh drills, a great deal of the Ossis forming a tiny representation of an army that could be. He knew not exactly why they vied for war, they ached for the combat in means of protection and the combating of evil and wrong doing, but it was the driving force behind all that they stood for, and so the bustling bodies of skeletal systems covered in grimy and damp muscles would show the utmost discipline and yet seem feral in their low growls going about various exercises.
Pack of Wolves(Zachary)
The wolves would erupt into the confines of the village looking back at the Vitaiim and giving slight nods before rushing in an eruption of speed, back into the forests.
In the shining city of the centaurs a beautiful mare walked the streets. Her hooves clicking as she strolled the streets lost in the amazing fantasies brought to her by the simplest of things, a book. From within the pages of a book the radiant centaur was able to see far off places and engage in grand adventures all with the turn of a page. As she strolled the towns people all gossiped about the odd girl, so different from the others of her kind. Some called her strange her head in the clouds. Others saying she was much too childish for a girl her age, peculiar was a common term to describe Aribella [except with clothes lol] daughter of the town pariah.
As she strolled, along on her way one of the town bakers nearly ran into her causing her for the first time to look up with a warm smile.
"Oh excuse me, I'm sorry Mister Haythorn. Those smell wonderful this morning."
She said cheerfully. The baker just smiled as he lifted his load of fresh rolls onto his stall counter top.
"Glad you think so Belle, I just finished baking these. We're you off to?"
"The book shop, I just finished the most wonderful story about a beanstalk and an ogre and-"
"That's nice, Marie! The sweetcakes!"
The baker shouted, cutting Belle off and ignoring the rest of what she was saying. Belle left the baker be, seeing he was quite busy and headed off on her way towards the book store to return her book. She past the town square where many Centaur could be found at the altars in the center of the square. It was here the pantheon that Centaur prayed to was on display in the form of three granite statues. Two of equal size yet one in the center was the largest. The two on either side who matched each other in size were depictions of Genocide, God of War and Foteea Goddess of the Forge. These Gods personified the Centaur's passion for battle and their dedication to steel work. The final and largest monument was of the Centaur's patron and creator. Braun God of Strength and Conquest. It was at these massive stone representations of their gods that centaur could kneel and pray for the blessings of their chosen gods. Belle paused and gave a quick, graceful curtsey in respect to the depictions of the gods before continuing on her way. It was on when the beautiful mare passed the kings tower that she looked up just long enough to spot a odd looking person she'd never seen before. Living in the Citadel since birth she knew almost everyone who lived here and this stranger was certainly no centaur. Her curiosity perked she approached with a sweet smile and a voice as melodious as a song bird.
"Good morning sir, I'm sorry but are you... are you from outside of the plains? You are aren't you? I've never met someone from outside of the plains before."
Aribella's eyes were full of wonder and curiosity. Her mind thirsting for knowledge and excitement.
Braun, unknown location within the middle realm
While the young centaur maiden met for the first time, the one who would guide her along her destined path the one who had created her kind got into his head a wonderful idea. As Braun had wandered the realm of mortals his mind was lost in ways to gift unto his sisters some form of thank you for standing beside him in the battle with Apsestis' forces. He remembered Nylia's ferocity in combat and Adarani's steadfast defense of her kin and those wounded in the fray. It was in the consideration of their styles of combat that Braun had decided upon what gifts he would bestow upon them. A broad smile on his face he transported himself to his home where he gathered the two things he would need before seeing the craftsman he had in mind. He grabbed one of his own raiments, the clothing he wore radiated godly power as within it's heavenly woven threads was the residual aura of it's owner. Then he pulled out a chest from atop his cupboard. In the chest was a hunk of an odd metallic alloy. Pulled from the center of the earth by the God of Strength himself this super dense alloy was indestructible and fused with magical properties. With these two crafting materials he had everything he needed to enter the forge. Now to see his sister Foteea and request of her a favor.
The goddess bowed slightly at the unexpected gift from the sage god. "Thank you very much, Acanthus. As I had said before, thank you very much for your kindness. I feel that it is important for us to be able to contact one another," Foteea said, and began to think of the mighty god of strength in his large hall and continued, "If only to keep from feeling lonely and isolated." She bowed and said, "Farewell." before turning to leave. As she did so, she nearly collided with the silent hooded god that she had seen race off to protect his land not so long ago. "Oh, sorry, I hadn't noticed you there." She backed away from the god of the wilds and bowed. "Hello, I am Foteea, Goddess of the Forge. It is a pleasure to meet you."
Brigit
“You can call me Embelsi!” The mortal child announced cheerfully.
Brigit smiled at the girl's happiness as she spoke, "Yes, well it is very nice to meet you, Embelsi."
Kass attempted to get from under her wing to badger the young girl with questions a second time, but she tightened her hold and looked down on her brother, brows raised as if to say, Don't you dare. The chastised young grynix seemed to shrink slightly before he coughed and uttered, "Yeah, very nice to meet you..."
Brigit nodded at her brother before asking Embelsi, "So, where were you headed?"
Vincent
While his siblings were away, both Vincent and Kayle had been busy building. Around the entire cavern hung hundreds of small braziers, illuminating even the darkest corners of the large cavern that the Grynixa called their home. In the center of the cavern stood a cylindrical tower made of steel that wound its way up to and around a large stalagmite that hung from the ceiling. Around this central tower stood four other, much smaller home towers, about an eight of the size, with the last not yet finished. Ever since Kayle had been with child, she had slowed down a little, just enough to hinder construction. Despite this, Vincent couldn't help but smile whenever he looked at his sister, and saw the small yellow glow in her chest. As Kayle took a break, laying by the lake while taking occasional drinks, Vincent continued to work, hammer and anvil shaping the metal. As the hammer was swung down, the ringing echoed throughout the cavern. As he swung, one of the echoes seemed louder than the others, which caused Vincent to stop for a moment, slightly confused. He shrugged and continued to work, each of his swings seemed to cause a large ringing throughout the cavern, two, separate ringings, actually. The higher pitched ringing of the hammer and a slightly deeper pinging of something else. This time, when Vincent stopped, he looked to his sister and they shared a look of confusion. Their confusion soon intensified as the sound of a large bell rang throughout their home, accompanied with a wave of golden light flooded the cavern for a brief moment, and a disembodied voice spoke into his ear. At the door.
Kayle flexed her wings, preparing for flight, "Well, it seems that we have a visitor," the grynix said before taking wing, heading towards the small hole in the ceiling that lead to the cave where they were first given life.
"Apparently," Vincent commented before he followed his sister. Soon, both of the Grynixa stood before the sealed entrance of the cave, not entirely sure how they were supposed to open it. Vincent tilted his head, his eyes scanning the smooth surface. As he continued to look, a small hole the size of one of his claws appeared. He leaned towards the hole to examine it, and tentatively inserted the first claw of his right foreleg into it. After a moment of silence, the metal wall seemed to ripple from the hole, shimmering like quicksilver, and slowly retracted to the edges of the cave, exposing the visiting god of justice. At the sight of such a powerful being, both of the mortal creatures bowed low, both wings extended in respect.
Kayle stepped forward and said respectfully, "Greetings, please, will you come in?" Vincent stood vigilant inside the cave, watching the god in silence.
Cragin would feel the ferocious heat of his sister on the pale of his skin, his eyes would play along the flickering flame and he would give her a crooked grin. "The pleasure is all mine, sister." His right hand would rise in a loose fist to his chest, before falling back to his side. He would give her a slight nod, recognizing her as the Goddess of the ember. The Ossis would need weapons and instruments of life to propel them forward, he cared for his children. "I've been meaning to talk to you, I would beg a favour of my sister of the forge, in teaching my creations the art of metal crafting.." He would look beyond her a moment, as if deep in thought, tilting his head the slightest bit.
"I would be in your debt." His voice would be genuine, soft and friendly as he measured Foteea.
"What ails you my lord, I sense your mind is troubled."
The Valkyrie stated curiously. Braun's mood lightened considerably at the sudden appearance of the guardian of his home.
"Ah Valkyrie, I'm sorry I'd forgotten you were even here. You are a stealthy one you know that?"
The bronze figure made no facial signal of it's mood before replying.
"It is in my nature. To become a part of the hall in order to protect it as it becomes a part of me."
Braun scratched his head as the intricacies of the explanation were lost on him.
"Right well....you're quite good at it. Don't suppose you'd know of any way to locate my sister? Your creator?"
Valkyire's head cocked slightly in curiosity as Braun's mood turned back to one of concern as his mind went back to the task of locating his sister.
"Goddess Foteea gifted to you a seeing mirror to commune with her at any time. Have your forgotten my lord?"
The words struck Braun like a bolt of lightning and he leapt to his feet overjoyed.
"AHA! You beautiful metal bird woman!"
He said as he wrapped his bulky arms around Valkyrie and gave her a massive hug of joy. Valkyire squirmed in his vice like grip, unsure of what to do.
"An odd gesture."
Valkyrie said while in Braun's arms. Braun let her down with a laugh and looked at the protector of his home in pride.
"You are a blessing to me, more than you know."
Valkyrie, for the first time, showed the slightest hint of emotion as she bowed her head ever so slightly and her mechanic eyes fluttered in gratitude.
"My thanks, I am happy to serve."
With that Braun rifled through his belongings until he located his sisters mirror and held it out before the fire place.
"Sister, your brother calls to you. Can you hear my words?..."
"Why thank you, I believe I shall." Mathias politely spoke as he stepped inside. "I must say I hadn't expected to find anyone out here but it certainly is a fertile land your creator chose." Mathias cheerfully spoke as he stepped inside. Mathias looked to see the caverns where indeed deep. The smell of fire and metal weighed in the air the further down the cavern went. "Despite that, judging by the architecture of your front entrance the rest of your home must be equally spectacular!" Mathias spoke as he looked about with curiosity. Mathias was very much eager to see how their society is compared to the raw, natural landscape of the Ossis. He suspected it would very much be the opposite, instead of living through nature the Grynixa's home would be manufactured.
Mathias walked ahead of the two Grynixa and turned to them with a smile. "So then my fine, metallic friends, show me to where your people dwell!" Mathias spoke with a friendly chuckle. Mathias was very much eager to meet the rest of the Grynixa. This time however, Mathias prepared himself for public speaking unlike last time when he was caught off guard. He can't help but remember all of the Ossis looking upon him with curious eyes, it was surreal. He expected no less from these mortals, so much different they are than from the Ossis. For instance they where made of flesh and blood, and these were made of fire and metal. And where they lived above ground in the trees, they seem to live underground in a volcano no less.
"Oh how rude of me, I have yet to tell you my business here." "Well to be perfectly honest I'm here to share knowledge with you and your people!" "I have created these three books that are chained to my belt you see here." "I have already visited another race and now I am here to do the same." Mathias spoke excitedly, obviously eager. "I sure hope you will be able to hear the presentation!" Mathias spoke as he stood there awaiting for them to guide him to the others, he suspected where there.
After what felt like an incredibly long time, Miurcrost had finally arrived in the misty lands. At first, the place was barren, seemingly featureless... Boring. Just boring. There were multiple times he'd thought he'd seen some sort of yellow glow in the fog, or vaguely bipedal shapes, but they'd all gone away moments later. "Perhaps the Fog be playin' tricks on ye", Miurcrost thought to himself. After another expanse of time spent wandering aimlessly in the same direction, Miurcrost came across an interesting sight. It appeared to be some sort of massive forest, with extremely wet ground, ponds scattered about here and there, and strange trees, that formed domes with roots that grew out of the ground beneath the trees themselves. He'd arrived in a swamp. Funny word, that was. "Swamp". He was curious as to why his mind gave definition to things he'd never experienced before, but he decided to put that question to the back of his mind when he heard something. It sounded like... singing.
"I've been meaning to talk to you, I would beg a favour of my sister of the forge, in teaching my creations the art of metal crafting." Cragin began to inquire, "I would be in your debt."
Foteea smiled as she replied, "Well, of course I will help, I would be more than happy to do so. As for any debts-" The goddess straightened as another voice interrupted her thoughts. As she was speaking in the hall, she began to hear the voice of another brother some distance away.
"Sister, your brother calls to you. Can you hear my words?..." she heard Braun's voice echoing in her head. The goddess shook her head slightly as her attention divided itself evenly between her body and her newly formed face within the gifted mirror in the god of strength's hands.
"Yes, anyway, as for debts, I don't want you owing me a thing. Now, where would these creatures of yours be?" As the goddess spoke to the god of the wilds, her face reflecting in the mirror located in Sovngarde replied, "Hello there, brother. Yes, I am hearing you loud and clear. What is it that you need?"
Vincent
The masculine grynix followed both the god and his sister as she lead the divine being down towards their cavern. As they were about to round the corner, he stopped and looked out of the cave, seeing the green "fertile-ness" of the land outside. He began to wonder where out there his siblings had run off to. His thoughts were cut short as the metal wall closed in a similar fashion to how it opened. He then quickened his pace to keep up with the others, where his sister was replying to the compliment of the architecture, "Well, the goddess made that door, everything else, we have made. I don't think we can quite compare, but I will let you be the judge."
At the comment of spreading knowledge, Vincent couldn't help but pay a little more attention. The grynix walked closer to the god and looked at the three books that hung at his belt. "Well, I should hope we could hear it. Not sure why we wouldn't." It was then that they arrived at the tunnel that ran down into their cavern. "As for where we live, it is right down here." Vincent charged past the others and at the end, allowed himself to fall before extending his wings just before plunging into the lake of fire. The air caught at his wings as he flew towards the highest tower and landed on a platform made for the purpose about 3/4ths of the way up. He stood proudly before exclaiming, "Welcome to Cinderis, the City of Embers!"
"Um yes hello?" Mathias' voice much more smaller. "Um I most certainly hope I am not interrupting you fine mortals but I bring a good service today." Mathias looked around as his face became saddened. "Anyone here?" "Anyone at all?" Mathias spoke as he gave a sigh. "I had no idea your people are so reluctant or...is there even anyone here besides you two?" Mathias spoke as he rubbed his head feeling a bit embarrassed. Had he prepared himself for nothing? All of this time worrying about pleasing an entire society when there wasn't one to be found? Surely, all of this construction wasn't all if their doing? Could it? Mathias pondered this situation for a while. "Um, where is the rest of your people?" "If I may so boldly ask?" Mathias asked the one closest to him. Mathias had the sinking feeling that they were truly alone here. No other of these Mortals exist or if they are they are absent from the city. Mathias decided to recollect his thoughts. Even if there is a lack of people he could still spread his knowledge to these two, they seem willing to listen.
He felt the urge to return to the Ossirix, craving the progression of his people. "I would be in your debt no matter the preference. Courtesies will always be returned with courtesies." He would look her in the eyes a moment, before turning to leave.
Foteea asked through the magic of her looking glass. Braun beamed happily at the sight of his sister.
"Foteea, how goes it? This magic mirror of yours is quite the wonder sister."
Braun said proudly before regressing to what he originally called the Goddess for.
"The reason in which I called out to you, I'd ask a boon of you. You see I'd make a gift for our sisters Adarani and Nylia for their bravery standing beside me against the forces of Aspestis. I have two unique gifts in mind to aid them both in battles to come. However I have not the skill to craft such gifts and I thought, who better than the Goddess of the Forge to turn to."
The hot-headed Prachian left the great city of the centaurs in a huff. It was angered by the reception that it had received. As it walked towards the mountains of the Minotaur it flexed its hand and a fireball appeared in it. The fireball grew slightly as it focused more on its anger. Electricity began to spark through the fireball and began to sling sparks onto the ground. Whisrul released his hold upon the new spell he had created in anger and it dissipated into the air.
It began its ascent up the side of the mountain. Eager to teach people who might listen.
Xin
The haughty but wise Xin leaned against a wall wondering what to do with itself. It had free reign but no one to teach or even converse with. It felt itself beginning to miss Whisrul’s company.
"Good morning sir, I'm sorry but are you... are you from outside of the plains? You are aren't you? I've never met someone from outside of the plains before."
Xin looked up to see a young female centaur before it. It spoke telepathically to the centaur. “Hello, yes. Actually, we Prachians have no homeland. We prefer to travel to where we are needed most. I felt called to this place, though I know not why. It seems as if we are very little welcome here.”
Jute
Jute watched as the elder of the two Grinixia looked down at the younger. Already it seemed that she was falling prey to the child’s hidden agendas. She continued to grin happily as if she hadn’t noticed anything. As Embelsi, she could be as cute and innocent as she wanted and she was sure no one would ever see through her ruse.
"So, where were you headed?" Bridget asked.
“Um, well, I’m not really sure…” Jute responded in the most humble way she could. “I don’t really have a home. My parents left me a long time ago.” She wondered at her own truthfulness. She was quite proud of herself, actually. She’d just invented the half-truth. Some truth could be pretty misleading, she decided. “Where were you going to go?”
The worm didn’t like this place the creature in the chair had destroyed most of his body’s, the only one that would protect him would be the father. They opened a portal to where the father had been, when they got there they transported till they found the father and their sister. The father changed them gave them more of his power then they had before and the gifts of new body’s.
It was night, in the home of the Minotaur family the parents and their child were sleeping, when three holes appeared in the floor, a pair of arms and a head came out of each one. Two of them had knifes, the parents didn’t even realize anything happened they woke in Paradise, the child wasn’t so lucky the third pair dragged him into the hole and it closed before he could scream. The figures with knifes dragged themselves out of the holes and wrote a message in blood on the wall. It said “innocence was stolen from me now five innocents will be stolen from you”. The creatures started to eat everything in the house they had an endless hunger but when they heard someone approach they jumped back into the portals leaving only the message and what was left of the family’s belongings. The portals opened at four other places besides the Minotaur, a Centaur, an Amares, a Krul, and an Ossis child were taken to play with Kreios. No messages were left at the the other four houses except a horn from a full grown Minotaur.
Kreios
He had stolen the children of the gods favorite creations, most might try to come but few were as powerful as him down here, he would guess Genocide would ignore the kidnapping of the child but it would be interesting to fight him. The children were being kept in his forest he had created a clone to play with the children, and had put any dead that knew magic to teach them, and beasts to teach them to fight. He had grown smarter in the time here most of the reaches had been abandoned by him. three had given him a magic object, the freezing hell had not so his clone was still there, the magic object was a ring that had equal magic storing power as him, a mirror that made a corrupted copy of any mortal that looked at it, and a pair of boxes that pulled creatures in and its twin spat the creatures out on the other side. The portal worms returning was a happy surprise and changing them so that they dug into his creatures brains and took control of the carcass. This would just be annoying to the gods, but if they thought they could defeat him now, in the inferno they were mistaken. He gave the ring and mirror to a clone and sent the worms to the middle realm with one of the boxes. His main body would stay but a clone would look for the creature called Asepsis he sounded like he could be an actual friend. The clone landed in the swamp, and started to walk towards where his dead had said he was.
The goddess of embers tilted her head in curiosity as the god of the wilds seemed to reach into his chest before he pulled out a leafless branch of an oak tree. She smiled greatly as Cragin presented the branch to her, and from his hands she gently lifted the branch, which blackened slightly at her touch. "Yes, thank you for this. I will come to your people very soon." At the mention of his debt to her, Foteea gave a reluctant smile before responding, "Yes, well, I suppose so." As the god's bright, glowing eyes peeked out from underneath his hood, her eyes would respond in kind, two dark orange orbs that seemed to shift colors just like her armor. "Until we meet next, brother."
As she spoke to Cragin, Foteea's image in Braun's mirror replied to the god of strength, "It goes well as always, brother, and thank you for the compliment. Now, what was it that you needed?" The goddess listened intently as the god vocalized his request. The sound of her chuckling seemed to resonate through the hall before she replied, "My services seem to be in high demand. Well, what sort of gifts did you have in mind?"
Brigit
With her brother securely tucked under her wing, Brigit looked down at the lonely and oddly cheerful child. "Little one... Not knowing where you are going and nowhere to return. Well, you can come with us. I will admit that we don't really know where we are going, either. Unless Kass here knows and hasn't told me." Brigit nudged her brother with her hip in a playful way.
Kass looked away bashfully and mumbled, "Not really..."
Brigit grinned at her brother before letting her brother go. He remained sitting where he was, having learned his lesson of restraint. The grynix's gaze returned to the girl, "So, did you want to come with us?"
Vincent
The masculine grynix watched as the god descended to a ledge overlooking the lake, which Kass loved to use to dive off of, and proceeded to announce his presence and intentions to the entire cavern. Vincent couldn't help but laugh from his perch and took wing, landing just as his sister was explaining. "I apologize, but our siblings left some time ago to explore the surface. We remained and we have been rather busy in their absence."
Vincent furled his wings and bowed his head and rubbed the back of his neck in an embarrassed fashion, before apologizing, "Sorry if I made it seem like there were more of our kind here. I was a little proud of our work. I would be more than happy in listening to what you have to say.
"As would I," Kayle added, her voice like one of an encouraging mother, "Please, begin."
Now new information entered their minds as they were subject to ways of forming communities. Were the first book showed things about laws, crimes, punishments, due processes, this book talked about coming together. It also talked about forming society, maintaining society, respecting others society and the bonds they make. A lot of it may seem like common place knowledge but some unique views on society where mixed in. After that the Book of Governs was opened. It spoke of the laws and rules in the first book and it spoke about the unity and ethics of society and combined them in the third book. The third book taught them about regulating society and how to use laws to benefit others and protect them. The third book also discuss how to apply it and the many ways it can be applied. Much like the first two several pages flipped and then closed.
After the teachings finished the ethereal voice disappeared from their ears and the golden light disappeared. Soon Mathias seemed to return to normal and the books reattached to their chain to his belt. "Well I've said all that I wish to say." Mathias spoke voice now normal. "I must remind you, that it is up to you what you wish to do with the knowledge departed." "I am not here to force your opinion but merely give you ideas that you may wish to apply to your people." Mathias spoke in a very caring manner. "Otherwise my mission is to spread the word and I have accomplished this thus far." Mathias spoke with a smile. "If you do not want to heed my teachings then I will not be upset, I am just glad you chose to take the time to listen." Mathias spoke trying to reassure them that they do not have to agree. "Now unless there is something you need I shall take my leave." Mathias spoke rather straightforwardly. "I must spread the word to the other races of the world." Mathias spoke as he looked at Grynixa wondering if they have anything to say.
He felt at home here, even now so in this form, for it was an extension of himself and who he was reflected in the image of his chosen race.
Miurcrost had begun to wonder when he'd find a source to the mysterious noise that seemed ever pervasive throughout the twisted, misty forest. He started to believe he'd gotten lost when he stumbled upon the same pond he thought he'd passed five times previously, and there wasn't much to give a lack of credibility to this theory. And the most curious aspect of this eerie place was the complete absence of any sort of creature one would expect to encounter in wilds such as these. In all the time he'd spent here, Miurcrost hadn't spotted so much as a tooth or scale or scrap of fur in these misty lands. And yet, he couldn't quite shake the feeling of being observed from behind the fog. Unbeknown to his conscious mind, this was the first of very few moments wherein he could genuinely say he was unsettled in any capacity. As he was pondering this, Miurcrost tripped in a puddle that seemed to materialize beneath his feet the moment he was about to step over it.
As he pulled himself up, he met the gaze of an immense, maddening yellow eye...
What Jacobti saw in the village left him with a confused look. These mortals behaved more like wolves than other mortals possibly would. Then again, mortals are mortals, and the Vitaiim are meant to serve them in any way they can. He walked around until he saw a female going through labor pains. This was the chance he waited for.
Jacobti bent down and helped with the operation. It was a good thing he had his medical kit and healing abilities with him. His magic made the process of giving birth less painful before the baby (or puppy?) came out. "Congratulations, ma'am! It's a girl!" He held the puppy out to the mother, a grin on his face as he realized his first task in service of others was a success.
Swords and spears, paired with the bow were the most commonly used. Though people would spend years of meditation and applied pressure to exploit their bones, coating them in the metal, or even the use of the scythe-like weapons, swift and precise. Clans comprised their own personal sects though a general took loose leadership of the whole of the armies of Ossis. Often enough this switched hands but in a gentle manner, those replaced accepting it as the way of things.
Soon however, the descendant of Maliki D'Nin, Mkin D'Jin had followed the teachings of Mathias, and the books of Mathias. His father and grandfather had studied and spent their lives orchestrating a clan. Pulling strings. They had maintained control of one of the villages that had grown to be quite expansive throughout years of connection to a mountain rich in large game. Slowly they had cracked down, but the souls of the Ossis were soon growing restless and before their bloodline could be overthrown, Mkin outfitted the sect and looked to unite the rest of Ossirix under a totalitarian government. Targeting a small village first he marched through.
Cragin saw this as a man wishing to impose on the will of the rest of his race. There were small skirmishes, before Cragin swept in with the werewolves. Needless to say the tale ends with an unaccounted for silver eyed, silver marked young man delivering a decapitating blow to the tyrant.
Mathias saw miraculous animal-like beings. While he did not enter any of their settlements, he could feel the work of the God of Strength. Mathias knows not much of him either. He has heard he is rather a bold and boisterous character but not much else. He decided to leave them be, not fully understanding if they wish to learn what Mathias can offer. Mathias soon found himself nearing Ossirix land once again. Mathias felt compelled to find his elusive brother for reasons regarding creation. Mathias would travel into these forests once again to find where Cragin dwells. It was difficult to find him and instead Mathias decided to use a method of discovery. Instead of tracking him down Cragin will come find him. Mathias irradiated traces of his divine power in order for Cragin to better notice his presence and for him to come to Mathias. Mathias stood on a cliff side overlooking the vast forests as he awaited to meet his intense kin.
And to admit it, he was quite fond of the fighting himself. The honing of skills and the vulnerability of a mortal body. The Ossis had united under the banner of Fy'Equette "The Bloodied." He had yet to die, and this mortal body was beyond educated, skilled in crafts and combat. Bone morphing creating a vast array of abilities beyond that of the usual Ossis. He appreciated his people, and the entertainment of being among them. He created visions in the wise, in the artists, in the strongest warriors. And influenced their roles in this nation and perhaps on a higher level, the world. It was on this battlefield he felt it.
Mathias, in the air, in the change, echoing through the forest. Power. He was not sure why, or for what reason, but his brother, his kin. Had returned. At first he felt defensive, an attack, perhaps? Or no, a request? He hadn't seen any like of the other Gods for so long, their endeavor leaving his interests. It would seemthe Ossirix army was beginning to form up once more as the horde was yet to be completely defeated, soldiers stopping in awe, at the sight of so many bones laying about him.
It was moments before he was away, pulling away from the rest of the men, with a hand to his chest, he appeared on a vast cliff overlooking the beautiful, dark, forests of the territory. Before Mathias, the God of Order and Justice. Very complex and yet very simple in his appearance. The man was bold and without shade.
He would turn, still brandishing the sword. The silver eyes reflecting the darkness of the sunny day as he stared intently, Mathias in the eye. "Why, hello there, brother." It would be dropped with a pleasantly wicked undertone, a genuine greeting. Stirring slightly as if still adrenaline bound from combat, waiting for Mathias' reply.
"Yes, it seems you have been quite busy." Mathias spoke as he tilt his head around the area. "Before I go any further I must thank you for your actions some time ago." "Yes, I know about the actions one of your people committed against his neighbors." Mathias spoke referring to Mkin D'Jin. "I feel an apology is in order, I am dreadful sorry one of them reacted so zealously to my teachings." "I never suspected he would apply my teachings in such a perverted way." "I suppose the materials were there to react so violently with but as I have said before, I do not determine how it is interpreted, only those who I have taught can decide for themselves." Mathias then rubbed his head as he let out a sigh.
Mathias closed his eyes for a moment and then looked towards Cragin. "I must thank you however for your deliverance of justice upon such a wicked mind." "I felt the twinge of chaos coming from the would-be tyrant and your decisive blow." Mathias paused. "While I do not exactly agree with how you executed justice, I do however respect the necessity to do so." "Now it seems your people must have found a more just leader than the one who tried and force their compliance." "Unless this bloodshed I sense coming off you is yet another record of war against injustice." Mathias gave a friendly chuckle.
"Now you must be curious I imagine as to why I decided to reappear after all this time." "Well I have been quite busy visiting other races and presenting teachings, as I have done with your people." Mathias spoke recounting his experiences with the Grynixa and the Vitaiim. "Through out my travels I have grown a longing for a people of my own design." Mathias spoke not taking his eyes of Cragin. "Which is why, I felt the necessity to find you my brother." Mathias' face changed from it's normal prim and proper visage to a more humbling form. "I would like to ask permission to find land to begin my own creations." "May I have your consensus?" Mathias asked respectfully.
He would nod at the request, finding foremost it all respectful. He had felt other races created without regard for his connection to the lands, and it was ofcourse beyond warming that two of his brothers had stepped forward and considered him and the pain he felt over all lost. He would nod and give a broad wolfish grin, the darkness of the hood pulling away to reveal it. "Ofcourse, Mathias. You'll have no quarrel over me for it so long as you respect the land." He would nod once more in gentle agreement with himself.
"I trust you'll do right by it, and your people." He would pace silently a moment, thinking of Mathias, his influence, and how his race would grow, what they would be like. He saw potential, in Mathias' teachings, regardless of anything, it was likely the people would follow such teachings.
He would stop pacing suddenly and look over at Mathias once more. "Goodluck.." Cragin would lift his left fist in a nonchalant tap to his chest, before vanishing from the cliff.
The more Mathias thought about it, the stranger it seemed. All of his other kin and the only one he has an established connection is Acanthus, but everyone is comfortable with Acanthus. Besides his more chaotic kin, Mathias shouldn't confine as much in Cragin as with someone else, but he does. Perhaps they have an unique chemistry, unsettling but full of respect, odd it surely is. Yet, Cragin's words left him feeling secure, confident, and overall blessed. Cragin confided in him to make the best use of the land he has allowed him to have. Perhaps, Mathias' asking led to such a fruitful endeavor, he most surely thought Cragin would be more difficult all things considering. Perhaps, Mathias over analyzed this meeting, perhaps it really wasn't as difficult as he considered. Perhaps Cragin is more conversable than imagined. He did seem to place a grin after Mathias asked for his permission, perhaps he enjoys respect as much as Mathias does. It's all we could ever ask for he supposes.
Mathias left the forests relieved and invigorated to make his will into flesh and blood. Mathias left the thick woods behind him and headed westward. Mathias crossed the vast plains and lands of the Middle Realm and soon recognized he was nearing the very tall mountain. The very mountain where stands Hléradr. That place will live on in infamy for Mathias, that is where they condemned Kreios and the God of War. Mathias shivered at the memory as he remebered that is where Justice spoke to him. Thinking of Justice he has been rather silent lately, Mathias often wonders what he does most of the time. Justice lives some where deep within him, but he could never contact him when he wanted to. No, Justice even after awakening was always disconnected it seemed. Mathias wasn't entirely sure if that was a problem, did he really even wished to speak with Justice, or was he just feeling lonely? He almost half-wishes Cragin remained and spoke some more. Still Mathias received what he wanted and now he can have the excitement of nurturing his own people.
Mathias did considered returning to his room perhaps, it would prove useful in finding a suitable piece of land, and that is when it donned on him. The table with the circular image! Was that the Middle Realm!? Realizing this Mathias felt it necessary to return to Hléradr. This time though he isn't going to scale the mountain perhaps Justice could lend a hand.
"Hm?" Justice stirs. "You want to return to the summit?" Justice asks. "It seems you have finally come to realize that my will requires more than being a spokesperson." Justice spoke not snickering, merely being literal.
"Yes help me ascend the great mountain as you've helped me descend." Mathias answered.
"I shall but make note that I am more than just an elevator." Justice spoke in his same unemotional self. A golden light enveloped Mathias as he floated to the summit.
Mathias entered the halls of Hléradr on a mission. Mathias entered his room and searched for that table in the room with high seats. To his dismay there was no such area to be found. "What?" "I could have sworn-" Mathias was immediately cut off. "No, the room you seek is not here but in another realm." Justice spoke. "Another realm you mean it's not in the Middle Realm?" Mathias asked more to himself than to Justice. "Yes, it is in a higher place."
"You mean Paradise?" "Yes, Paradise." "But great spirit I know not how to leave this realm." "Ah, I can understand how that would be a problem but worry not...I can assist you in that regard." In a torrent of energy Mathias has never felt before, he was carried far from here and into Paradise.
Mathias passed out and soon awoken in a land...unlike any found in the Middle Realm."Here we are Mathias...we haven't much time for sight seeing...we have work to be done." Justice spoke and he led Mathias to an uncharted area of Paradise and immediately the powers of creation were hard at work. Mathias with Justice soon constructed an array of buildings made of the purest white stone, with matching pillars, fountains, and roads. While the buildings covered an area of Paradise, there was definitely bountiful land to be seen. It truly is spectacular. Mathias knew not how long he spent constructing this place but it soon finished and as soon as he did he entered the tallest tower. There the exact room from the visions where made real. Twenty-Six Seats could be counted but he cared not of that but only of the table. From there Justice activated the magic and allowed what could be called a map appear upon it. Mathias studied it for a long while and decided on a piece of terrain where he will create his people. It was in the exact opposite direction from Ossirix and the land itself appears bountiful and fit for habitation.
Mathias felt a sudden twinge of fatigue as he looked around the room. "Marvelous isn't it?" Justice asked. "Yes, quite exquisite but-" "But it's lacking is it not?" Justice spoke finishing his sentence. "Yes, yes it is." "The time will soon come for you to try your hand at creation, but you must first use it upon mortal creatures...I must assess before you are ready to populate the ideal specimen for the ideal land." Justice spoke. Soon Mathias was enveloped in the golden aura once more and transported down from Paradise and to the exact location of where Mathias chose. "You may begin when ready." Justice spoke and then his presence was once again locked away. Mathias cracked his knuckles and looked at the land. Then Mathias began to formulate what Mortal should inhabit this land.
Ahuv landed right next to her. "I lay the basket in front of Trelas. What he does will be up to him."
The Goddess of Love nodded. "Maybe you can give something to Mathias? He does seemed a little fatiqued. I cn feel it." She picked some fruit from a tree within the monastery. "This fruit, Rejiv, can replenish energy and help keep the mind functioning at its best. Can you give a basket load of this to him while I talk to Cragin in his forest?"
"Of course, Milady!" The Blue Crane immediately filled a basket with Rejiv and flew on his way to Mathias, following his aura. He knew exactly where he was. Once on the ground in front of him, Ahuv bowed his head.
"Greetings, Mathias. I am Ahuv, Blue Crane of Adarani. I was created during the battle in Hléradr while she was in a state of sadness, and have been her companion since then. She told me to give this to you, since you are fatigued." He lay the basket between the God of Civilization's feet. "The fruit is called Rejiv. It can replenish your energy and help keep your mind healthy."
Meanwhile, Adarani plucked the leaves of a plant in the Central Vitaiim Monastery Main Garden. Placing the leaves in the basket, she turned into a dove, taking that same basket with her. It did not take too long to reach the forest the Ossrix were. Right when she was about to land, she reverted back to her humanoid form, basket in hand. Cragin was near, she could feel his aura coming from a distance. Hopefully, he would come to her so she could present the herbs, called Vitalita, to him.
He recalled Mathias' visit. The respect and silent understanding, a grin would return to him in the recollection. His heart swelling with feelings of kinship. He genuinely hoped Mathias did good by the creation of his people, and had faith in his abilities. After such a show he was honour bound now to defend this brother against odds.
He would take aim once more, reknocking the arrow and pulling back with relative ease on the string. The elk would look up from it's meal, but before it could begin a run there was a swift thwung from the bow, a little innovation to the string, flurries of string meant to absorb shock made the action deadly quiet. The arrow hit true just under the nape of it's left foreleg, sliding in and between the ribs it would pierce the heart before it had time to feel the pain. And the noisiest part of the endeavor was the deer stumbling forth onto it's underbelly, rustling leaves in the process. It's massive rack shaking slightly, and a thin line of blood hanging from the corner of it's now agape mouth.
There would be a baying of wolves as he rose from his crouch pulling the bow onto his back. He would nod in respect of the animal, leaving it to the predators of the forest as he vanished from the scene in a vast green light, setting it in rays upon the dark forest.
He would reappear before a small, innocent looking girl. Raising an eyebrow. She radiated with power, and yet seemed so powerless, even more so among the darkness of the setting.
He would stare quietly at her, his steely gaze casting light upon her face as he looked into her gentle eyes.
"Greetings, Mathias. I am Ahuv, Blue Crane of Adarani. I was created during the battle in Hléradr while she was in a state of sadness, and have been her companion since then. She told me to give this to you, since you are fatigued." He lay the basket between the God of Civilization's feet. "The fruit is called Rejiv. It can replenish your energy and help keep your mind healthy."
"Greetings to thee as well." Mathias spoke some what surprised by Ahuv's visit, until it stated it's business. Mathias felt a sudden twinge of gratitude and some what flattered by the thought of being cared for. He remembered some what about Adarani. She is the Goddess of Love and well it shows here. He bent down and picked up the basket containing the rejuvenating fruit. He looked towards the crane with a warm smile. "Why I am grateful for such a thoughtful gift." Mathias spoke as he picked up one of the fruit. "It's amazing to think this could help me from just eating it." Mathias commented as he took a bite. It was sweet and refreshing from it's juices. He slowly placed the basket to the side as he looked at Ahuv.
"Well then kindly Ahuv, please send my regards to your Goddess." Mathias spoke in a friendly manner. As he continued to eat he began to feel more rested as if he slept. It was comforting to know that his kin have not all but forgotten about one another. In fact, now that he thought about it, perhaps Cragin was just as lonely and was happy to see Mathias at all, even if it was just business. It doesn't explain why he left so abruptly but he figured that he would be too busy to visit. It matters not, Mathias is revived and more ready to resume his work. "Well then if you don't mind my feathered friend I have some work that needs doing." Mathias spoke to Ahuv as he turned towards the land before him. Mathias noticed there was a grouping of mountains over yonder and felt it good to start there.
At first, Adarani dd not know what to think. The stare she was given made her feel a little nervous. Overcoming her shyness, she spoke. "H-Hello? You are Cragin, are you not? I'm Adarani. Remember me from Hléradr?" Clearing her throat during a pause, the Goddess of Love continued. "I realize I should have talked to you before creating the Vitaiim over at the Sacriran Islands. You know, the islands to the south? Well, anyway, I'm sorry about that." She took a step closer and held out the basket. "The other reason I came is I have something that may help you and your people. It is an herb called Vitalita. When you make it into a drink, which I can show you how, taking a sip of it will speed up the healing process, plus give essential nutrients that help with endurance and your immune system."
Ahuv
Ahuv bowed his head once more. "Very well. I shall leave the basket with you. If you need help growing the Rejiv plants, just ask. Adarani and the Vitaiim will know what to do." With that, he flew back to the Central Vitaiim Monastery, the task a success. What he gathered from that encounter was Mathias was rather gentlemanly and proper. No doubt, Adarani would be impressed once he relayed to her the news of the conversation. For now, however, the Vitaiim needed some guidance. It would seem Mathias spread teachings to several monasteres on law and governing, and want Ahuv to help with organizing them based on those teachings. He knew exactly how Adarani would interpret them, being her companion, so he indulged the Vitaiim with knowledge on where their Goddess would stand on Mathias' words to them.
And then he remembered he had forgotten to speak lost in his own analysis of the girl. "It's a pleasure to meet you, Adarani." He would look about awkwardly unsure of how to proceed. "You cowered at Hléradr," It would be stated as if a simple fact and not a means of insulting the young girl. "Either way, I thank you for the gift." His grin would broaden to a jovial smile as he looked upon her.
Mathias began to create a body, similar in composition of the one he has and soon he created a masculine frame. It was plain with no features and was brown like the nearby wood. Mathias need to add some more distinct features and decided to add eyes, nose, mouth, and ears. The frame still felt naked and decided to add hair like his on top of it's head. The hair had no color besides plain white, and Mathias felt it needed color like his. Mathias tried to make the hair color brown, but it went wrong and the hue turned into a bright red. "Oh no that's not what I wanted..." Mathias mumbled to himself and went to correct it. The hair color then transformed into a mess of black, yellow, and blue. It looked worse than before. In a frantic hurry, Mathias reverted it back to the red color it once donned. "Well it looks better than anything else." Mathias commented. He then when to detail the body, creating a distinct cut of the body including hands, feet, and fingers and toes. He then went on to create the parts necessary for reproduction. Feeling a bit embarrassed for adding the extremity, Mathias decided to create an article of clothing specifically to cover it. He made an under garment but in fear of doing something else to screw it up, he created it separately.
Continuing his work he decided to give it a skin color. Going for the more fleshy, white color of his own he tried to replicate it. Like with the hair, he too messed up with the skin color and made them purple. Mathias sighed and shook his head. This was more difficult than he imagined. "You could help you know." Mathias spoke to Justice. Justice stirred and made a response. "My powers may be great but I haven't the power to create like you and the other Seedlings." Justice calmly spoke with the same stillness. "What do you mean?" Mathias asked a bit confused. "What I am saying is that the ability to make things come into existence is a power not gifted to me as with you and your kin." "But I have experienced many a great things you can accomplish." "True but none of it compares to what you are doing now." "I can never hope to create living beings...which is why I need you to carry out my will." Justice spoke and then the connection faded once more.
Mathias thought about Justice's words but decided to continue on with his project. He decided to create to color the eyes to give them for definition like he has seen with his brethren. He managed to create an iris and sclera and it was pretty blue.. He then made eyebrows and lashes to protect the eyes. Feeling content with his creation he placed his hand on the left pectoral and a surge of magic enter the frame to create life. The being took a quick inhale nearly choking and then stumbled about before brushing up against Mathias. The being lept back startled by his appearance and Mathias raised his hand. "Please do not be afraid my friend, I am Mathias and I am the one who brought you into this world." Mathias calmly spoke. The being merely shook his head, a bit nervously but cooperatively. "Good please place on this article of clothing I made for you." Mathias spoke referring to the under garment. The being picked it up and looked at it curiously. "Place your feet through it." Mathias directed point at the being's foot. Cooperatively, the being place both feet through it. "Good, now pull it up all they way to your waist." Mathias directed pointing at the garment and moving his finger up to his waist. The being did as directed. "Good and remember when in the company of others always have this piece of clothing covering the genitalia." Mathias spoke as the being nodded. Mathias still felt discontented with the look, as it still reminded him of the Ossis. He then remembered the robes the Vitaiim wore and decided more articles of clothing is necessary. Mathias created pantaloons for the legs, a tunic for the chest and arms, and finally shoes for foot protection. "Good now please place these articles of clothing in the areas described." Mathias went through the motions and the being was fully dressed.
"Spectacular!" "You are fully clothed!" "Remember being naked is indecent in public and it is considered proper and respectful to be fully dressed." Mathias spoke giving advice to the being. Although he didn't turn out the way he had hoped, he no less loved what he was able to make.
Kreios was surprised that none of the others had come after the children he had taken but his clone had met up with the flies that were made from him. They had a list of temples with magic objects they had memorized from the map room, one of the objects had to be useful to him. He sent his portal hunters to get as many of them as he could.
The Prachians were watching the front for intruders but the positions on the items were easy for the hunters to find. They underestimated the guards though they had taken five objects but the sixth one they almost lost one thy escaped but one was missing arm. The five objects were a knife, a ring, a goblet, a fan, and a pipe. He tested the five and figured out the pipe created a mist that only the smoker could see through, even his eyes could only see through a few feet ahead. The fan destroyed a lot of his troops with a hurricane like force of wind. And the goblet he had given to The Crow King and he had disappeared, up in the palace of the gods the body of a crow flew to its master. But what made him giddy with pleasure was the ring that could transport him anywhere in the inferno but not out. The knife was the opposite it ripped a hole between worlds the first hole was to a shiny holy place but as soon as one of his subjects entered the hole they were obliterated, the second hole worked better the creatures that exited there seemed to fall apart slower but the one that lasted the longest had eaten a living creature. His clone met and took the ring from him, going to put the new plan in order.
Kreios Clone
The Kreios clone’s first stop was the swamp of the new wuss god he had bowed to the other gods and had shown little back bone to them, but he wasn’t part of the plan his creation was the creatures in the air were just the first step he absorbed a lot enough to flood a village which was his first stop. He appeared close to one of the Vitaiim monasteries. He breathed the cloud of sickness in to it, the cloud passed though changing all the Vitaiim from peaceful healers to spreaders of disease, where they were peaceful they now became war mongering. He dropped on three of them killed them and drained the magic from the bodies. Final part of his plan was to start the war he transported to the mountainous lair of the Krul waited till Genocide was gone and unleashed them saying that the time was come that they were numois enogh to take the lands and first was the weak monks close to them inciting them to a fervor and as soon as they stated marching he was tired so he passed out in a safe spot.
Ahuv, Benjamiir, and the Vitaiim
Ahuv could feel the surge of loss to the north. An entire monastery of Vitaiim became warmongering. This was rather alarming, considering Vitaiim are not easily swayed from their ways, even with supernatural forces at work. The time came to teach the monasteries the art of protective magic, something the Prachian, Benjamiir, was proficient in. No time was wasted, many Vitaiim learned the art quickly. The Grand Abbots and all other Abbots came together. The strategy they came up with was this: The Vitaiim trained in protective magic will team up to create force fields around the monasteries while groups of others will find their fallen brethren and try to cure them. The final part of their strategy was to remove the cloud, or at least contain it, until Adrani comes back. She is more powerful and can remove the cloud with ease.
The Vitaiim wasted no time executing their strategy. The force fields protected everyone inside the monasteries from any corruption, bombardement, or sickness that could be thrown at them, so long as they remained inside. five squadrons of three Vitaiim set out in search of theri kin among Kreios' forces. Using the trees as cover, they each spotted at least two of the fallen ones. Most had a relatively easy time reversing what was done to them.
One squadron, however, had much more difficulty. The fallen Vitaiim they encountered were the two Abbots, one male, one female, from the monastery that was attacked with disease. To make matters worse, they were mutated with five-inch claws attatched to their knuckles. The moment the healing process started, the fallen Abbots leaped up to attack. One of the Vitaiim in the squadron was easily slain by the female Abbot, the other two evaded evry attack they could, using the armguards from their martial arts training to block the attacks they could not dodge.
It took a half hour of skirmishing before the male Abbot was cured with healing powers. By that time, however, five more fallen Vitaiim began their attack. Because they were fallen, however, those foes could not heal themselves or others, which gave the two Vitaiim left in the squadron the advantage. with healing powers on their side, plus the male Abbot they cured, it took ten more minutes to defeat and cure those five fallen ones. The female Abbot, still Fallen, was a different story. She was more skilled in combat than the male Abbot, meaning killing the five cured Vitaiim was a snap. One by one, slash by slash, they died.
Their was one loophole, though: Adarani made sure any Vitaiim who became infernal and fallen would lose part of their stamina in battle, making them tired more quickly. The male Abbot and two squadron Vitaiim used exploited this knowledge to the letter. The male Abbot kept the female busy while the two other Vitaiim got behind her. Soon enough, the fallen Abbot had the cured Abbot cornered, but could not deliver the killing stab before she was delivered two hard kicks to the part of the back where the heart and lungs were. The cured Abbot barely had enough time to evade the claws of the fallen one as she was forced forward. Normally, a Vitaiim would take those kicks, but without her endurance in her pure form, the fallen Abbot could hardly breathe. It was only a moment later before the curing process on her was complete.
With the first missions for the sqadrons successful, they all returned with their cured brethren back to the Central Vitaiim Monastery. There were still roughly a hundred fallen Vitaiim still out there, on a nearby island, but the success of the first curing operation was a stepping stone to bringing back all of their brothers and sisters. At least, as many as they could. There was one advantage gained from this: without the two Abbots who were among those stricken with war mongering illness, the Fallen Vitaiim are without a strong leader, thus they were now disorganized. The Vitaiim within the monasteries found it satisfactory, since they were well on their way to repelling the invasion. Most of the non-Vitaiim enemies had no way of reaching them. Without boats, only the Fallen Vitaiim posed a danger due to flight. Even then, the pure Vitaiim had the upper hand, so far.
For one thing, The Vitaiim had hundred of islands they inhabted and made monasteries in. The army of Kreios would have to spread out their forces and make amphibious assaults. This is where the enemy would be at its weakest: a small portion of Vitaiim in each monastery could now rain down fire on any boat which would attempt to unload its soldiers, reducing numbers at exponential rates. Shoud any Fallen Vitaiim attack, there were too few of them to spread to other islands. Kreios would need them all in one spot, but without their healing powers, the enemy would have to hope their troops could withstand the considerable damage they would face. All the Vitaiim had to do were threefold: keep each other alive with healing and protection, destroy enemy boats before they reach the beaches, and hammer the troops that do land hard with fist and foot, fire magic aiding in reducing enemy numbers in the process while the force fields keep the monasteries safe. Kreios' clone had no idea what he was dealing with.
Adarani
Adarani smiled when Cragin took the basket, though tht smile faltered little when it was the battle at Hléradr was mentioned. "You're welcome." She turned her head a little. "As for Hléradr, I hate fights. I don't like seeing other people get hurt. There is that, and I felt the destruction and death going on outside. I went to the Central Vitaiim Monastery to bring back life to the world, and only succeeded with Acanthus' help." She was about to say something else when she felt the surge of loss, causing sharp jolt in her chest. "Oh, no..." Looking up at Cragin, fear in her innocent eyes appeared. "Kreios just corrupted an entire monastery full of Vitaiim! His clone is using them to attack the others! It is fortunate there are no boats, yet, but still! What are we going to do?"
He vaguely recalled a past life where he fought some unheard of creature among them, patrolled them, cared for them.
He would notice her slight revulsion and her rushed words. The desperation and worry in her voice. He would raise a hand to the hood and it would disappear in the growing darkness, vanishing from her view. Rubbing his chin gently he would feel a twinge of joy at the brisk stubble, being able in this mortal body to grow and change, be subject to such natural physical, organic change. Deep in his heart, there were tears where he felt Adarani had walked upon him, his kin being careless and selfish. And yet, felt it was never her intent. Based on the beauty of soul in her name, seemingly in her character.
His own mind was a-whirl his body pained. His people were at war, their suffering at matters of personal and national levels burdening him, and she expected him to aide her. When she hadn't aided him, when she had been so careless, and some odd connection to Genocide ignited ferocity within him for her. But there was the basket..
He would grimace, his large fangs reflecting light. "We." Wickedness would cling to the word dropped with general animosity. Half said with disbelief, and half hysterical with the understanding she of all people would have the audacity to expect help.
All the while he did design all of the layers of clothing specific for the female body as well. After watching the two mingle, he felt a certain loneliness, it was surreal if anything. Still Mathias turned his head away as began to drown out his thoughts with work on another being. This time, feeling more confident in his skills, began work on another male. This time he experiment with things such as the hair, which he made black, the ears, which are made tapered compared to the round ears of the others, and the eyes, which he left a pearly white. While this one had no irises he still granted him the power to see despite the genetic difference. He had nearly finished his variant on the purple skinned being when another twinge of chaos reached the forefront of his mind. Mathias noticed the chaotic feeling of war once again, back south at the...Sacriran Islands?!
Was this yet, again, caused by Mathias' teachings? Has yet another wicked mind decided to use Mathias' principles as just cause for sinister deeds? Mathias worried he brought war to the peaceful people. All he wanted was to share knowledge not create problems. Mathias felt he must investigate but he cannot just leave the beings alone, especially with out first giving this one life. Mathias gave the newly constructed male life, and then handed him his clothes. " I apologize for the abruptness of this but please place these on." In haste he assisted the being in dressing himself. "Excellent, please meet with your people, I have some unexpected business to attend to." Mathias explained to the black-haired male. Before he left, he has yet to give them a name. Mathias felt his work would be half finished without a proper name to call them. Mathias tried to think but felt hard-pressed. He had to give them a name but not make it in such haste it seems uncared for. After some deep consideration he decided to call them by the area he chose for them to live in. "This is a valley and hereby forth your race shall be known as The Valeish!" Mathias declared. With a smile the Valeish returned him one as well. "Please! Don't go anywhere!" "I have much to share with you!" Mathias pleaded as he placed his hands in a (stay) gesture. With that Mathias took his leave of the valley.
After Nylia and Adarani's conversation ended Nylia returned to her home. She was still highly upset that she no longer bared Ulmo's child and wondered how he would react to what had happened. When she had returned one of her creations was at her palace, the feat was not easy to accomplish so Nylia knew that there had to be something really bothering the Amare. "What is wrong my child?" Nylia asked the Amare. "It's my husband...he was taken away from me by some horrifying creature!" The Amare said crying. Nylia was confused, her creations were completely hidden, how could anyone have possibly found them? But only one person came to mind that could have done this...Kreios. "That creep," Nylia muttered under her breath, hatred looming in her eyes. Who knew what he was doing to her creation at this moment. "Thank you for telling me this, do not worry, I'll get the revenge you deserve," Nylia stated to the Amare.
With that Nylia allowed the Amare to leave and opened up a portal to the Inferno and entered it. She wasn't sure where exactly to go but she just followed her instinct, looking for where there was the most distortion. Nylia looked around the Inferno, the fire, the pain, the torture, it was all so horrifying, but Nylia felt like she belonged there. Snapping out of her daze Nylia focused on the matter at hand. She wanted Kreios' head. She decided that this would be a good place to make a weapon, she forgot to bring her large one in her anger, only having her thin sword, and she decided that something made in here would be better anyways. She picked up a long bone of some kind of monster that used to be alive. Then she made a sharp point out of a tooth and connected the two together creating a spear. Then she strengthened it with the power of revenge, making it almost impossible to break.
Eventually, Nylia reached the brass fortress. She decided this time she would be stealthy. She sneaked into the fortress. Looking around she saw creatures longing to escape, sad and feeling worthless. She wanted to help them but she couldn't blow her cover...maybe after she took care of Kreios. After going through multiple locations she finally made it to the annoying beast himself, Kreios. Nylia in all of her logic still couldn't contain her anger. "You fiend!" Nylia yelled, pointing her finger at Kreios. "Where is my Amare?" Nylia asked angrily. She glared at the mad man gripping onto her spear even tighter.
The setting changes from The Middle Realm to The Inferno
The setting changes from The Inferno to The Middle Realm
Nylia began to tear up, her unborn children...was it her anger and power that killed them...? No, Kreios was just trying to twist her emotions. She was the Goddess of Manipulation, and she could spot something like that a mile away. "I don't fear you in the slightest Kreios, you're one God against many, no matter how much you create, I'll slice it away with the sword of revenge," Nylia said forcefully. "It is you who should fear me, for by the end of this day your head shall be on my spear!" Nylia yelled, her wings stretching out as she charged towards the God. Once she was close enough she swung her spear, aiming for Kreios' face, and if that happened to miss she had a clawed hand heading for an uppercut. Her attacks were quickly made but thoroughly planned out, there was no way a creepy child could beat her.
The needles pained Nylia, using her claws she peeled the clay of scowling at Kreios. Her eyes widened in shock as the dragons and their riders came in. Kreios was strong but he wasn't too smart, Nylia knew that much. She wondered how Kreios took control of these people...how he became their king...perhaps it was Genocide who took over before he left them with Kreios. A plan formed in Nylia's head. Nylia dropped her spear. "You've caught me Kreios, you twisted man," she said playfully in a seductive tone as she walked towards Kreios. "I've dropped my weapon, I'm not going to hurt you," she said as she placed one hand on Kreios' shoulder and the other on his waist. "I mean, I've grown to like this place, and perhaps I could join you," she whispered into Kreios' ear as she kissed it. "Trust me, you need me on my side, there are too many good Gods and they'll beat you unless you have more people on your side, and with an ally like me, I can manipulate all the other Gods to allow you to play with all the creatures in the Middle Realm," Nylia said coming closer to Kreios directing every ounce of seduction she could towards him. He had matured while he was down here, so she guessed he would be good with seduction and just in case he was too childish for romance, she put manipulation in her voice as well. But then she quickly went behind Kreios. "However, I won't join you unless you give back my Amare, and promise not to corrupt my people," Nylia said, pressing her body onto Kreios'. The last thing she wanted to do was seduce Kreios, but she had to if she wanted everything to work out.
Cragin would be gone.
From what he can tell they seem to have no recollection of who he is. He knows that any mortal that found themselves in the presence of a god would not so boldly attack them, for they feared the power they have or they are respectful of their deities. These Vitaiim act as if maddened animals making delegations relatively impossible under such tense conditions. It would seem he would have to lay his hands on them for them to stop. He would like to avoid violence since he knows they are not themselves, but what can he do? He knows he can't use his full strength, despite how tough these Mortals are his strength is indubitably greater. Using too much could kill their weaker mortal frame or using too little might not stop them at all. Not having much time to plan out he drew his spear and as all three lunged at him, he blocked their claws with the pole of the spear. From their he flicked them away making them fall back a few feet away from him. This did little to stop them but now he has more room to maneuver, not to mention his weapon has the greater range. Mathias kept them back by keeping the spearhead pointed at them. While they are fierce they are not stupid, as they could sense drawing close could mean impalement.
Suddenly one of them flew up and the other quickly dashed to Mathias' side while distracted. The one in the air quickly dove at him intending to harm him while the other went to blindside him. Using his superior speed, he timed the impact and jumped away as the two Vitaiim collided hurting themselves in the process. As they were dazed the third flew over them at top speed heading for Mathias. Mathias sidestepped the Vitaiim and with the tail end of the spear, flicked it in the face of the Vitaiim sending it flying upwards. It soon came down with a thud on the ground knocked unconscious. The other two came around and flew at Mathias. Mathias quickly ducked his assailants and as they were forced to turn around, both where flicked in the face with pole of his spear. They were knocked back, both unconscious. Mathias gave a sigh of relief. "I hope I didn't crack any of their skulls." Mathias thought to himself.
If the situation was like this then he worried about the others unaffected by whatever was going on. As Mathias went to investigate further, he came to find the Vitaiim where hard at work countering whatever this insanity was. They were healing their brethren while establishing barriers to keep what seems to be the source of this commotion. A dark, ominous cloud looms about almost sentient in nature. Mathias knows not what could have caused this. They seem to have trouble lifting the cloud it would seem. Mathias isn't sure how to get rid of a rogue cloud, and it would seem his abilities are a bit useless with this type of situation. He could fight off these crazed Vitaiim but he can't cure what ails them. At this moment he is beginning to wonder what the Goddess of Healing is doing right now. Why isn't she here to aid her people? He wonders if she is busy with another island or not. Still Mathias should assist anyway he can. Mathias came up to the front lines and the Vitaiim where stunned to see him. "My lord." One of them stuttered. "Fret not yourselves with the the thought of why I am here, just know I am here to help." Mathias explained and the Vitaiim nodded. "Please great god of justice, help carry the wounded to a safe spot for medical aid!" One of them pleaded. Mathias nodded and went back in to find the injured and bring them past the barrier. Thanks to his strength he was able to carry back multiple bodies instead of one or two at a time.
Kreios felt his mind waver it would be good to have an ally, a friend but then he remembered what the others had done. He kept getting closer till he was in hands reach of the woman and said “I think that that would be a good idea” As he said idea he quickly shot a hand out of his back at her “to refuse, you really think that after trusting my siblings three times and being betrayed three times I would trust you again.” From the walls around them something broke through it was as three times as big dragons. It had the face of Kreios and from the east, the west, and the south came figures five times even the new Kreios size. “I would run none of these are my main body but all of us are equal in power to you here”
Clone of Kreios
The clone woke to see the site he was order less because his master seemed to be distracted with something. The armies of the Krul were marching down the mountain with the power of the sick and elderly in the village’s life force he crated earthen ships to take them to the island where the newest corrupted beasts were. He transported to the cloud and consumed some of it to regrow in him. As he looked out and saw the army curing the beasts. he spit in two creating a sickly looking creature leaving a mass the size of a giant crow with the magic objects he had. The sickly looking creature ran out into the fray of healers and yelled “for Master Aspestis” and exploded with a corrupting cloud. The crow flew away cawing in a way that would attract the dead army who started to swarm to the gathering feeding on any living plant or animal they came across to keep them in a fighting form.
He discarded the illusion of power, and to him the creatures about him were weak, as Kreios had always been in matters of mind, over confident and foolish. Though he felt the change, of intelligence, another mirage portrayed. The God still played and dabbled in things not his, and so there was never true change, and he would be just as easily defeated, expelling his power and tripping himself in his actions. The walls would crash and clatter and he would gracefully slink forward looping an arm around his sister, pulling her from Kreios' grasp, his body would erupt with a tantalizing shock at the brief moment of contact before he placed himself between her and the clay God. The mangled branch appearing in his free right hand, twirling between his fingers, the short sword in his left.
He would aim the blade at the God's chest, his stance stoic as he nonchalantly set the branch upon one of the vast creatures. The end would erupt with a beam of steely grey hued light, reflecting the essence of the sun it would be cast upon the expansive face of Kreios in the image of one of the beasts. It would shriek with terror and revulse, slinking back. Though the rest surged forward still.
Nylia drew her sword after Cragin rescued her. "Thanks for the assistance Cragin," Nyliasaid thankfully. Then Nylia drew her sword attacking Kreios' beasts. "Cragin, you focus on Kreios, I'll take his creations," Nylia said as rage once again filled her eyes. Nylia knew one thing, there was no peaceful solution, by the end of this battle Kreios had to die, and if he didn't, it would be over her dead body. Nylia cut her own arm with her sword, covering it in her blood, her blood turned into a large, dense, and godly red aura in the shape of the sword Nylia screamed as she attacked one of the dragons, slicing it completely in half, she moved onto the other monsters, there were many of them but they were weak and sloppily made, they didn't stand a chance to her godly rage. She felt more powerful in the Inferno, maybe it was her rage...she hoped that's what it was...
The setting changes from The Middle Realm to The Inferno
On the battle field the two mud clones got back up “You’re going to have to try better than that we’re giant batteries of power, we are as powerful as Kreios and with five of us here we can hold you off for a few hours. One you both are in the wrong you both have started fights that’s not a good guy action that is the action of a villain. Two the problem you should be worried about is the dead flooding the world of the living, the Krull on the march, the new sickness hitting the healers, and according to her someone is stealing children. Fighting us won’t solve any of the problems but we can wear you, out make you weaker."
The setting changes from The Inferno to The Middle Realm
Cragin would thrust forward, his mortal form deteriorating until his true form remained. The power seething into him would cast a vast unprecedented light upon the whole of the area, the massive beasts shying away, knowing only darkness.
Kreios was witless, true to his character, foolish, his mind still holding that of a child.
The werewolves, dire, cast from flames and yet still attuned by kinship, chained by loyalty. Connected by heart to their creator and Lord Cragin. This was there redemption and for it they were forgiven. Their power immense and their number besting that of the beasts. He knew Nylia, his powerful sister back him, and with easy confidence he rushed forward with a twirl of the branch a small seed would launch itself, small enough to seem inaudible it would reflect the light of the staff as it would easily close the distance between the two Gods. The Sylvan seed, the metal wood, that would trap the clay, at the very least splitting him into parts that couldn't so easily be recovered.
Mathias quickly jumped up and swat at the airborne infected with the blunt end of his spear. Sending them back to the ground knocking them out. He couldn't maintain being in the air as he dropped to the ground to meet the claws of the ground assault. Mathias dodged and swat, dodged and swat, a repetitive but fluid motion. He began to clear the ground as the air soon grew thick with them. Some went for the barrier but found difficulty getting through it at all, while the rest attacked Mathias in a blind rage. Mathias dodged the swoops and struck those with the pole of his spear when he could. All the while his strikes were timed and controlled, in an effort to only incapacitate them, not kill them. He saw the regular Vitaiim fight off their deranged brethren, knocking them down and curing them. It was a slow-going effort but the Vitaiim are more resilient than anyone would think, well except for their Goddess. Thinking of her, she still hasn't appeared. Are these not her creations? Mathias felt bad leaving the oh so few he had, just to help the Vitaiim out, when they aren't even his creations. To think if the Valeish were under this duress, Mathias would be nowhere else but defending them.
Mathias did worry about them in the midst of this fighting, there was only three in the realm and he had to nurture their growth. Instead he's here helping out someone else's creations so they could continue their growth. Still, as much as he would like to be back in the valley, he understands his duty as the God of Justice, must stand here and seek an end to this injustice. Someone is behind this and if it is this (Aspestis) then Mathias knows who he must find and bring them forth to answer for their crimes. Mathias did his best to incapacitate the wave of infected. It seemed Mathias' work was buying enough time for the others, at least he hoped.
Her eyes glowed silver, the power of Paradise swelling from her. It only took mere moments before the cloud disappeared. With it gone, she could now focus on curing the rest of the Vitaiim. One clap was all it took before the healing energy filled all the Sacrian Islands, on the ground, in the water, and in the skies. No diseased individual was missed. Now that no Vitaiim were crazed, it was now a matter of dealing with the Krul and the undead mass. The Vitaiim wasted no time. The ones cured still had their claws, which helped tremendously in combat, despite the fact it would be lethal to their foes. Now was the time to unleash the fire upon the ships.
The enemy fleet did not stand much of a chance. With the constant rain of fire pouring down, only one ship made it to the coast of an island. The other ships that landed earlier deployed hundreds of Krul and undead. The fire decimated the numbers, however, the Vitaiim with claws fighting the survivors. The healing magic they now regained also enabled them to release the undead from their torment and send them to the afterlives that awaited them. The Krul, however, were tougher to handle. The beings of metal took many of the hits while the Vitaiim who made the hits experienced pain from it, healing themselves to continue their attempts. Several died in in the battle, but not in vain. Many Krul perished.
Meanwhile, Adarani continued to unleash her power, making it impossible for Kreios to use his corruption powers a third time. It took thre more hours before the Battle of Sacrira was over. The Vitaiim were victorious, yet they suffered half a hundred casualties in the process. The Krul in the battle that were not killed realized that with Adarani among the Vitaiim, now, they could not continue. In that knowledge, and realizing Genocide would probably not have ordered the attack, to begin with, all the surviving Krul surrendered. There was no celebration among the Vitaiim, however. Kreios could return at any moment, and there were plenty of wounded on both sides to tend to. All wounded Krul and Vitaiim would brought inside the monasteries, the barriers still active. Nobody would go anywhere, for the time being.
Adarani returned to normal, opening a tiny portal to Paradise so to replenish her supernatural energy. Closing it once it was all replenished, she looked towards Mathias, her eyes showing every sign of gratitude. She took a step closer, leaned forward, and gave him a tight hug. "I cannot thank you enough!"
Perhaps, Mathias would have said otherwise, but perhaps he is more stronger in spirit? It matters not she is hear and now they can finally gain some ground. This cloud needs to be dealt with and before Mathias could give her an assessment of the battleground , Adarani was fast at work.
Adarani made the infectious cloud disappear, and then she went on to cure the deranged Vitaiim. It did not take her long to purify the isles of this infection. Before Mathias could relax another threat surfaced. He saw ship coming towards the shore, carrying the red skinned warriors of Genocide and undead soldiers. Mathias never saw the Krul but avoided their islands when he visited the Vitaiim. He could sense nothing but tension and a need for battle. Now here they come and with assistance no less! Mathias was unsure but the Krul didn't seem to be under the influence of the cloud so they must be acting on their accord. That at least gives Mathias permission to use deadly force. Before he prepared for the invasion, Adarani already began to repel their forces. The Vitaiim then created a rain of fire destroying the fleets, sending them to the bottom of the sea. Those that did make it, were quickly met with resistance from Vitaiim forces. It seemed even the Krul would fail.
After the undead were destroyed and the Krul surrendered, it seemed peace returned to Sacriran Islands. Mathias then gave a sigh of relief. Mathias didn't even need to lift a finger to end this mess. Mathias was quickly taken aback from the sudden hug by Adarani as she thanked. Mathias blushed a little at the sentiment and spoke, "Well, I worried I was the cause of this disturbance." Mathias began to explain. "You see it wouldn't be the first time my teachings caused war...*sighs*...I thought this was the second time it had happened." Mathias twiddled his thumbs. "Well I know I shouldn't say it, but I'm glad that I was not the cause of pain and suffering this time." "Still...I couldn't stand by and allow these people to attack each other against their will!" Mathias exclaimed. "But I have some evidence as to who was behind this injustice!" Mathias spoke excitedly. "While I had my earlier suspicious, recent evidence now places another suspect a (Master Aspestis)." Mathias explained when a soldier of this infection came and exploded before shouting the name. "I know not of this Aspestis but whoever the person is, should be worth investigating in to don't you agree?" Mathias asked Adarani.
Nylia was fed up with Kreios' actions. He expected them to be afraid of some mortals? Nylia made a new plan, and she knew this one wouldn't fail. "Dwellers of the Inferno!" Nylia shouted putting her godly manipulation into her words. "Your father Kreios is not to be trusted, he has left you all alone here to die at the hands of gods," Nylia said calmly addressing the monsters as the ones who were leaving came in as well. "However, I do not intend to hurt you creatures, for you are wonderful, beautiful, and marvelous," Nylia praised as she saw all of the monsters believing her. "We shall revolt against the evil Kreios! He has wronged us all one time too many, with me as your ruler, you shall find happiness!" Nylia cheered. All of the once malevolent creatures of the Inferno lost their murderous intent, respecting and adoring Nylia as their leader. "For Queen Nylia!" They roared. Just as Kreios was able to corrupt their creations into his own Nylia was able to manipulate the people of the Inferno into her own. They were hers now. This was where she belonged.
Ince they all left Nylia turned to Cragin. "Well, I suppose I'll lead this realm now...just until Kreios is out of the picture," Nylia said wondering what they should do next to defeat Kreios when she remembered something. "Oh, Cragin, thank you for saving me back there," Nylia said brushing a strand of hair out of her eye. "I don't know what happened, it was like I was being controlled by something else and I wasn't able to fight back..." Nylia said remembering that moment. "But you saved me," Nylia said hugging Cragin. "Thank you again," she murmured, pulling back. "But we must kill Kreios or his wickedness shall continue. Gather forces in the Middle Realm to kill him, with me and his original army waiting here he has no where left to run," Nylia said smiling as she kissed Cragin on the cheek. With that she left the room, instructing the mortals in the Inferno to create a new palace.
And reappear in the capital of Ossirix, he would appear mere feet from Kreios. Letting out a deep snigger at the sight of the Ossi man stabbed so viciously. "You'll die for that." He would raise the branch, challenging the God. And already it would appear the Ossis army was formulating around them in favor of their true God and creator.
"Adarani, may I ask for your assistance?" "I fear Kreios may not come quietly and I could use some help in convincing him otherwise." "He may listen to you better than myself and if things head the opposite way, I could really use the support of your healing abilities if I need to forcefully take down Kreios." Mathias paused as he stared with absolution and resolve in to her eyes. "Well that be satisfactory with you?" Mathias asked trying not to impose upon her.
Nylia slumped down on one of the chairs in her new palace in progress. Giving directions to creatures as childish as Kreios was quite difficult to say the least, but with their new strict leader they were maturing at a sufficient rate. They were making her palace out of gold, something that Nylia didn't exactly want but it showed how much the creatures loved her, even if it was a bit eccentric. That was when Nylia felt the King of the Amares praying to her. "Nylia, where are you?" He asked, concern deep in his voice. "I'm in the Inferno, but do not fret, I shall be back soon. Until then, take care of the Amares and stay concealed no one knows of your presence even to this day, keep it that way until I come back," Nylia stated. "Very well, though we have many people as it is, I'll do my best to watch over them," he said and with that their conversation ended. Eventually, Nylia's second palace was completed, and the style was similar to a labyrinth, that way it would be extremely difficult for anyone to break into and attack; even Kreios. Nylia sat in her throne room, thanking her subjects.
((I hope I didn't go overboard with that whole authority thing involving Paradise. >.<))
Mathias hoped Adarani was following or at least could sense the danger as well. He felt he could waste no time in finding Kreios, if there was destruction at the islands who knows what he is doing further north. Mathias traveled as swiftly as possible. When he gain further north, he came to a stopping point, the edge of the area of interest. He was outside the territories of Ossirix. It was here Mathias waited for Adarani. He would proceed further into those forests without aid. He could already sense Cragin would be on the scene as well. Mathias couldn't deduce whether that is good or bad. Sure, Cragin would be against Kreios attacking his people, but he may not let Kreios live in time for any procession. Besides he would hate to have to defuse an explosive situation if Cragin becomes enraged. That is another reason why he has Adarani with him. With them together they could perhaps defuse any such scenario. Still Cragin is difficult when it comes to delegations and regulations. He would rather punish Kreios than place Kreios on any trial to decide what course of action is best. Mathias remembers all to well the first time this happened. Yet, this time Mathias will be in control and hopefully it will go much smoother.
Still, with the collection of egos, it could be just another time bomb. Cragin would hardly want anything less than death if Kreios does something stupid, and this fighting could upset Adarani, in effect losing Mathias' only support. Mathias wishes that the other gods would have stepped into this trouble as well, but the only ones that have are himself, Cragin, and Adarani. Except for another he sensed enter the Lower Realm, it was that of Nylia, another Goddess he hadn't the time to meet as well. She was close to the God of the Seas, which comes to mention, he has been absent as well. It matters not, the gods handling this seem to be enough for this crisis. Mathias just prays if something else worse happens, they would rise to the occasion. Mathias anxiously waited for Adarani.
"The corruption... I can feel Kreios' aura. He must be somehwere close." Focusing harder on the aura, she said, "It appears he is using one of the Ossrix as bait or something. I think he is waiting for somebody to attack and cause an explosion. I think Cragin is there, too. His emotions indicate is is plannign on killing Kreios. We better hurry." She ran in the direction of the aura. "Come on!"
Once she came within several meters of the pair about to fight, she shouted, "Alright, you two! This fight has gone on long enough!" Her voice was one of conviction rather than her usual demeanor. "Mathias and I are here to bring Kreios in for questioning! There could be more going on than meets the eyes, and an investigation is in order! He will stand trial, as he should have, in the first place!" She got into her stance in case a battle did occur.
Mathias looked back and forth from Cragin and Kreios not saying a word. Mathias was analyzing the situation, at the moment he knew Kreios will not come quietly, especially if he thinks what he has will stop them. They are going to have to take away Kreios' sense of security before they can even begin to apprehend him. Otherwise, if Kreios believes he has other options besides answering for his crimes, then he will take it. "Cragin!" Mathias called out to his hooded kin. "We need to stop whatever Kreios is planning, I don't want to have any more casualties because of him!" Mathias exclaimed. It seems already Cragin has been fighting Kreios and it would seem the time to finish it has come. Mathias wants it to end as well, but he doesn't like how Kreios is acting. He wants to use that bloated Ossis in the fire for something.
Mathias was trying to come up with some sort of plan and then he came up with an idea. He wasn't sure if it would work and if not, he could come up with another plan. Mathias motioned for Adarani to come near as he wants to run his idea by her. If he even has time to say it and execute it that is. The situation is already too tense and it seems it's as ready to explode as the bloated Ossis. Kreios at this moment is unpredictable, which makes it difficult to even do anything besides attack. Which works to whatever advantage Kreios has in mind. Mathias then began to wonder if it was another explosion like the minion from earlier. If another cloud does come forth then Adarani could handle it. Which means Kreios' plan is already nullified. If it isn't then who knows what it is.
"We need to stop whatever Kreios is planning, I don't want to have any more casualties because of him!" Cragin would remain alert, listening to Mathias and all that was about them.
The Ossis would seem to snap, and come to reason, as if by some higher calling, they would begin pulling away into the vast forests.
His voice would come from the air, equally strong though silent in the ears of all. It would be stoic and leave no room for discussion as his gaze remained upon Kreios. Though his ears would be perked, ready to react to anything and everything.
"Mathias, brother, any intervention without my consent will be met with more violence." It would stop a moment then return, as if it had been in thought. "If she comes close, she will be condemned as well." It would catch in the wind leaving a low whistle as it faded.
All the while the branch would remain pointed, ever accusing at the chest of Kreios, the child God.
While he considered his next move, he noticed Adarani acting up in a startling way. Mathias knows when Cragin speaks, he generally means what he says. While he never fought or even gauged Cragin's combat skills, he knows that he trains his body constantly from the wars his people face. Mathias was more surprised by the sudden change in personality from Adarani as she spoke against her brother, "Cragin, my Vitaiim were the target of corruption and invasion! I have a right to intervene! Don't forget: Mathias is the God of Justice. I won't tell you this, again: stop fighting!" While Adarani made sense to him, he knows he couldn't risk inter fighting, while Kreios still remains at large. Mathias approached Adarani and spoke.
"Listen, Adarani." Mathias calmly but firmly spoke. "Now is not the time to incite fighting amongst each other." "I know if you proceed down this path, then you shall be causing more unnecessary problems." "Please, do not be upset with Cragin, he is not our enemy, the true enemy is right there!" Mathias pointed at Kreios. "If we want to see Kreios stopped then we must be able to work together, if not then Kreios will most certainly take advantage!" "We can't risk him escaping, otherwise he will hurt your people and other people again." Mathias reasoned with Adarani. He wasn't sure if she would respond favorably but he at least gave her what he believes to be the smartest course of action. Mathias found it unwise to engage on a fight on two fronts. Especially if it is with our ally. Justice must be served but it won't if this happens. Mathias could only hope Adarani would listen.
Mathias watched the two gods, carefully waiting for some sort of signal. He knows he can find Cragin stubborn at times, but he isn't unreasonable. One wrong move on Kreios part and this could be over. Mathias watched Kreios, a bit anxious of the god's intentions. He knew sooner or later Kreios will do something that will enrage the parties here and the time for words will be over. Still there wasn't much to say and after this time not hearing a word from Kreios, made Mathias uneasy. Was he planning something or is he perhaps frightened? Both could be possible.
His only hesitation was respect, for Mathias, and his brother's noble, if not odd and unreasonable goal. And it was this bond that had him wishing to aid him, support his brother. He would begin to circle Kreios, the God inactive and troubled seeming. Perhaps this was the opportune time to strike; but he wouldn't. The branch would twirl within his fingers, still held out at arms length and over all focused upon Kreios. Snapping back it would begin to flare with a pale green and striking silver glow. His stance would be steady, maintained, light footed and ready to evade any sudden attack.
His voice would appear once more, low enough only for Mathias' ear. "Soon then."
All the while Kreios and the body would remain the object of Cragin's view.
Mathias felt bad about keeping her excluded, he is the one that brought her with him after all! Mathias confided in her to ask for her help and now he would doubt her because Cragin doesn't approve of her? This made Mathias feel very bad, but if Cragin so openly opposes her then he can't afford to anger him, not now. They were close to ending Kreios and if it's ruined...Mathias was heavily conflicted. Mathias has to go through with this, for all of their sakes. For the Vitaiim, for the Ossis, and even for his own burgeoning race. If Kreios escapes then the Valeish could be targeted next time, and Mathias cannot allow that to happen. Mathias merely nodded in accordance with Cragin. He prepared himself.
His aim was to teleport, release one surge of power in one powerful strike. Kreios would hardly have time to react before the attack made contact, likely flinging clay everywhere, but also leaving him in pieces, and easily there after. Keeping him apart, battering away more, with such precise ferocity, articulate in maneuver that soon he would be subject to easy capture.
He felt it was a simple plan, and one that wouldn't cause any long term damage to his kin, but would allow for him to be brought forth. Though he was quite sure that whatever the result, he wanted blood for that spilled of his children. No matter the bond to the child, or the relation between him and Mathias, or him and Adarani, or even Acanthus. The metaphorical blood, that Cragin himself shared, would be spilt.
However simple it seemed, or he planned it to be. Bypassing the bloated body, Kreios was sharper than he remembered and as he phased at lightspeed through the very air, subject to particles of change. The desecrated, lifeless, burning body, exploded.
It was sudden, and he had not the time to react, as the force was so tremendous. He appeared from the air, with the force of the blast, his own pale glow overshadowed by that of the ferocious dark blast.
He was sent spiraling back, dark matter splattered across him leaving deep burns in the armor of his being. His branch would clatter a few feet from him, and he would fall past it, hitting once, rising with the impact and clattering away. Dazedly he would raise his head, worms of his subconscious clouding his vision. As the spurratic force squiggled along his vision. He would close his eyes once, pulling them open, clawing at the ground, and then looking up to see Kreios before being pulled under.
Mathias stood between Kreios and Cragin, clay and mud dripping like rain drops. Mathias was a bit nervous, this being the first time he stood up to one of his brethren in such fashion. Mathias drew his spear and the apparent dissatisfaction show on Kreios' face. Kreios launched a mud tendril at Mathias. Mathias quickly dodges the mixture of earth and water, just to be quickly hit by it. Like a whip it snapped across Mathias' plated chest. It forced him back a few inches from Kreios. The pain more like throb as if he was slapped. Kreios smiled as he launched several more of these appendages. Mathias quickly dodged them as one came in hot. Mathias twirled his spear and cut the tentacle in half. The rest receded while the other half fell as if it was made of metal. Then it shattered to pieces. The remains then was quickly called back by Kreios as the tendrils continued to attack. Mathias did a series of dodge and slash, for each of Kreios' attacks. And more and more the tendrils receded just to reform once again.
This was getting Mathias no where, as he began to curse that malleable body of his. Mathias then used magic to elongate the spear as he made a quick sweep knocking Kreios off his feet. Kreios fell as the clay shattered and receded within him. Mathias used this chance to rush up to Kreios, closing the gap between them. While running the spear returned to it's original length and Mathias did a quick kick into the face of Kreios. This made the clay god skid a little. Kreios slowly stood up rubbing his face. Mathias wasted no time to close the gap again. This time however Kreios planned this and quickly caught Mathias in a grip of moving mud. Mathias' torso was completely covered and he could feel Kreios slowly lifting him up. Kreios gave a sick smile and laughed. Kreios then slammed Mathias to the ground, over and over again.
Kreios then quickly stopped as Mathias noticed the mud beginning to rise. Kreios means to drown him. Mathias struggled but couldn't break free from his grasp. Just as it seemed he would be done for Mathias quickly spoke, "Sorry brother but you leave me no choice." Mathias elongated the spear once again and this time it impaled Kreios' head. Kreios seemed to have a look of complete shock as this happened and then the clay fell apart as it turned into a puddle of mud. Mathias feel to his knees and took deep breaths. "That was too close for comfort." Mathias muttered. "Why did you have to make me do that Kreios?!" Mathias yelled as if appalled by what he did. Mathias slowly stood up and before he noticed Kreios gave another laugh. "What!?" Mathias quickly turns around only to be met with a fist made of mud. Mathias was launched from the force of Kreios' punch and made contact with the trunk of tree. The impact hit Mathias' back hard as he fell down, dropping his spear a few inches from him. The impact even made the tree chip off a great chunk of the bark, as it landed on the downed Mathias. Mathias struggled to rise as he hoped he bought enough time for Cragin to rise himself.
He would maintain silence for a moment, watching as Kreios took one now confident, if not keenly child-like stride toward Mathias. Looking to end him as he was pinned. Cragin slowly walked forward and as Kreios made another step forward, closing the distance between himself and the God of Justice. In a shimmer of silver he would appear wild eyed tearing chunks of clay from the reforming, human form of Kreios. The two elements of flesh and clay opposing one another in the sight. It would be flashes of movement, fueled by brooding rage.
The phasing beast of the once naive and in ways, pleasant God would shrink to a loud, boisterous mess of clay and clumps of humanity. It would appear in a distant form to be the crying of a young toddler. It would lurch and suddenly as the few seconds passed, it would wear down and Cragin suddenly would falter as his fists were pulled, his legs pulled. His body would quake, matching as he swelled with anger and resolution, ripping a hand free a shroud would appear, and in seconds as he was dragged forth a vast wave of the clay would appear seeming as a featureless face appearing to end him. He would with all capable movement, shove the hand down the throat of this imaginary beast.
Noticeably it had once contained a seed and as the body quaked suddenly now with new vigor and hyperactivity, it's grip would slacken, Kreios would falter. And suddenly a root would appear to sprout from some lower corner of it's mass, crawling beneath the ground with adamant repose. Cragin would pull himself from the slackening grip as suddenly a branch would erupt from the top of the Beast's formless "head." The body would seem to crawl and maneuver, as to escape, only pieces managing. And as a bulk of it would form up in a desperate attempt to grab him, Cragin would grit his teeth letting out a low snarl, dipping back with his hands sinking into it he would sling it, deep into the woods it would hit and bang against the trees, as he did so he would fall back, catching himself by his hands. Weak from the endeavor. A tree had grown in the place of Kreios, the size of an oak, with strange hanging vines, and a white-silverish color. Clay would hang off of it, and as fruits it would appear clay had fallen from the branches.
Cragin would pull himself up once more stumbling toward the tree, Mathias seemed to be trapped under. They had at most several minutes before enough of the clay reformed to be able to put up a final stand. And thus limited time to accomplish the capture.
His voice would appear from the depths of the ever dark hood. Loud and pleading. "Mathias, are you alright?" He would fall upon the trunk, clinging to it, grunting with effort at trying to lift it with his damaged strength. He would pull an arm away to hit Mathias softly to encourage the man to aid him, before continuing the desperate effort.
"Mathias, are you alright?"
Mathias felt the weight some what lifted as light shone in to reveal Cragin, trying to lift something. Whatever it was, it was on top of him. He could feel Cragin hit him softly, obviously needing his help. Mathias gathered his bearings and while in his mind he didn't seem all there he began to lift from under. Using his godly strength he began to lift nearly uprooting the tree. Thanks to their combined efforts Mathias jolted out with a hand on his spear from the tree. Mathias took even deeper breathes of air. Now he knows what it's like to not only suffocate but be buried alive. Mathias let out a hacking cough and then turned to see a huge tree with hanging vines standing before them. Mathias looked to see what appears to be clay hanging off it. This must have been what became of Kreios.
Mathias turned to his brother and spoke, "Thank you...*gasps*...Cragin!" Mathias spoke sincerely. Mathias looked at the tree and wonders if that was the end of Kreios. When he drew nearer he could still feel Kreios' presence, he doesn't appear to be actually dead. Mathias turns to Cragin. "So...*coughs* how long do you think that will hold him?" Mathias asked hoping this was over for now.
He would walk, his body erupting with pain, though maintaining his stature to his branch, bending low and scooping it from the ground. Immediately he felt a slight raise in power. Though it wasn't nearly enough to have him fully operational, it relieved the pain and allowed him to stand with a new determination. "The trouble will be collecting enough of the pieces, and caging him so that a representation of his human form will be maintainable." His speech would seem to be choked in places as if speaking so much had an adverse effect on his strength. As if it lapsed in the effort. He would resolve himself to stop speaking. Grunting through the pain to the small Sylvan tree.
He would need Mathias to aid him in this effort, he would peer over looking to Adarani in the sky. His body would be peculiarly nonchalant, still prepared to fight. He hoped this would not be in vain, and that Mathias, the brother of Justice, would benefit from it in some way shape or form.
"Look here," Mathias paused, "I know you won't like this but you need some medical treatment." "I mean Adarani is right over there, if you just ask or even I could ask and I'm sure she will heal you." Mathias spoke trying to reason with Cragin. Mathias doesn't know what Cragin's problem is with the Goddess of Love, but if he expects to continue he needs to let her heal him. Mathias even felt tempted to ask for him anyway. He wasn't sure if his pride would allow him to ask for himself. Still, Mathias awaited to hear a response.
He would finish leaving one side agape. Immediately he would pull himself from the tree, something within his body cracking with the effort. He would silently go about picking up the larger pieces of clay and placing them in the box. And as the mass grew thus larger it would seem that other clay pieces had found themselves within, clinging to it as they struggled to reform. Once they had a large collection. Cragin would create the cover. Sealing it to a level it could not be breached from within. Placing a lock upon it, of a shining black metal, coating it with ethereal protection, he would fashion the key, and then hold it out to Mathias.
Mathias took it and the key. He hooked the key on a chain connected to his belt. Mathias looked at the box and hoped it would contain Kreios. Mathias looked at Cragin and could see he was extremely weary, he could pass out any moment. Mathias didn't feel all that great either, his back felt like it was on fire from the pain. He hit it pretty hard. Made a big indent in the tree next to the Sylvan. Despite back injuries Mathias tried to alleviate both their worries. To make even more difficult to escape for Kreios, he was given permission to use some of the power of Justice itself, as golden energy flowed from his arms, to his hands, and all around the box. The golden aura forced the box to shrink considerably, forcing more pressure on an enclosed space. Not only was it more portable, it proved a greater cage for Kreios.
Mathias kept the box under his arm as he drew another heavy sigh. "Well it's over for now." Mathias commented. He placed a hand on his back as he felt a sudden twinge of pain. "I hope this box contains him, long enough to get a trial started." "He is going to answer for his crimes one way or another." Mathias spoke talking more to himself than to Cragin. Mathias decided to lean on his spear for the moment and catch a breather from the previous battle. If this is going to happen more often then Mathias needs to train. If another chaotic deity decides to show themselves, then Mathias needs to be in peak condition. This battle with Kreios showed him that much.
She next spoke to Mathias. "You see, I was never just talking about myself when I mentioned all the malice. What I meant was I did not like it when anybody fueded or tried to kill each other.It's disrespectful to mortals and immortals, alike." As Adarani spoke, she continued her attempt to heal Mathias.
((ignore Aamani))
He would only address Mathias, turning to look at his brother as he spoke. "I would like to be present at this trial," he would seem to struggle with the word as if at the moment of speech he didn't quite understand it. "I won't allow it here in Ossirix, and feel we should meet on even ground." Such a long string of words were drawn out with his difficulty in means of talking.
His mind would suddenly fill, and in moments the Ossis would return. Their army marching foremost, loosely protecting the villagers. The people would be in shock and awe at the sight of the Gods. And many would hold their hands to their chests for many moments before moving on. The army would form up, a couple hundred men baring various weapons in a loose formation roughly fifteen feet away, backing their creator. At the front of the mass were four large werewolves, all of which snarling and brooding at the ready for anything that may befall their lands.
((The last part would be a process, not happen suddenly. But have been happening slowly and now progressed to this point.))
Still, he finds her cause noble, even if it does seem futile. She then spoke to him. "You see, I was never just talking about myself when I mentioned all the malice. What I meant was I did not like it when anybody fueded or tried to kill each other.It's disrespectful to mortals and immortals, alike." As Adarani spoke, she continued her attempt to heal Mathias.
"I understand what you mean." "But sometimes conflict is unavoidable, trust me if I could have found away around not fighting Kreios I would!" "But he wouldn't listen to reason, so we had to fight." "I'm sorry if it made you upset but it was necessary to complete the goal we set out to accomplish." "See?" Mathias spoke as he shook the box towards Adarani's direction. "We did it." "I also apologize for leaving you out of the fight, but at the moment it was the most wisest decision I could make." "With that we had Cragin as an ally instead of an enemy, we wouldn't be able to complete our goal without his help." Mathias spoke explaining himself. He then heard Cragin speak. "I would like to be present at this trial,
"You would?" "Well that's splendid!" Mathias spoke with cheer. He didn't expect Cragin would want anything to do with it, but he certainly is more than welcomed to. He also has grievances with Kreios. "I won't allow it here in Ossirix, and feel we should meet on even ground." Such a long string of words were drawn out with his difficulty in means of talking.
Mathias listened and considered his words. "Of course, we'll take it off Ossirix soil." "Hm not sure where we should go." Mathias began to ponder the question. "Well we could take it to Hléradr again but I don't think Acanthus would appreciate it after last time." Mathias continued to rack more options. Then as if on cue Justice spoke to Mathias. "I believe it is time to christened the Hall of Justice." Justice spoke. ["You mean?"] "Yes, one of the buildings we made in Paradise is in fact a courthouse, made for an occasion such as this." Justice finished as he presence disappeared from Mathias' mind. Mathias turned his attention to everyone.
"Well I have a suggestion, um we could take this to the Upper Realm." "I have a place we can have it at and well, it would serve as equal grounds for us and it will restrict Kreios from doing anything dastardly." Mathias spoke as he looked at the box. "What do you my kin, think?" Mathias asked.
Listening to the two men speak, she got out of her stance and waited for a chance to speak, based on what they say. Mathias' words made sense, as usual. Kreios would not be able to do much in Paradise, which gave them the advantage. The courtroom would serv as an excellent place for trials. This would be the first time the Goddess of Love actually entered the Upper Realm, rather than just open portals to the place.
Nodding, she said, "I can open a portal to Paradise. Just a moment." As she spoke, she immediately got to work on a portals big enough for everyone to walk through. She did not know where the courtroom was, exactly, which was why she glanced over to Mathias and said, "After you."
Mathias looked at the portal and it seemed more enjoyable to travel by that instead of using Justice. Mathias noticed his back was feeling much more better, it still throbbed but it's certainly not debilitating. He could move with much more comfort. Mathias noticed Adarani wished from him to continue, which would make sense since none of them knows where it is. "Of course." Mathias stepped up to the portal. "Cragin, Adarani, follow me." Mathias spoke as he stepped through still clutching the box tightly. Mathias entered the Upper Realm in all of it's unending glory. Truly, Mathias never felt so comfortable in a place. From there Mathias searched the idyllic landscape and spotted the highest tower in the distance.
"Please follow me we will come to a white stone road that will lead us to the Halls of Justice, which I think is what we've decided to call them." Mathias spoke almost as if unsure of his own thoughts. "Anyway come along." Mathias spoke as we waved his arm forward. Mathias traveled to the established road which led him to the large complex of buildings. All of which had a white and gold scheme to the architecture. Including stone, tile, and marble. There were many pillars, and trees, and bushes, and fountains. It all appeared tranquil yet strangely firm at the same time. Mathias looked around and spotted the courthouse. It was a large, domed building towards the southwest corner of the complex. The Halls were in fact a series of buildings, with pathways, and gardens, and courtyards. The buildings were all rather large and pristine. It certainly was a sight to behold. Mathias followed the path towards the courthouse. Mathias came to a stop in the central courtyard, and sat on a white, marble bench and waited for the others.
The courtyard was made of white cobblestone, with an outer most layer of gold trimming. In the center was the largest fountain in the Halls and before them was a large, rectangular building. White steps led up to it and in the front where large doors, tucked behind tall pillars. It was certainly another sight to behold. This was the center most building and the reason why the place is called the Halls of Justice, for this is the actual Hall. This however is not the courthouse as it is placed off to it's right side. Mathias awaited so he does not lose them in this place.
Adarani followed Mathias as instructed. What she saw was breathtaking. Yards, fountains, towers, all of it was unlike anything she could have imagined. The deceased among her Vitaiim would certainly enjoy themselves here, should they come across the Halls of Justice. Mathias definitely had great finesse for architecture. It was a shame the Goddess of Love could not make any sort of building quite as magnificent, though she could compensate by creating serene gardens and villages. Perhaps she could consult Mathias on doing that when there was time.
For now, she had to get to the trial to give her testamony, which would hopefully lead to a satisfactory result on what should be done. What happened was traumatic, weighing down on her. She never expected to be the target of someone she did not even try to hurt. What was Kreios thinking? What was Cragin thinking, treating her like an enemy when she arrived in front of him and Kreios, after all her effort since the Hall to diffuse the situation and prevent a war? She would have a hard time forgiving the God of the Wild for that, for the next few days. For the moment, however, the trial had to begin soon.
She found Mathias in front of the actual Hall of Justice, a sight to behold, to say the least. This was by far the grandest out of all the monumental structures. Admiring would have to wait, though. Cragin needed to catch up to them, so Adarani sat next to the God of Justice.
Nylia paced the halls of her newly finished palace. She had no idea how she was going to run this entire realm...Kreios and whoever was running it before him weren't doing a good enough job on punishing the people, as Nylia looked around there were barely any punishments being distributed, not only that but it was supposed to be a place where evil souls were tormented for their wrongdoings but now she made them her loyal subjects! Nylia rubbed her temples thinking of what to do. Perhaps this was their punishment...to do community service. Being tortured by Kreios must have been enough punishment for a lifetime Nylia assumed. But she needed an area where wrongdoing souls could be punished and a place to hold in powerful and dangerous attackers such as a god who was sentenced to banishment such as Kreios. Nylia soon formulated a plan and moved out to her people.
"Attention," Nylia said to the creatures. "Now, we must rebuild this realm so it's suitable for what it's supposed to be," Nylia stated. "Now, split up into three equal groups. Group one, your job is to divide the realm into four parts, each part will contain different levels of punishment base on your crimes, the lowest level, level one being by my palace. Group two, your job is to dig an extremely deep hole into the ground of the fourth level, that's where the banished gods and mortals will go. Group three, your job is to bring all of the spirits and creatures in this realm to me so I can judge their crimes. Group four, you'll be my personal body guards, though I can fight mortals easily, I need you guys to be on the lookout for any god trying to attack," Nylia said and with that her people got to work. Soon, the Inferno would be organized and efficient. All of this work to reform the Inferno had made Nylia completely forget about the Amare that she didn't save yet, but at least she knew that the Amares in the Middle Realm were doing great.
The setting changes from The Inferno to The Middle Realm
Mathias' deep thought was penetrated by the voice of Adarani, he nearly forgotten she sat there. "Um yes?" Mathias asked as he placed the box to the side. "Well it wasn't really anything to it...I did have...inspiration I suppose." Mathias thought about Justice and how much his influence is here. This was all of Justice's ideas and his will, it was as if there plans were there for him to see, he just followed them. Then she mentioned about building landscapes and forests and such. The nature of her words confused him. So what if she can do this stuff, that's great! Is she bragging or is she looking for more acknowledgement? No it sounds more like asking permission. Unsure of what to say since Mathias doesn't own the realm, Mathias figured she meant the Halls. In the end Mathias decided to be nice and praise her abilities. "Well that's just splendid." "As much as the land is beautiful it could always use more!" Mathias gave a warm smile. Then she asked him something he didn't prepare for.
"You think we could create those villages and landscapes in this realm, after the trial?"
Perhaps she figures him some great architect. Well, Mathias isn't the great architect she thinks. The true mastermind is Justice and well, Justice doesn't even want to be social with Mathias let alone anyone else. Mathias decided to answer her. "Well I think it's a splendid idea you want to build up here but..." Mathias felt embarrassed. She has a high opinion of him and well...he's sort of lacking in this department. He only was able to built it because of Justice, he never could do it himself. He never did try it himself perhaps he could? Then Mathias thought about the Valeish. He screwed up with their appearance, compared to what he wanted. Even though he's happy how they turned out it still was a mistake. Justice would not assist him and well without him, he didn't do nearly as perfect. What if he screwed up? What if Adarani thinks he's holding back on purpose? He doesn't want to be a jerk but will she believe he didn't do it himself? What would she think about Justice? When Justice met Acanthus, well, it didn't seem they got along from his expression.
"Er, well you might not believe this but.." Mathias rubbed his head apprehensively, "...I had help in all of this." Mathias nervously spoke. It was sort of the truth, even though Justice did all the work. "...And well, I might not be able to get the same help with those villages." Mathias gulped as he moved his eyes away from her. Mathias sighed. "Let's just get through with this trial, alright?" Mathias spoke rather fatherly with her. Mathias then turned his attention back to the box as he placed it back in his lap.
He registered and considered this for a long while making note of it. Suddenly an understanding was upon him of a vague connection to Mathias. He found the pair in moments, and stood idly away, making sure of the box, and at all times keeping it within his sight. He patiently awaited the trial. Though his mind stayed busy thinking on various things, and most presently his people. His hood would show with the glorious light of Paradise but would maintain shadows that covered the contours of his face for the most part.
"Er, well you might not believe this but.." Mathias rubbed his head apprehensively, "...I had help in all of this." Mathias nervously spoke. "...And well, I might not be able to get the same help with those villages." Mathias gulped as he moved his eyes away from her. Mathias sighed. "Let's just get through with this trial, alright?" Mathias spoke rather fatherly with her. Mathias then turned his attention back to the box as he placed it back in his lap.
The Goddess of Love nodded happily. "Okay." A blush came to the young Goddess' face as she thought on what she observed of Mathias, so far, her eyes looking back at her lap. The god was wise, polite, and kind-hearted, qualities Adarani admired in a man. Her blush faded when she realized she was daydreaming, deciding to instead focus on what she would say during trial.
Let's see, I need something that can not only take the disease that I have spread without destroying it, but can also spread it to those who want it, without needing my consultation. It must also be beautiful as are all my beloved children. I need something that follows my be their own will and not through blind faith as I have unknowingly made mortals do, that means it will have intelligence I suppose. With intelligence I should also teach it to only give to the willing and those that know exactly what it is they will be accepting, so it must also be of a similar shape to those. I will also teach it the little of right and wrong that I know, but they must make their own decisions, as dear sister Nylia has shown me that it's wrong to force one's self unto others. Let's see... Aspestis grabbed some of the still living and some of the dead flesh that was all around in It's palace and started putting it together in a grotesque and disturbing way, well disturbing for others. Maybe if I put this here, add this, remove some of that... It needs to be practical, so let's put this... Oh it must also mate so it's most definitely going to need this and this... Oh, I must not forget, the disease must make it able to think clearly so maybe if I adjust it's brain like so... And there we are! My word, it's so beautiful.
If Aspestis had the necessary organs for shedding tears, it would have at the beauty It had created and the love It felt for it. It was a grotesque looking creature with two arms and two legs, roughly the shape of the first mortal Aspestis had met. It had what looked like a horribly maimed and disfigured face on an equally horrendous body, which was cover foot to shoulder in an exoskeleton that would protect it from hard blows, falls, and punctures. It's not invincibly, but far from weak. Inside of it was a pouch, that would blow if it has taken too much damage or is directly punctured. The pouch surrounds it's heart and without it, the creature would die. Also, should the brain be sufficiently damaged or deprived of oxygen, the pouch will lose its restraints and still blow up. Unfortunately, Aspestis realized it had made a slight mistake in it's creation and it's intelligence was slightly flawed and it had the ability to spread it's disease, but not to remove it. That would have to be fixed. Aspestis got it's first creation and started modifying it, starting with allowing it's beautiful body to show by removing the exoskeleton and it started modifying it's brain as well, giving it a small fraction of the young god's knowledge on diseases. Then it modified it's body to be loved by disease, where the disease will see this creature as it's most preferred host and where they'll migrate to, abandoning it's previous host. now it was done.
Hmm, although it can produce diseases, it's still going to need the necessary tools too do so. Aspestis grabbed some more materials and got to work on it's next creation. It must have only the purpose to create diseases in order for it to be effective, but then how can more be created? I know, it will have the ability to produce the tools and occasionally another producer of tools. Yes, that should work out splendidly. So, put this here, remove most of this, add a bit of that, make it large and around, having most of it's body being a womb and.... Voila! Here it is, just as beautiful as the other. Aspestis had made another work of grotesque art. It was about one foot tall and one foot wide, with more than 70% of it's body consisting of a womb. Aspestis made it so that the small creature and its children will follow the orders of the young god's first creature.
The god of illness was largely satisfied, but still something felt lacking. Although the first creature was more beautiful without it's exoskeleton, it mean that it was largely unprotected and without followers. Time to fix that. The god decided to use the creature's original form for the rest and It created a small army of one hundred creatures in the original design. They would be intelligent, but like the small creature, they would follow the orders of the first, but it'll mostly be their decision. They were also programmed with an insatiable urge to protect the first from danger, even at the cost of their own lives, but they were also not to stifle the creature and allow it to head into danger should they wish. Indeed, they were loyal subjects and just what Aspestis wanted of those that would worship It.
I should give these creatures a name, Aspestis thought. After brain storming, Aspestis spoke to the first. With It's horrible voice sounding like the sounds that constantly plague the Inferno and more it said, "Your species' name, which is above the others, will be known as a Pestilo, should there be many, you will add Ma in the beginning. Those that serve you are the Latako, they serve you, but you're duty is to guide them towards the right path. They are individuals, but also part of the collective. They're actions reflect yours and you will be to blame if you do not lead them on the proper path. This small creature is known as a Stasarin, they give birth to your tools that can be used to gain information from other species so that you may make the most effective disease you possibly can. Now, you must listen closely to what I will tell you now, as it is the most important. You and your followers are given the task of spreading my gift of disease, but never give my gift to those that do not wish for it and when they want it, do not let them be ignorant of what the gift will do. Allow your body as an example to the beauty that disease can give them and also tell them of the great power to be earned from gaining disease and submitting to suffering and despair. Finally, I will give you your individual name, you are to name the others, though. Your name in our language means 'one who serves their god willingly and shows the beauty of suffering, despair, and disease' and that is just the outline of it, your name's meaning is much deeper than that and is unable to be completely described with mere words; your name is Paul."
The whole time, Paul had been listening intently to every word of it's beloved god, it's creator. It loved it's new name and would cherish it, and it would take on the great duty of leading his new people. "Yes, great lord of disease, I shall do as you say. I will undertake my task of leading my people, creating disease and spreading your gift unto those that want them, great lord," the creature said, filled with love for his creator and pride on not only being the first created but also being the only one to get an individual name, and one with such a grand meaning.
Aspestis was pleased with it's creation and said, "For now, you will not go out and give out my blessing, for you must learn how to control yourselves and you have to show your people the proper path, not to mention I want to see how powerful the diseases you can make are. Here's a special room, in the heart of the palace, where you can practice, learn, and teach. The floor will take you there on it's own, don't worry. Once your studies have been completed, will I allow you out in the world, my most beloved children." And with that, the creatures were gone, it would probably take them a couple months to learn what they must, but that's all for the best. Their learning must be thorough and complete, if they're going to take on the large burden Aspestis has placed on them. Aspestis all of a sudden realized how tired It was from that ordeal, in fact it even felt weaker, in the sense it had much less power. It felt pretty strong and mighty in the Inferno, perhaps it gets stronger with more mortals suffering, since there's a great deal less suffering here than there. But it's fine, the young god's goal isn't power, but helping those that suffer feel ecstasy from their pain. Yes, it was sure that was it and not robbing mortals of their original purpose to force another on them, not that at all.
After such a tiring day, the young god decided to rest once again and slumber, seeing as it was interrupted before it got full rest and now it was especially more tired. Halfway towards Its room, it felt a great amount of disease being taken from the swamp and although it was a relatively small amount, compared to the amount within the swamp, it was still enough to cover perhaps a kilometer or two. Well, that was fine, Aspestis was glad the somebody actually wanted such a large amount of it, while the others so far didn't. Once it finally reached it's grotesque bed of live animals moaning in their exquisite despair and suffering, giving the young god a sort of lullaby, It crawled under the covers and slept a peacefully. It once again dreamed as well, It saw the disease being spread upon those who didn't want it, who attested it and were going mad because of the disease, which disturbed the god of illness, making It wonder in It's dream who force the disease unto others. The diseased mortals were attacking everything they could in a fit of madness.
Their kin started fighting them and suppressing them. They also started curing their disease while the diseased in turn infected others in a brutal circle, when a large, handsome man appeared with supernatural speed and was fighting the diseased taking the injured out of the fray in incredibly fast speeds. This went on for a while, until Aspestis' youthful sister came and then... gone. The young god felt pain as he suddenly felt the disease just disappear, assumingly destroyed. This made the young god want to wail in sadness in Its dream, but it didn't. It knew it was necessary and was probably for the best so that It's dear sister Nylia didn't find out. But who was that stately man, it wondered. It must have been one of It's kin, as it didn't think any mortal could have been so fast. It must meet him on day, but for now Aspestis continued to sleep.
((tl;dr: Aspestis showed Trelas the front door, It finally created It's race, sent them to learn about themselves, went to bed, and saw the battle of the Vitaiim and the subsequent cure from Adarani, then finally just stayed asleep.))
Mathias walked down the hall of the courthouse and made his way to the courtroom. Inside were seats for the spectators that leaned from the back of the wall up to a barricade. Past the barricade were two tables, one for the Prosecution the other, for the Defense. Up at the head of the room, was the Judge's Bench and the Witness Stand. There were several other distinguishable parts of the room, and loads of seats. Especially towards the side of the Judge's Bench. It was boxed in seats but why that was there was yet to be known. Mathias placed the box on the Defense Table as Mathias moved behind the bench and sat upon the Judge's seat. Mathias sat there and waited for the others. All of the seats and such each had that similar decor like outside the building. The use of white and gold, and pillars could be seen. Mathias looked at the box and steadily, the power of Justice swirled about the box as if ensuring Kreios remains entrapped. Mathias quietly waited for the others.
(The Courthouse sort of what it looks like, http://www.sierranevadageotourism.org/images/otc/input/content/350/sie18FE27ED9F82CD134.jpg)
He would follow a great distance behind, doing his best to keep distance between himself and his sister, Adarani. Mathias seemed at home here, and it showed in the confidence of his speech, and that ofcouse created a warmness within Cragin at sensing such a happiness about his brother. This trial, however silly it may seem would likely make him feel accomplished as well. He didn't understand what exactly would occur, though. But whatever it may be, Kreios deserved punishment. And would not leave with a slap on the wrist, no, not this time.
He had seemed more clever, and more reposed, but the advanced intelligence would not be enough, no matter if now he could understand the error or not. He had knowingly made the attempt and without purpose attacked the Ossis, and from what Adarani had said, the Vitaiim as well. He thought back regarding the strange Jacobti man and his medicines.
Regardless, he simply walked into the courtroom and as he was not told of any certain thing to do by Mathias, simply resolved himself to sitting in one of the pews, watching the others go about their business as he rested peacefully. His body giving into the ache of the recent battle.
Mathias knows little about the Goddess, but her own vindictive qualities should prove the right amount of everything necessary to carry out this job. After all the Prosecutor's job is to prove the defendant guilty beyond a doubt. Mathias used Justice for a moment as he considered his choice. "It is interesting you've chosen her, but it makes a wise one." Spoke Justice as he decided to relay the message. A golden wave emitted from Mathias as it traveled far, far down from Paradise to the Inferno. There the voice of Justice would ring clear in the ear of the Goddess of Vengeance. "Nylia." It spoke. "Nylia..." "Nylia do not be alarmed, I was sent by Mathias to give you a message." "Your are here by called forth, to serve as the Prosecutor in the upcoming trial against Kreios." "Please...come to Paradise." "You will find a complex of buildings." "In the one in the furthest southwest corner, is the courthouse, were your kin await to begin this trial." Justice spoke and left just as quickly arriving, in Nylia's ear.
After receiving confirmation the message was sent, Mathias grudgingly considered the Attorney for the Defense. Similar yet unlike are the qualities for the Defense. Someone who will pursue reasonable doubt of the defendant's guilt. Someone that is willing to defend Kreios, someone who can understand the nature of this job. It would take either someone impartial or sympathetic to Kreios. This was difficult to consider. Maybe Genocide, but he may not have the orderly structure required for this job. This left little choices as everyone would not be able to tolerate Kreios enough to defend him. That was until he remembered what Adarani said. Of this Aspestis character. Justice then chimed in. "While you may not know him, the words Adarani spoke could potentially mean well for Kreios." "You think it best?" "Yes, I shall ask Aspestis to lead the defense." Another wave emitted from Mathias as Justice searched for the God of Illness. Justice located It in it's dwellings as Justice spoke clear enough for It to hear. "Aspestis....Aspestis." "Be not alarmed of my voice, you are here by called forth to serve as Attorney for the Defense of Kreios." "He's being held in the courthouse in Paradise on Trial" "You can find the courthouse in the southwestern most corner of the complex." Justice spoke and left Aspestis' presence. Justice yet again relayed the message that he sent the word. Now all Mathias could do was wait for their arrival.
Eventually, all of the creatures finished constructing the new and improved Inferno. Gothic, cobalt black architecture surrounded level one, getting less and less complex at each level. She was now getting a line of souls and creatures to judge, and though it was difficult she was speeding through them. Until one came, it was assigned to go to level three but it began pleading. "Wait! If you allow me to stay in level one I'll give you information...information on a deadly and deceitful Goddess," he said fearfully speaking of Jute. "Very well then, speak," Nylia stated, her voice booming to intimidate the fearful creature. "Her-her name is Jute, and she's preparing to do evil things to the Middle Realm...that's all I know..." he said squirming in place. The name Jute sent shivers down Nylia's spine, he was telling the truth. After getting a description of her physical appearance Nylia sent the creature to level one and continued judging.
Nylia was startled when she got the message from Justice. However, she was ready and prepared to serve as the so called Prosecutor in Kreios' trial. "Judging is dismissed until further notice, the rest of you may reside in level one until I return," Nylia stated, dismissing all the souls and creatures. She then opened a portal to the Upper Realm and entered. The light of Paradise was bothersome and annoying so Nylia created a black parasol to keep the light out of her face. She felt quite awkward in Paradise, as though she didn't belong...but she shrugged it off, she had law to enforce and she wasn't going to let anything stop her. However, she had to admit, the architecture of the Upper Realm was quite fascinating, another thing she brushed aside to focus on her duties. Eventually, she reached the court house, before she entered she used her godly powers to transform her clothes, turning her blood red seductive dress into a long flowing white one, it was still physically appealing, it was just a bit less sultry. She dissolved her parasol and folded back her wings, if she was going to be a Prosecutor in the Upper Realm she had to look like one.
Opening the large doors to the court house Nylia walked inside, the clacking of her heels echoing in the silence. She stared at Mathias, remembering the lost puppy who followed Acanthus' every word. He was the judge now? He hoped that he wouldn't be too lenient on Kreios, the God had to die...or at least be banished to the hole she made in the Lower Realm...she decided to name it Naelus. She then turned to see Cragin, they had left on a good note...but he seemed in pain from the battle...then she turned to see Adarani, the Goddess had given her fertility after she lost her children which she was thankful for...but she hoped she would have given it to her before she lost her children..."Hello my brethren, I'm here to prosecute Kreios, whenever you are ready," she said, seating herself at the Prosecution table.
No! I only want to ease despair from those that feel it, I made a mistake and many have died or are now in a situation they detest. It's a grand mistake that I will repent for and try to correct with my new mortals, but it is still a mistake. I am still ignorant in many things and must learn, just as my creations must learn of themselves, that is all. I am good, it is just that those that receive my blessing and reject it have tragic consequences. I must be careful from now on to try to give only to those that wish for it. Now that I think about it, like my creations, I do not know much about my own body. I was born concealed and with knowledge, though I don't know why and to what extent. I also have some sort of power that I don't know the extent of yet and I'm learning new things about myself. One thing I have learned is that I get stronger the more people suffer and despair, be it blissful or horrible. I wonder if it will also work with disease, though I'm not sure, as all those who have been plagues suffer. Perhaps I should make a disease that brings no pain or despair or beauty, to see if this is true. Well, it seems I've filled up my schedule for a long while. I must learn myself and meet and get on my siblings good favor. Yes that is what I-
And that is when Aspestis heard a voice It didn't know. "Aspestis....Aspestis. Be not alarmed of my voice, you are here by called forth to serve as Attorney for the Defense of Kreios. He's being held in the courthouse in Paradise on Trial. You can find the courthouse in the southwestern most corner of the complex." And with that, suddenly Aspestis knew the location of some large and majestic place, beautiful in certain tastes, he supposed, but certainly grand. Aspestis traveled there. I wonder who this Kreios is? Also, how would one serve as an Attorney? He said I would have to defend Kreios, but who was Kreios and how am I to defend him? I suppose I could do some combat, so long as it isn't to the death and as long as I will not have to face my most frightful sister Nylia. Aspestis shivered slightly at that last thought. Well, what could possibly be the chances that I would face Beautiful Ny- And suddenly Aspestis lost all hope and made a small frightened sound in It's mouth. Aspestis saw a grand room with only It's youthful sister Adarani, a large and dashing man, a hooded man with a feral look in his eyes, and... Nylia, the young god was starting to wonder if It should make a run for it, maybe nobody had- and then everyone just so happened to notice It. Fan-fucking-tastic, Aspestis thought hopelessly.
"I have arrive my most beloved siblings, now what could I most graciously assist you all with?"
The setting changes from The Middle Realm to Paradise
"Aspestis, my brother...", Mathias paused, "Please come forth and sit at the Defense Table the opposite side of Nylia's." Mathias said pointing towards the table with the box on it. "You are here today to lead the defense of Kreios, against the charges presented before him." "You are not required to prove his innocence, only to prove that there is reasonable doubt of the Accused's guilt." Mathias instructed Aspestis. "Now how you accomplish your goals is by calling forth witness and asking for their testimonies." "Please when questioning the witness, ask only relevant questions pertaining to the case." "Once the Prosecutor has finished asking her questions, you may then recross those questions upon any relevant matter. Once finished the Prosecutor may touch up on subjects presented from the recross." "There are two parts to this trial, the Prosecutor's side of the Trial and then the Defense's side of the Trial." "Both sides end when their respective side has finished presenting and asking all relevant evidence or questions." "Once you have finished I shall examine the facts and shall decided on a verdict and present my sentence." Mathias spoke explaining.
"I hope you all understand and shall commit to what is asked of you all today." Mathias spoke. "When we all take a seat, we will begin this trial." Mathias spoke as he waited for his kin to take their seats.
The setting changes from Paradise to The Middle Realm
Aspestis spoke, his voice sounding like countless beings screaming in suffering and wailing in despair, put into a pattern to simulate speech, and said, "Grand brother, forgive me for being ignorant, but what is this about? I must say I am confused. Firstly, would you kindly tell me your name, and you as well, my dear fierce-eyed brother." Once the guys have told Aspestis their name, he continues, "Thank you very much, Grand Mathias and Fierce Cragin. You honor me by telling me your names. Now, on to my second question. Why am I to defend a box I have never met? And is that box another of my kin? If so, I must say that I really like its appearance. But back to the topic, why was I the one called to defend this box? I do not believe I am a box and this box would be lying if it told you that we know each other or are related in any way, except if we are kin I suppose. Unless this is Mighty brother Braun or dear Trelas who has turned himself into a box and changed his name." Aspestis waited for a response, It's eyes seeming to be endless, bleak, hopeless abysses.
((Just restating how Aspestis looks and sounds, well the finer things of him I suppose.))
He would sit warily, still in pain from the recent battle. Lost in the process of his own mind on this new brother, sister..He could not distinguish and so left it alone, only dwelling on the state of things and the tension of the room as everyone hung on the words of his brother, wishing to put it together. The order of it all brought him discomfort. He had been happy to see the arrival of Nylia, his sister that recently had showed her bravery in confronting Kreios. He recalled her touch, and the pull of her. His hood would shake slightly in disregard of such natural confusion. He grew even more uncomfortable, being so close to Adarani. And wondering how Kreios would react once released from the box..
He sensed his people in disarray, and ever more felt the change of revolution of realms, sensing in the back of his mind in images the covering of the world he knew in darkness.
Mathias hoped he best explained it enough for Aspestis, if not he could clarify some more. Yet, he hopes to get the Trial under way.
Nylia was surprised to see that the person defending Kreios was Aspestis. She remembered battling her brother before along with Braun and Adarani, he had poisoned her creations, however, he didn't understand his actions were wrong and now that he did he fixed them, unlike Kreios, the foolish Corrupter God. She left her Prosecutor table and moved over to Aspestis "Welcome Aspestis, I shall be facing you today, I suggest you give it your all, because I plan on getting that low life Kreios the punishment he deserves and if you dare try to stop me then this won't be the best trial for you," Nylia said trying to install as much fear as she could into Aspestis, Nylia was a smart Goddess and she understood Psychology quite well, well enough to know that if she intimidated Aspestis then she would have the upper hand throughout the case. "Good luck," she stated, with fiery passion in her eyes as she walked away.
After she was done playing mind games with Aspestis, she had to make sure she had the facts needed to take out Kreios. He had kidnapped her creations, so she could charge him with kidnapping and bring in one of her Amares as a witness. He had stolen Acanthus' transporting knife, so she could charge him with theft and trespassing seeing as he had to break into Acanthus' domain to steal it, she could bring in Acanthus or a Prachian as a witness for that. He assaulted her and Cragin in the Inferno, so she could charge him with assault, possibly even attempted murder, and hopefully get Cragin as a witness. She seemed to have a pretty strong case against Kreios, and she could probably use Adarani as a witness to find out what happened while she was in the Inferno...yes, there was no way she could lose this case, everything was falling into place...perhaps Mathias would even give Kreios the death sentence, or at least put him away for life...
After the young god has finished that last thought, Nylia came upon him looming in a threatening manner and said, "Welcome Aspestis, I shall be facing you today, I suggest you give it your all, because I plan on getting that low life Kreios the punishment he deserves and if you dare try to stop me then this won't be the best trial for you" All throughout that, Aspestis had been visibly cowering and just barely keeping quivers of fear coming out. "Good luck," she finished. The young god was very frightened, too frightened in fact to even reply. Even if I somehow come out victorious she will still make it a victory for herself. Maybe I should back out... No. Though she frightens me so very much, I cannot back down. If she is victorious here, then she may be victorious in my trial as well! She may even choose some horrific sentence. Not to mention my dear brother will have been damned. As much as I am afraid, I must get through this and push my wit past and beyond its limits. Perhaps having to go up against one of my greatest fears will serve as penance for myself. No, it still wouldn't be enough. Brother Kreios, you are going to have to make this up to me.
Out loud Aspestis spoke, with his grotesque voice, and said, "Yes Grand Mathias, I understand completely. While the facts say that my brother has committed horrible crimes, it is my duty as one who understands him, perhaps greatest of all of us here, to prove his intentions were not entirely his choice or of his own fault. I am honored to be given such a great task as to defend one of my beloved kin and debate for his right of life. I apologize, Beautiful Nylia, my dear sister, but though you frighten me to my very bones, I must protect my dear older brother Kreios. I suppose I would have done so even if it was me who he had wronged, seeing as I too was naive once, in fact I still am naive and ignorant, but I have done a great many wrongs my self, which I intend to atone for Grand Mathias, and I understand him.
"Oh, and I must apologize once again for my ignorance, but may I hear my brother's history? So I may be able to defend him as best I can."
(( Darn it Jade, ya ninja'd me. lol The funny thing is that I only had to add one paragraph to what I had already written, which is the second one. It took me so long to respond, because I was suddenly called on urgent business.
Yeah, could you guys give me a summary, as neither Aspestis nor I know much about this guy's story. I just know that he was banished two or three times for stuff he's done, and Aspestis thinks he's still like Aspestis was when he first became self aware.))
"Divine Matchmaker, there is a daughter of mine that I have, one who is considered by many to be the most beautiful Ossis. I have an itchy feeling all of her suitors would see her only as a sex object, and that concerns me. I do know that my lord, Cragin, may want to spend some time with her. As such, could it be possible for you to make sure he is completely loyal to her when he falls in love?"
The Goddess of Love thought it over for a moment. Cragin may need companionship and a shoulder to cry on, plus he may be lonely, at times. Once she made her decision, she granted the request silently and waited for the trial to begin.
"Greetings my brethren!" Mathias addressed the room. "Court is now in session!" Mathias exclaimed as he banged the silver gavel on the bench and a golden shock wave emitted. "Aspestis!" Mathias called out as he tossed the key to the box at Aspestis. The key landed on the table before him. The swirling aura of Justice disappeared over the box, making it touchable for Aspestis. "I ask that you unlock the box so you may see your client." "Please be wary of him." Mathias cautioned. He knew the others will be uncomfortable, but Aspestis needs to speak with Kreios if he is to defend him thusly. "He should be able to speak with you so you may defend him properly, as you've so put it as." Mathias spoke as he turned towards the others.
Mathias looked at Nylia and she seemed anxious to start, Mathias loved the readiness to begin. She shall prove a fruitful Prosecutor. "Now I have a list of charges, does the Prosecution have any more charges to add?" "If so please come up to the bench and utter them for me." Mathias asked Nylia to come up to Mathias and add charges to the list. He wanted to have everything to begin with and hear their words so he could have all the necessary materials to reach a verdict. Mathias awaited for Nylia to approach him.
Nylia stood up and walked over to Mathias, she called upon a Prachian and an Amare to come to the trial and they had recently arrived, the trial was a waste of time in her eyes, Kreios now knew that what he was doing was wrong, and she saw with her own eyes the horrible things he had done. If it were up to her he would be in the Dark Chasm or Naelus already. But she dismissed her thoughts, right now she had to be completely focused in order to bring punishment onto Kreios, she had to admit Mathias' system was quite nice but she had a vendetta against Kreios and she had to fulfill her thirst for vengeance quickly. "I wish to charge Kreios for assault, attempted murder, trespassing, theft, and kidnapping," Nylia stated sternly to Mathias, "I would have more charges but I haven't seen the acts of crime that Kreios committed in the Middle Realm while I was in the Inferno, so if you don't mind may I call Adarani for questioning during the trial to see what happened and add more charges?" Nylia asked Mathias, she wasn't sure if it was against the rules to do that so she made sure to add a bit of seduction in her plea to hopefully have Mathias allow her to do what she requested.
The setting changes from The Middle Realm to Paradise
Mathias considered the charges and the quietly added them to the list. "Thank you for your input." Mathias spoke not exactly looking at her as his mind was on the Trial. Mathias then noticed her speak some more. "I would have more charges but I haven't seen the acts of crime that Kreios committed in the Middle Realm while I was in the Inferno, so if you don't mind may I call Adarani for questioning during the trial to see what happened and add more charges?" Mathias considered her words. The subtle hints of seduction, made Mathias unsettled for some unknown reason. He wasn't sure why he felt slightly inclined to agree with Nylia. Perhaps it's her power over men as supposed of the Goddess of Seduction. Mathias shook his head clear of such suggestions. "Yes, once you have given your Opening Statement, and if Aspestis wishes to reserve his, then you shall be allowed to question your witnesses." "But, I have seen enough of the extent of Kreios' crimes on the Middle Realm and have already placed them, your motion on adding more later is denied." Mathias spoke firmly. "You may now return to your table." Mathias politely spoke as he gave her the "take your seat" hand gesture.
Mathias compiled the initial charges so that the Defense knows what they are facing and soon will allow opening statements. He waited for Nylia to take her seat once again.
The setting changes from Paradise to The Middle Realm
(( Yeah, I just made this post so you may advance a bit more. I'm still going to post later on today, this was because I had some time. Sorry if it's so short, my brain don't work in mornings. ))
Kreios clone #1
The two white crows flew though the rip in space dodging the dead that still escaped from it as they entered the crows wings touched wings and the next second they were under ground in a forest where the remaining of the elite dead, Kreios living servants, and the kidnapped children were. The number had grown since the first knight they fed the children on corrupted fruit and meat of the dead, not that the children knew. They were starting to warp slowly being corrupted. The forty that now resided there were becoming elite solders.
The setting changes from The Middle Realm to Paradise
"Greetings!" Mathias calling for attention. "We have gathered here today to hear the case of The Middle Realm versus Kreios." "Kreios, the Accused, faces these charges," Mathias pointed the gavel at Kreios as he read of his list, " he faces accounts of assault, theft, violence against other gods, trespassing, attempted murder, murder, imposition upon other's freewill, infringement upon other god's territories, kidnapping, wanton destruction, and war mongering." Mathias took a breath after he finished reading the list. "So in lieu of these charges, how does the Defense plea?" "Guilty or Not Guilty?" Mathias asked Aspestis. Mathias awaited to hear the god's answer.
The setting changes from Paradise to The Middle Realm
The setting changes from The Middle Realm to Paradise
Mathias suddenly spoke, "Greetings! We have gathered here today to hear the case of The Middle Realm versus Kreios. Kreios, the Accused, faces these charges: he faces accounts of assault, theft, violence against other gods, trespassing, attempted murder, murder, imposition upon other's freewill, infringement upon other god's territories, kidnapping, wanton destruction, and war mongering. So in lieu of these charges, how does the Defense plea? Guilty or Not Guilty?"
Well, I would supposed my dear brother is guilty, as he has indeed just admitted to these charges, but he is most definitely not at fault. So I guess I should plea- "Not guilty on the grounds that he was not emotionally stable and had no knowledge on right or wrong." Aspestis was slightly satisfied and waiting for It's sister's expected backlash and perhaps that of It's other kin.
The setting changes from The Middle Realm to Paradise
((I apologize for the string of short posts, I'm just really busy at the moment.))
The setting changes from Paradise to The Middle Realm
After hearing Aspestis' plea all Nylia could do was smile. She knew she could win now. Aspestis was going purely on Kreios' story, but Nylia knew that Kreios wasn't ignorant anymore, and that he knew what he was doing was wrong...the only thing that would hinder her chances of taking him out would be if he faked being ignorant and unknowing...But even if he did that she would be able to get something out of him...she was the Goddess of Manipulation of course.
"The Prosecution may go first."
Nylia wasn't sure on exactly what she was going to say...she would have to word everything correctly...one mess up could screw up the whole trial. Nylia stood up, it was time. "Since the day Kreios was born he had tortured and corrupted the creations you and I have made," Nylia stated "He has over stepped boundaries, infringed rights, and terrorized people," she said, "But that was when he was still innocent, still ignorant of the responsibilities of a God, we sent him to the Inferno so he could reflect on what he had done...After the time he spent in the Inferno he is not innocent nor is he ignorant of his responsibilities. He committed acts of assault, theft, violence against other gods, trespassing, attempted murder, murder, imposition upon other's freewill, infringement upon other god's territories, kidnapping, wanton destruction, and war mongering all on his own malicious behalf, he knew what he was doing was wrong, but he did all of those deeds, a long list of them may I add, all on his own behalf," Nylia said, pure vindictive passion in her eyes "He must be punished for his deeds, and the punishment should not be as light as being sent to the Inferno, it must be much, much worse," Nylia finished, sitting back in her seat and taking a deep breath, she had to admit that was quite a mouthful. She eyed Aspestis aggressively, attempting to intimidate him again.
Mathias turned his attention to Aspestis. "Now would the Defense like to present their opening statement now or reserve it?" Mathias asked Aspestis. Aspestis could speak of what he wishes to accomplish but it matters not, as he will have to wait and hear what Nylia has presented to prosecute Kreios. After Aspestis' decision, Nylia will present her side of the argument and back it up with evidence and testimonies. As long as it remains relevant, it should proceed well. Then if Aspestis has no recrosses, then Nylia will finish her side. From there we hear the Defense's rebuttal and their presentation of evidence and testimonies, to defend Kreios. Once that side is finished, Mathias will decide on a verdict and pronounce his sentence. That's at least how he hopes it shall go.
"Now would the Defense like to present their opening statement now or reserve it?" The young god's grand brother asked.
After a moment of consideration, Aspestis finally answered, with It's horrendous voice. "I know not of what my brother was like in the past, but I do know this. When you are new to a world and have no knowledge, but have a purpose and know only that purpose, you will do as you are fated to do. If you are not taught between what is good and what is evil, then why would you be blamed for never having learned something nobody offered to teach? And if you believe teaching somebody that torture and corruption is wrong, then why send them to the Inferno, where such ideas run rampant? You must indeed punish someone for doing wrong, but you must also tell them what it was that they did wrong. My brother loved you all, but he feels that you had punished him for having fun and playing. He even admits that he has done wrong, but only in retaliation and anger. I must confess that I would also be angry, should my most beloved cast me away for reasons I don't know. Have none of you ever been blinded by fury for a wrong that had happened to you? That is all I have to say."
And with that, Aspestis took It's seat and hoped that It didn't in some way condemn It's brother.
"Great statements from each of you," Mathias spoke looking back at Aspestis once more, "Now is the time, however for the Prosecution to present it's case." Mathias looked towards Nylia. "The Prosecution may now present it's witnesses." Mathias spoke giving Nylia the signal to begin her argument. This was going to be interesting indeed and Mathias wondered how the Trial will play out. The steps seemed simple enough for Justice, but the personalities in the room is an x-factor. One that none one can determine without great amount of fore thought. Even then, people can surprise you. Mathias awaited to see how well Nylia could convince him that Kreios is guilty indefinitely.
Meanwhile, from deep in the inferno, Jute’s crystal heart let out a small burst of energy, completely unnoticeable to all but those who were specifically searching for it. (This led one of her old minions to tell Nylia of Jute’s existence.) Jute felt a new presence on her throne, a new usurper, but this was of no concern to her. What was most important was the other presences that she had felt throughout the three realms. War was obvious but so was sloth. Jute felt the need to stir up action. She began walking for a time, headed in the direction of Trelas’ swamp.
As she traveled the other gods were rounding up and punishing Kreios. She grinned with malice at what she hoped would torture that god who had dared to usurp her throne. She entered the realm of Trelas and a large stone creature with a dark cloud surrounding it assaulted her. She deftly dodged away from its large fists. This creature seemed to be defending its territory. It also seemed to be mindless, so the next time it struck she became invisible and dodged, letting it think it had killed her. She grinned as it left and continued on her way. She approached the now fully reformed Trelas with a malicious smile.
_____________
Elsewhere, Acanthus had finished his books. Every single one of the gods that he had met had been summarized, and given a special symbol. Even Aspestis and Korterra had been tabulated, as several Prachians had left the area of Aspestis’ home dreadfully ill but strangely pleased about that fact and others had had telling nightmares and visions. As he looked, he noticed that there was a space missing on the shelf. Surely, he had made just enough room to fit all of the gods in the world? But of course, he had! It was just large enough for one more god, but that space was empty. Another god existed and he hadn’t written about them because he had never even heard about them. But who? And why?
___________
Trelas grinned back at Jute, he nodded to her. She had promised that songs would be sung about him for all eternity if he went along with her plan. She was so sweet and innocent too, he couldn’t help but agree. Jute nodded and left, smiling the darkest smile that was ever smiled. As she walked away, Trelas exploded into a cloud of black mist that spread over the swamp. All of his creations began changing into terrifying and strange shapes as the land itself began to change under their feet. A dark arrow twitched and writhed at the corner of Jute’s mouth. She was deadly pleased with how smoothly her plans were going.
The world would be hers, and it would be easy to take it. Jute then appeared in the demesne of Korterra. The terrifying creatures there demanded she leave. It was the last words they’d ever speak. Jute walked into Korterra’s home grinning wildly.
_______________
The gods were finishing up their trial. Kreios was to be sent to the Inferno again, post haste. Nylia grinned as she closed his box and put him in the lowest part of her twisted prison. The trial had been decided, the gods adjourned to their respective territories.
_____________
Acanthus gasped as he saw Trelas’ book disappear. He looked up at the roof of his library. A new constellation had appeared that wasn’t there before. It was in the shape of a lute with an eye inside. What had happened? He sent out a calling using all of the Prachians at his immediate disposal.
“Gather the gods here! Quickly!”
The Prachians left as soon as they could, hurrying to all of the gods. They wasted no time, even breaking into Paradise to find them.
_______________
The labyrinth sunk into the ground as Jute stepped outside. She now had dark, leathery wings attached to her back. She lined them with spikes and grinned. She let out a small burp and giggled, a little hysterically. “Fear,” She said as she grew to the height of a young woman. Her hair was now blonde and her eyes were yellow. Her bare arms were lined with snake tattoos. “What an interesting flavor.”
_______________
Lyandra, Kylian, Foteea, Braun, Sanguine, Miurcrost, Ulmo, Nylia, Craigin, Mathias, Adarani, and Aspestis had all gathered in Acanthus’ Hall, brought mostly by the urgency in the voices of the Prachians. Acanthus took neither the time to greet them all nor introduce himself to any of them. They all murmured amongst themselves until he waved his hand at the head of the table. He had brought out the bookcase with their books on it. He cast a spell at the roof of the Hall that made it like the roof of his library.
“Thank you for coming. I’m glad this many of you could come, and I fear for those who did not. On this bookshelf lies a book for each and every one of you. I have spent much time detailing the history of the world on these books and I have finally finished the magic of names. However, when I had finished, I noticed something incredibly disturbing.”
“Um, Acanthus?” Mathias raised his hand, studying the bookshelf, “Where’s Trelas’ name? Did you leave it out on accident?”
Acanthus shook his head, a tear in his eye. “No, my dear brother, ‘twas not me that removed his name from this shelf. I’m afraid that Trelas has been murdered.”
The room burst into an explosion of chatter as they all reacted to this news. Mathias, Nylia, Braun and Kylian had stood up at the injustice of it. Ulmo stroked his beard in thought as Foteea shook her head in disbelief. Miurcost took this time to tell a story about a young mortal who had vanished while nobody really paid attention. Craigin remained silent while Aspestis, Adarani, and Sanguine voiced confusion. Acanthus tried to calm them down but was greatly distressed himself as he looked at the group. Kylian pointed at the bookshelf “Look!”
Another book vanished from the shelf. Korterra was now just a constellation in the sky.
________________
Kreios looked up at the person standing in front of him. “Who are you? Do you wanna punish me too?” He watched as she grinned at him. “Don’t you recognize me Kreios? Not that same child you used to be…But then again, neither am I.”
Jute grinned as Kreios’ face gradually changed into one of recognition and confusion and then into abject horror. “Oh good, you do remember. Are you wondering how I found you? It wasn’t hard, if you know the right places to look. Or are you wondering what I’m going to do to you since you stole my throne? But no need to be afraid. I don’t want to kill you. In fact, I need you.”
__________
The gathering had erupted into chaos again. Everyone was talking at once, even Craigin seemed a little unnerved. They didn’t know what exactly had happened to Korterra, but it was obvious to all that the god of fear was deceased.
Acanthus raised his hand for silence once more. “It is obvious that there is another god among us, one who has already slayed two of our kin. But for what purpose? Who could it be?” All thoughts of the mysterious empty space god had vanished with these new threats.
Kylian stood. “It’s Genocide! He wanted to fight us from the start!”
Mathias and Nylia looked at each other and spoke together. “Kreios.”
____________
“So, that is how you can get back at those meanies.” Jute said. “Do this and I’ll give you as many toys as you’d ever want to play with.”
Kreios nodded. “I don’t really care about toys right now, but what I do care about is getting revenge on my punishers. I’ll do it.”
“Go to the mists Kreios.” Jute said. He nodded and turned to the nearest wall. He slashed a hole into it with a curved blade and jumped through.
___________
Acanthus nodded at the two. “It may be.” Then a knock came on the door. Acanthus waved it open and in the doorway stood a Prachian. It was struggling to stand. Adarani ran over and put her hand on the creature, restoring it with life. It healed but immediately seemed as if to waver in and out of existence. “The Senri.” It said, its mind seemed to be pulsating. “They’re monsters.”
With that it began to change into a silvery liquid that Adarani dropped from her outstretched hands. The liquid hit the floor of the hall and melted through it, travelling downward towards the base of the mountain.
Aspestis looked around. “Brothers and sisters…Are any of you confused about this too?”
They all nodded in shock.
__________
Kreios looked at all of the deformed monsters around him. Their corruption was like an echo of his own. The madness of Trelas was physically manifest upon the world and Kreios was there to command it. “Jute gave me an army. Now I’ll get back at those traitors. And first I’m gonna start with Genocide because he left me alone in the inferno.” So he charged towards the home of the War God and as he did the crazed deformed beasts followed him. The land itself began to change and whirl under their feet as they passed over it. All they left behind them was a swirling realm of pure chaos.
They ran towards the realm of Genocide, faster than any mortal might normally run. Genocide lifted his great sword towards the army on the horizon. He called the Krul to battle with a grin on his face and called forward the army of cretins that that girl had created for him. The two forces collided with great power and the cacophony of war began.
Genocide swept through the turmoil with his great blade, laughing as the deformed creations were swept away by his might. The Krul and Cretins fought well and hard holding their own against the beasts. Kreios began to get very angry. Be calm. I have this under control. Jute said in his mind.
Suddenly Genocide stopped swinging the sword. He struggled against it as it hung in the air. He pulled as hard as his bulging muscles could pull, but it remained stationary. It would no longer work for him. He released it and it flew off into the distance as if shot by a trebuchet. Genocide laughed maniacally, he would not go down without a fight. He began attacking the beasts with his gauntleted hands, punching and slinging he ripped many of them to shreds. But more kept appearing on the horizon and many of the Krul were beginning to become deformed themselves. The Cretins were still holding their own when Kreios heard a snapping sound.
All of the Cretins suddenly turned to dust as Jute cracked each and every one of their right kneecaps with the force of her malice. The tides had turned. The chaos beasts were overwhelming the Krul and adding them to their own number. Genocide continued to deal out punishment even while several of the beasts attached themselves to his armor. They began to rend the metal and the red flesh beneath. Genocide ripped one last creature in half before the rest had eaten away all that was left of him.
Then Kreios turned his eyes to the north.
_________
“It has become chaos…” Acanthus said thoughtfully. The others looked at him, many different emotions flashed across their faces. He turned back to the hall and gasped for the third time that day. Another book was gone. In the sky there was a new constellation, one of a bloody sword. Genocide was gone.
They heard a loud sound that shook the ground around them. They looked in the direction of the noise. Malus Dou Makakhan’s great maw was visible even from such a long distance. He was screaming. Those that focused their vision gasped. Dragons were flying around attacking an army of small creatures that had climbed upon the flanks of the world destroyer. Even as they watched the great beast let out another scream and fell over. The ground quaked from the impact of his fall. The gods didn’t need to look to know that his book had vanished and that a new constellation had appeared.
Everyone gathered had grim looks on their faces. They looked at each other. The time for discussion was over. Now was the time for action. Adarani looked towards the fires that were the remains of Malus. She cried in despair.
“The Vitaiim! They’re under attack!”
___________
Jute sat in a dark place, watching all that was going on. She had helped Kreios in the first battle, but with his numbers bolstered by the new additions of the chaos-changed Kruls, Kreios was able to defeat Malus on his own. The dragons themselves became beasts of chaos and madness as Kreios’ army became even greater. It seemed to be absorbing even the animals into its ranks.
“Kreios,” She whispered into the god’s ear. “Will you thank me when all of this is through?”
Kreios sounded angry as he replied, “Thank you for what? I was the one who did all the work. You just sat there and watched. This was all me and I’m not thanking you for any of it.” With that he severed the connection that she had made with him.
Jute grinned, all according to plan.
__________
The gods erupted from Hléradr. Braun gave a great leap and ran at his full speed when he landed at the base of the mountain. Lyandra, Nylia, and Kylian all flew at speed towards Adarani’s islands. Miurcrost teleported with a “Sounds like the lass‘ll need my help!” Mathias began to glow as he floated down from the top and ran with Braun. Craigin cracked his neck and turned towards the Ossi, he would ready them for war. Ulmo looked towards the sea, “I must return to my home. I will gather what strength I can.”
Acanthus looked at the two that remained. “Sanguine, Aspestis, what will you do?”
Sanguine grinned, its mouth seemed to grow even more teeth as its head seemed almost split in half by its mouth. “Eat.” And it ran off towards the islands on all fours.
Aspestis seemed more confused. “Dear sibling…should I protect my own home? Or do I go to the islands and help? My dear sister Nylia might not enjoy my presence there…” It continued to mumble to itself for a moment before floating towards its home.
Acanthus shook his head and looked back at the now empty hall. “Such a waste, all this extravagance is too much for one old man.” He looked over the world on the top of his high mountain and took a deep breath. He forced the Hall into a pinprick of light and absorbed it back within himself. Then he sent out a calling to all of the remaining Prachians. The guardians were to bring him his magical items and then go with the rest to war. Genocide would have been pleased.
__________
Ulmo entered his underwater throne. All was peaceful under the sea. A yellow serpent with black arrows on it twined its way behind the great throne of Ulmo. It whispered into his ear as he rested on his throne, having forgotten why he had even returned in the first place. “Ulmo, sssleep. Trussst me there isss nothing to fear. There isss no danger here. The sssea is calm, you ssshould be alssso.” Ulmo began nodding off. All was fine. He needn’t worry about anything.
He didn’t even feel it when the great serpent sank its deadly fangs into his neck. After that dreadful bite, he would never wake again. The serpent left the home of Ulmo and slithered onto the shore. It immediately raised its head and began to sway in the air. It grew legs and stood. Jute cracked her fingers and toes. “That was fun.” She said, turning to look at the chaos of Kreios’ war.
___________
Kreios saw the gods coming for him and split into many blobs of clay. He called forth his corrupted soldiers, now children no more. They led the great army, running on water that swiftly became grass, then sand, then stone and back under their feet.
The Vitaiim fought as well as they could but none of their martial arts techniques could incapacitate the abominations. The few that could fight were aided by the ones that had grown claws. The previous looked down upon mutation had become a sort of saving grace. The cast spells of protection around the monasteries that hadn’t already been invaded but it was unclear as to how long those spells might hold out.
Mathias became angry. Righteous fury broiled through him as he saw Kreios clearly disobeying the punishment that had been given him. Justice shouted through him, “CEASE AND DESIST!” and for a second the battle stood still as Kreios seemed to waver. “You will stop this battle at once!” But Kreios looked at him and grinned.
“No. She said that I don’t have to listen to you anymore. She said that I’m allowed to get back at you for what you did to me. So I will!” Kreios said and as he screamed his frustration, all of the chaos beasts did too. Then Mathias started to glow as Justice overtook him. His eyes streamed a white mist as the spear became longer and sharper. Mathias began hacking his way through the beasts towards Kreios. But the Kreios he was heading towards had disappeared.
“He’s made more copies!” Mathias bellowed to the other gods.
The warriors all brandished great weapons Nylia had her club, Lyandra and Kylian had swords, Mathias had his spear, and Braun himself seemed to be battering the beasts with a large tree that he swung like a bat. Sanguine arrived and simply began to eat as many of the chaos creatures as he could.
Adarani sent wave after wave of healing paradise energy out among her people but nearly cried when she saw ones that were healed just recently begin to mutate and become chaos beasts. She called her people to her and focused an extreme blast of healing towards them. The ones touched by the energy began to glow golden and seemed to be immune from the chaos that came from the beasts.
Lyandra and Kylian were fighting together, slashing and hewing the chaos dragons as they flew through the air, untouchable. Many of the dragons fell from the sky and one of Kreios’ clones looked up at the sky with anger. It shot two small pellets of mud at the two gods and as they fought their movements became slower and their appendages began to stick together because of the goo. The dragons were now hitting many times, as the two just couldn’t block their blows. Just when they went to make their hardest attacks, Kreios snapped his fingers and the two got stuck together. They both felt something touch them and in the heat of battle, with fatigue fogging their minds and sweat and blood in their eyes, they swung their blades and slew each other. They landed in the midst of the battle and the gods that were left cried out in fury.
Without two flying gods the Vitaiim started to drop from the sky faster than the other gods could protect them. Adarani, overcome by the amount of deaths that she could both see and feel, gathered the closest Vitaiim to her. Most of those that could fought their way to get to her but many fell in the process. In the end she had just three families of four, she took them with tears in her eyes, and opened a portal into Paradise.
__________
All of Kreios’ clones laughed as the flyers died and their healer left. The tides had turned. Even the gods were being pushed back by the beasts. The clones did their best to harry the gods wherever they could. Some were caught and destroyed but Kreios used the corruption of the chaos beasts around him to make more clones.
Mathias looked around, trying to get his bearings on what was happening. He watched as Sanguine, who was now engorged beyond all sense, ate several more beasts. Once it swallowed those it seemed to shiver and then erupt into an explosion of acid and red flesh. The beasts nearby were dissolved by the acid of the now dead god.
“That’s it!” Mathias cried, “Fall back!” Braun, Miurcost, and Nylia finished off the rest of their nearby enemies and headed towards Mathias. The beasts had taken many casualties but there were still so many, the others were disheartened. They retreated back to the mainland and ran eastward. They would see what Acanthus would do about this.
_____________
When they crested the last hill before the mountain, they gasped. A large army of Ossi stood before them. Several ranks of werewolves could be seen flanking the army led by white werewolves. The army all had weapons as black as night, made of Foteeum. Then from the North came Prachians, at least two hundred strong, shapechanged, casting spells of protection and divination, and magically preparing for war. Among them walked venerable giants of the same race. The protectors of the ruins had come to fight in the war as well.
Then Braun brought a large horn to his lips and blew it with all of his might. Thunder could be heard rolling over the fields. Then the ground began to quake. Over the hills came running thousands of Centaur and hundreds of Minotaur. Such a gathering of mortals wouldn’t be seen again for centuries.
When all the mortals had gathered and prepared for war the gods met in a large tent. They each had a few great leaders of mortals amongst them. Craigin had two Ossi with him, one was obviously the current leader of their army, Tri'huin Hri, but the other was a young, beautiful maiden who looked as if she had just recently gained adulthood. Craigin kept her by his side at all times but would not explain her presence.
The war meeting had begun and they began to discuss the minutia of battle.
______________
Kreios watched as a small lump of clay. The army was large indeed. The rest of the clones took this time to spread the chaos creatures all over the abandoned lands of the gods. The only land that would remain when they were finished would be the mountain Hléradr, now surrounded by a sea of pure chaos. The only island of the Middle Realm was the last bastion of hope for gods and mortals alike.
Jute saw all of this as if she were there. She laughed maniacally. Everything was boiling down to the end.
______________
The gods had finished their meetings. The army was battle ready. They created a large swath of dirt and waited for the chaos beasts to come.
The chaos around them began to bubble and gurgle. It washed up onto the ever-changing shores like a sea of molasses. The army got into formation, a semicircle around the base of the great mountain. The gods remained on the front lines. Even Aspestis and Foteea had gathered their mortals to fight. A new disease ran rampant among those that would accept it. It made warriors stronger and changed their skin into the consistency of stone while still allowing movement. Foteea had the Grynixia take to the skies and flew up into the air herself.
Nylia unsheathed her mace, grim determination set upon her face. Craigin twirled his branch faster and faster, trying to remain calm even though most of the wilderness had been destroyed. Braun crunched his fists together, cracking his knuckles. Acanthus raised his staff and began to mumble incantations. Miurcrost was less jovial than usual and actually seemed angry. Mathias returned from paradise, having put Love'lyn Joye and his own mortals there with Adarani, who was unable to cope with the grief of losing most of her mortals, and the remaining Vitaiim. He shared a knowing look with Craigin and then brought his spear out.
“Remember,” Mathias yelled to all of the warriors, great and small, gathered there. “This battle will determine the rest of history! We will not go quietly into the night! We will not be extinguished without a fight! We will take back the Middle Realm! We will quench this madness! WE WILL BE VICTORIOUS!” The great army roared with him.
Then the chaos beasts came out of the great swirling mass of chaos. They erupted like bees from a hive, from every direction they came maddening to all of the senses. The creatures ran as fast as they could towards the army. Kreios exited from the pooling chaos himself, fully whole. He grinned maddeningly.
The army collided with a great cacophony of swords clashing and teeth rending. Magic bolts hurled from the side of order into the chaos. Great earthquakes resounded as dragons fell from the sky. The screams of those who had been bitten and changed by the chaos beasts could be heard over even the roar of the armies. The gods tore great swaths through the ranks of abominations but they kept coming from the mire. Miurcrost made one too many teleports and landed right inside the muck. He underwent several changes before he became a pineapple and sank into the chaos. Foteea sent fireball after fireball into the fray as her mortals raked their metal claws along the backs of the dragons.
Kreios himself focused on confusing and disorienting the gods while corrupting their mortals. He tried to stick Foteea’s body but as soon as the mud hit her it sizzled off. He screamed and changed some nearby chaos into water. He changed that water into murky ice and slush and threw it at Foteea. It hit home on her back and she screamed as the raw heat was sucked from her. The murky mud inside enveloped her and she fell to the ground, a shriveled mass of blackened tar.
Braun saw her fall and yelled with all of his might. Losing all clarity of mind he started to wade into the battle destroying as many of the creatures as he could on the way to Kreios. When he got there he punched Kreios with all of the strength he could muster. The mud exploded and splashed everywhere. The battle paused, was Kreios defeated. Then the chaos beasts charged the lines again. The startled army watched in gaping awe as the huge body of Braun seemed to slump to the side. The mud had tuned into long sharp spikes that had punctured every square inch of the god of strength’s body. He slumped to the ground and Kreios reformed with an evil grin on his face.
Their numbers had fallen again and the rest of the gods were struggling to keep up with the large amount of monsters crawling from the primordial ooze. The army began to falter; it had collapsed in upon itself several times as its numbers shrank by the second. Acanthus pointed his staff towards the mountain and a beam of white lite shot, disintegrating all of the beasts but none of the mortals in its path. “Towards the mountain!” He cried, his voice hoarse and sounding very old indeed.
The army retreated and the chaos began to envelop the land around the great mountain. Acanthus began preparing a spell. Mathias and Nylia took over the command of the troops while Craigin stated to lay several plant traps behind the army. They began backing up the side of the army as mortals began dying on either side. Kreios’ laugh could be heard all around them but the chaos had even cut off the sky and he couldn’t be seen. The gods looked at each other, was this the end?
Jute appeared behind them. “I can stop him.” The little girl said in a very cute voice. “I know what drives him.”
“A new god? Now?” The others said in surprise. They divided their attention between shoving the beasts off the mountain and conversing with her. “What is your name? How can you defeat him? How are you even here?”
The girl reeled back from the questions but kept her calm smile. “I’m Laska. (Here the others gasped at the feeling of peace and grace that flowed through them) He has never felt peace. It will stop him. I have just formed now, I think.”
When the gods were as satisfied as they would be the small girl stepped forward, the chaos beasts ignored her as if she wasn’t even there. “Kreios!” She called, “Come out!” And he did. He looked like a demon next to the purity of the little girl. She pointed a finger at him and he began to convulse, crying as if in pain. Light shone from every orifice as he seemed to explode into a burst of white light.
The chaos beasts trembled and shivered as if scared as Acanthus raised his staff. “My spell is complete!” He yelled. A blinding white flash disintegrated all those nearby who weren’t of divine blood as their lives were consumed to power the spell. A dome of light spread from the mountain and pushed back the chaos. The land began settling as order and creation flowed through it, taking solid or liquid forms respectively. Acanthus fainted after he had pushed the spell as far as it would go.
Laska had disappeared.